=`r  @@@ @@@@N6Q?=ċL EN DB @ +    &+ AB c9  'R  s  3 > } _  BJ  $v   %3XHp 1h $F,gTb0 g  >lN Falkowski19846` Kolber20000]c Post1984wX0XQQ@4H Pourie19989X Pratt2000?Prezelin1977Prezelin1978@Prezelin1980Prezelin1991\ Price1997 Prieur1977 Purdie19933[ Quguiner1986` Quinn2000" Rae1998 Rakaj2000_ Ramlal20018d Ramus1990 Randerson2001 Rao1996URassoulzadegan1999 Raven1983 Raven19861 Raven1991* Raven1993b Raven1997` Raven2000A Ravens2000N Reed19909 Rein1992g Reinikainen2000` Reise2000 Remillard1988D Repeta19919Revsbech1997Reynolds1991Reynolds19949NReynolds19949WReynolds1996 Richardson1983 Richardson1999  Richardson2000 Richerson1987 Riegman1991`Riisgard2000 Rijkeboer1992j Rijkeboer1994 Rimet2001V Rivkin19979p Rmiki1996- Robarts1992n Robert19999Robineau1997Robnik-Sikonja2000o Rodiere2001q Rodrigues2000 Rohlf1981 Romano19899 Romano1990 Romer1990 Roscoe19949N Roscoe19949 Rosenberg1993B Rowan1989_ Rudd20010Ryckaert1998C Sacksteder2001D Sagert2000ESakshaug1989hSakshaug1996Sakshaug1997 Salat1996Salencon19968 Saliot1991\ Salter19979X Sammes20000U Sandall1989N Sartin19901Sathyendranath1991Sathyendranath1997Sathyendranath2000Sathyendranath2000Sathyendranath2000Satpathy1996 Sayer2001 Saylor1988K Saylor19999 Scavia1987 Scavia1987 Scavia1988 Scavia19899_ Schindler2001 Schofield1991; Schofield1997DSchubert2000  Schulze1987 Schulze1987T Schwab1987 Schwab1988U Schwab1989O Schwab19931J Schwab19977K Schwab19999V Schwab1999F Schwab2000P Schwab2000 Senger19888 Senger19901L Setlik19951 Seuront1998 Sgardelis2000 Shapiro1988 Shaposhnikov19999 Shatrov1999 Shaw19939 Shaw19939 Shearer1984` Shumway2000 Siegel20002 Sigee1998 Sigee2000 Sigee2000 Slack1988e Smith1983W Smith1996G Smol2000R Soeder19901 Sokal1981 Soohoo19879@ Stauber1988 Steinberg1997R Stengel1990W Stokes19966Stramski1993Stramski1999 Straskraba1999q Strbac2000V Strickland1972Strutton2000Strutton2000 Stuart2000 Sturm1999n Sukenik1987o Sukenik1987p Sukenik1987q Sukenik1987m Sukenik1988l Sukenik1989 Sukenik1990k Sukenik1990j Sukenik1994Z Sukenik1998i Sukenik1998Sullivan19877 Suzuki19979? Sweeney1977 Takahashi1997 Takahashi1997 Talbot1981 Talling1987 Talling1991 Tang19999 Taylor19921 Teppo2000A Terzic1998` Tessier2000; Tester19977Thebault1996 Theriot1999 Therriault1988 Therriault1989r Therriault1990V Therriault1997T Therriault2000 Thiele20000 Thomas1992 Thomas1996/Thompson1992\0Thompson1992\L Tichy1995J Tichy1996Tillmann2000 Tilzer19919 Toole2000 Torke1977 Torres1991fTrabalon1998 Trees1999VTremblay1997TTremblay2000nTremblin1999B Trevena2000* Trost2000 Tucker1985 Tucker20011 Tuji2000 Turpie20011* Turpin19939 Ulloa1988B van den Enden2000E van den Enden2000Hvan der Heever1998s van Leeuwe2000I vanderHeever1997 Vandevelde1989t vanDuin1995< Vesk19979Viarouge1995WViarouge1995 Videau1998 Vidussi1999u Vincent1994" Vincent1998 Vincent1999; Vinyard1997Virtanen19997 Volkman1993 Wagner2001 Wainman1996 Wallace1996v Walsby1997 Walsh1999 Wardlaw1998 Wardlaw1998Watanabe1993Watanabe1994 Waters20000 Webb19988 Webb19981gWeissing1995fWeissing19999 Welch1988D Welschmeyer1991g Welschmeyer1992 Wen1999 Wernand2000~Wierenga1999 Wiesenburg1992 Wiesenburg2000A Wiiest2000x Wilhelm1996w Wilhelm1997h Wilhelm1999yWilliams1996 Winkler1997! Wirick19819 Woehler2000i Wood19898 Wood20012 Woods1996 Wright1984C Wright1987D Wright1991? Wright199660 Wright19979; Wright19977= Wright19999 Wright20000 Wright20000B Wright20000E Wright2000 Wyman1984% Wyman1985 Wyman1986p Wyman1987 Wyman1989+Yamamoto1993\HYamazaki1991 Yentsch1963 Yentsch1988I Yoder1985qYoneshigue-Valentin2000= Zapata19999 Zar1999 Zelt19913 Zlotnik1989z Zonneveld1998{ Zonneveld1998f Zonneveld1999 Zucchi2001f Zucchi2001f Zucchi2001fnger19888 Seuront1998 Sgardelis2000 Shapiro1988 Shaposhnikov19999 Shatrov1999 Shaw19939 Shearer1984 Siegel20002 Sigee1998 Sigee2000 Sigee2000 Slack1988W Smith1996G Smol2000 Sokal1981 Soohoo19879 Steinberg1997W Stokes19966Stramski1993Stramski1999 Straskraba1999q Strbac2000V Strickland1972Strutton2000Strutton2000 Stuart2000 Sturm1999 Sukenik1987 Sukenik1990 Sukenik1990Z Sukenik1998Sullivan19877 Suzuki19979? Sweeney1977 Takahashi1997 Takahashi1997 Talbot1981 Taylor19921 Teppo2000; Tester19977Thebault1996 Theriot1999 Therriault1988 Therriault1989r Therriault1990 Thiele20000 Thomas1992 Thomas1996Tillmann2000 Tilzer19919 Toole2000 Torke1977Trabalon1998 Trees1999nTremblin1999* Trost2000 Tucker1985 Tucker20011 Tuji2000 Turpie20011 Ulloa1988s van Leeuwe2000 Vandevelde1989t vanDuin1995Viarouge1995 Videau1998 Vidussi1999u Vincent1994; Vinyard1997Virtanen1999 Wagner2001 Wainman1996 Wallace1996v Walsby1997 Walsh1999 Wardlaw1998 Wardlaw1998Watanabe1993Watanabe1994 Waters20000 Webb19988 Webb19981gWeissing1995fWeissing19999 Welch1988 Welschmeyer Wen1999 Wernand2000~Wierenga1999 Wiesenburg1992 Wiesenburg2000A Wiiest2000x Wilhelm1996w Wilhelm1997yWilliams1996 Winkler1997! Wirick19819 Woehler2000i Wood19898 Wood20012 Woods1996 Wright. Wright19840 Wright19979 Wright20000 Wright20000 Wyman1984% Wyman1985 Wyman1986 Wyman1989HYamazaki1991 Yentsch1963 Yentsch1988I Yoder1985qYoneshigue-Valentin2000Zar Zelt1991z Zonneveld1998{ Zonneveld1998f Zonneveld199999d%./ n{Q-Gjo Zq?13@tse0A|pTzYgf$C24B7(bS >58*Iw'\D:uKdc`;E_<MF,[WJHPh#V&v)O"ikX AuthorsyJournals myKeywordsrV                               R 9lAalderink, R. H. Ahel, M.Alberte, R. S. Algarra, P.Anderson, K. H.Anderson, T. R. Anema, C. Anning, Tracy Antoine, D.Arar, Elizabeth J.Armbrust, E. Virginia Arnone, R. A.Arroyo, M. A. M. Arthur, M. Arts, M. T. Arvola, L. Austin, R. W.Bannister, T. T. Barbe, J. Barber, M. E. Barbosa, F. Barkmann, W. Barlow, R. G.Barrett, S. M.Barry, Bridgette A.Bartlein, P. J. Baumert, H. Bautista, B. Beardall, J. Behrendt, H.Behrenfeld, M. J.Behrenfeld, Michael J. Beletsky, D. Bellinger, E.Bellinger, E. G. Beninger, P. Bennett, J.Bennett, J. R. Berard, A. Berman, T. Berner, T. Berner, TamarBerry, Holly AdrianBerthon, J. F. Bertrand, N.Betzer, Peter R.Beukema, J. J. Bida, J.Bidigare, R. R.Biggs, B. J. F.Bindoff, N. L. Bishop, S. S.Bizeau, Christhophe Bjornland, T.Blomqvist, PeterBoardman, Thomas J. Boland, W.Bolgrien, D. W. Boni, Laurita Bonin, D. Booth, D. Bootsma, H.A. Boule, M. Bouman, H. A. Bowles, N. D.Bowman, Malcom J. Boyum, K. W. Bricaud, A.Brien, Margaret C. O' Brooks, A. S.Brosnan, Thomas M. Brown, M. R. Brown, S. L. Brunet, C.Brzezinski, Mark A. Bukata, R. P.Burgerwiersma, T. Burton, J. E. Busnarda, J.Butterwick, C. Cabioch, J. Campbell, L. Canfield, D.Cangini, MonicaCarder, Kendall L.Carrick, H. J.Carrick, Hunter J. Catalan, J.Chandler, J. F.Chandler, Joann F. Chang, J.Chaturvedi, N.Chen, Robert F. Chen, X.Chiaverini, J.Chisholm, S. W.Claereboudt, M. R.Clark, Darren R.Clark, Dennis K. Clarke, K. J. Claustre, H.Clesceri, Lenore S. Clites, A. H. Cole, J. Coles, J. F. Colijn, F. Comparini, E.Cooke, G. Dennis Cordi, B. Corliss, J. Corry, J. Corry, J. E.Cuhel, Russell L. Cullen, J. J.Cullen, John J.Cumming, Brian F.Cummings, D. G.Cunningham, A.Curtin, Thomas B. Dalaka, A.Dandonneau, Y. Davey, M. C. Davies, N. Davis, R. F.De Baar, H. J. W.de Lacotte, M. H. DeAngelis, D.Delagiraudiere, I. Delanoue, J. Delmas, J. C. Demers, S. Denant, V.Dennison, W. C.Depledge, M. H. Descy, J. P.Di Tullio, Giacomo R.Dietrich, D. E. Dodds, W. K. Dodson, J.Doering, P. H. Domin, A. Donkin, M. E.dos Santos, C. P. Doyon, P. Duarte, C. Duarte, P. Dubinsky, Z. Dubinsky, ZvyDugdale, R. C.Dunstan, G. A.Dusenberry, J. A. E.J., FeeEdgington, D. N.Eilers, P. H. C.Ekbohm, Gunnar Endoh, M.Esaias, Wayne E. Estrada, M. Evans, M. S.Fahnenstiel, G. L.Fahnenstiel, Gary L. Falkowski, P.Falkowski, P. G.Falkowski, Paul G. Fasano, A. Fee, E. Fee, E.J.Fee, Everett J.feezor, Micheal D.Feldman, Gene C. Felip, M.Ferreira, J. G.Field, Christopher B.Fileman, T. W. Finenko, Z. Fisher, TamarFlameling, I. A.Fontvielle, D.Fookes, C. J. R.Franson, Mary Ann H.Frenette, J. J. Frost, T. Frost, T. M.Frouin, Robert Fujiyoshi, Y. Funk, W. H. Furuya, K. G., PattersonGaevskii, N. A.Gallegos, C. L.Gallegos, Charles L. Ganf, G. G.GarciaMendoza, E.Gardner, W. D. Garside, C. Geider, R. J. Gentili, B.Gerbersdorf, S. Gervais, F. Gibb, Stuart Gibson, C. E. Gili, J. M. Giordano, M. Gleitz, M.Glibert, Patricia M. Glover, H.E./ @A7 8ddd;E" ./Q 33@@@@@@@@@sYYggg758*:dd<MF,H j4w'dc_WJ.Q?113ts002427**DD`<#v))"iik %/ {--G Zq?111333@s0AAAg$B7S 888**Dddc`;`;_<<MF#V&v""*MM,qGGF@<10*$M@qs0AAA||C224( >>555*IK_<,WWWV))OP B'kG X0}YSZ  3Y VJouJ. Plankton Res.ton ResearchT3Y2Y+X   UPPER OCEANYSZ  3Y VJouJ. Plankton Res.ton ResearchT3Y2Y+X 1403-1419 Anderson, T. R.AJCA Spectrally Averaged Model of Light Penetration and PhotosynthesisB Limnology and OceanographyPHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; PLANKTON DYNAMICS; UPPER OCEAN; SURFACE; ABSORPTION; COASTAL; MATTER; WATERS<5A model was developed which predicts the daily photosynthesis of a vertical pigment profile divided into a number of homogeneous layers. A spectral model (irradiance divided into a large number of wavebands) was used to derive simple empirical equations for calculating spectrally averaged values of two parameters-the vertical light attenuation coefficient and the chlorophyll-specific absorption of algae-for each layer as a function of its pigment content and position in the water column. The empirical equations are not dependent on the layer depths chosen, i.e. the same equations can be used for any given set of depths. The spectrally averaged parameters can be used with analytic integrals to give a computationally rapid and accurate result. The model is therefore ideally suited for general circulation models.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1993387"Article NOV LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1993MR97500006b[Anning, Tracy MacIntyre, H. L. Pratt, Sandra M. Sammes, Pippa J. Gibb, Stuart Geider, R. J. 2000j:Photoacclimation in the marine diatom Skeletonema costatum &  Limnology and Oceanography4581 1807-1817Limnol. Oceanogr.  m 9,(American Journal of Physics Am. J. Phys.Anal. Chim. Acta. Appl. Opt.(%Aquatic Ecosystem Health & Management4.Aquatic Microbial Ecology Aquat. Microb. Ecol.] Aquatic Sciences Aquat. Sci.Arch. Hydrobiol.\VArchives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.$Biochem. Physiol. Pflanzen. Bd.Biochim. Biophys. Acta Biochimica Et Biophysica ActaBiologia Biologia Biomassw0*Bioresource Technology Bioresour. Technol.84Biotechnology and Bioengineering Biotechnol. Bioeng. British Phycological Journal Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can.Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.0+Can. Tech. Rept. Fisheries and Aquatic Sci.40Canadian journal of fisheries and aquatic sciencPMCanadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science Can. J. Fish. Aquatic. Sci.Deep Sea Research<7Deep Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers@:Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in OceanographyDeep-Sea Research<6Deep-Sea Research Part a-Oceanographic Research Papersd_Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers Deep-Sea Res. Part I-Oceanogr. Res. Pap.XhdDeep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in Oceanography Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr.<8Deep-sea research. Part I, Oceanographic research papers Earth Observation Magazine$!Ecological Modelling Ecol. Model.$Ecological Research Ecol. Res.-wEcology Ecology,'Environment International Environ. Int. Estuaries@=Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Science Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci.0-European Journal of Phycology Eur. J. Phycol.$ Freshwater Biology Freshw. Biol.w GIS World Global and planetary change84Global Biogeochemical Cycles Glob. Biogeochem. Cycle Hydrobiologia HydrobiologiaHydrobiologicaHydrobiological journal$!Indian journal of marine sciences@://1997XM92300002@9Beletsky, D. Oconnor, W. P. Schwab, D. J. Dietrich, D. E.PJNumerical simulation of internal Kelvin waves and coastal upwelling fronts& Journal of Physical OceanographyLESOUTHERN LAKE-MICHIGAN; ONTARIO; OCEAN; MODELS; CIRCULATION; CURRENTS  |Two three-dimensional primitive equation numerical ocean models are applied to the problem of internal Kelvin waves and coastal upwelling in the Great Lakes. One is the Princeton Ocean Model (POM) with a terrain-following (sigma) vertical coordinate, and the other is the Dietrich/Center for Air Sea Technology (DIECAST) model with constant z-level coordinates. The sigma coordinate system is particularly convenient for simulating coastal upwelling, while the z-level system might be better for representing abrupt topographic changes. The models are first tested with a stratified idealized circular lake 100 km in diameter and 100 m deep. Two bottom topographies are considered: a flat bottom and a parabolic depth profile. Three rectilinear horizontal grids are used: 5, 2.5, and 1.25 km. The POM was used with 13 vertical levels, while the DIECAST model was tested with both 13 and 29 vertical levels. The models are driven with an impulsive wind stress imitating the passage of a weather system. In the case of the Aar-bottom basin, the dynamical response to light wind forcing is a small amplitude internal Kelvin wave. For both models, the speed of the Kelvin wave in the model is somewhat less than the inviscid analytic solution wave speed. In the case of strong wind forcing, the thermocline breaks the surface (full upwelling) and a strong surface thermal front appears. After the wind ceases, the edges of this thermal front propagate cyclonically around the lake, quite similar to an internal Kelvin wave. In the case of parabolic bathymetry, Kelvin wave and thermal front propagation is modified by interaction with a topographic wave and a geostrophic circulation. In both models, higher horizontal resolution gives higher wave and frontal speeds. Horizontal resolution is much more critical in the full upwelling case than in the Kelvin wave case. Vertical resolution is not as critical. The models are also applied to Lake Michigan to determine the response to strong northerly winds causing upwelling along the eastern shore. The results are more complex than for the circular basin, but clearly show the characteristics of cyclonically propagating thermal fronts. The resulting northward warm front propagation along the eastern shore compares favorably with observations of temperature fluctuations at municipal water intakes after a storm, although the model frontal speed was less than the observed speed.J. Phys. Oceanogr. 1997 Jul277 D >Times Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 46 Cited References: AIKMAN F, 1996, OCEANOGR SER, V61, P347 AYERS JC, 1958, GREAT LAKES RES I PU, V3 BELETSKY DV, 1994, WATER POLL RES J CAN, V29, P365 BENNET JR, 1973, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V3, P57 BENNETT JR, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P262 BENNETT JR, 1977, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V7, P591 BENNETT JR, 1977, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V7, P620 BLUMBERG AF, 1987, COASTAL ESTUARINE SC, V4, P1 BOLGRIEN DW, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P259 BOYCE FM, 1989, ATMOS OCEAN, V27, P607 CLARKE AJ, 1977, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V7, P231 CSANADY GT, 1984, CIRCULATION COASTAL CSANADY GT, 1977, J GEOPHYS RES, V82, P397 CSANADY GT, 1968, J GEOPHYS RES, V73, P2579 CSANADY GT, 1974, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V4, P524 DAVEY MK, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P2182 DIETRICH DE, 1993, ATMOS OCEAN, V31, P57 DIETRICH DE, 1997, IN PRESS DYN ATMOS O DIETRICH DE, 1994, INT J NUMER METH FL, V19, P1103 DIETRICH DE, 1990, INT J NUMER METH FL, V11, P127 DIETRICH DE, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V99, P7599 HANEY RL, 1991, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V21, P610 HEINRICH J, 1981, J GREAT LAKES RES, V7, P264 HSIEH WW, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P1383 MCCORMICK MJ, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES, V93, P6774 MCCORMICK MJ, 1981, WATER RESOUR RES, V17, P305 MELLOR GL, 1991, J ATMOS OCEAN TECH, V8, P609 MELLOR GL, 1982, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V20, P851 MOOERS CNK, 1996, C COAST OC ATM PRED, P28 MORTIMER CH, 1975, ANLES40, V2, P13 MORTIMER CH, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P203 MORTIMER CH, 1963, P 6 C GREAT LAK RES, V10, P9 MURTHY CR, 1994, WATER POLL RES J CAN, V29, P129 OCONNOR WP, 1994, ESTUARINE COASTAL MO, V3, P149 RAO DB, 1981, ARCH MET GEOPH BIO A, V30, P145 SAYLOR JH, 1980, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V10, P1814 SCHWAB DJ, 1980, GLERL16 NOAA ERL SCHWAB DJ, 1995, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V25, P1516 SCHWAB DJ, 1977, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P700 SCHWAB DJ, 1994, WATER POLL RES J CAN, V29, P203 SIMONS TJ, 1973, CAN INLAND WATERS BR, V12 SIMONS TJ, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P2047 WAJSOWICZ RC, 1986, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V16, P2097 WANG DP, 1982, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V12, P605 WANG DP, 1976, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V6, P853 ZUUR EAH, 1990, AQUAT SCI, V52, P115 Article XM923 J PHYS OCEANOGRISI:A1997XM92300002N Kirk, J. T. O. 19964.Light and Photosynthesis in Aquatic Ecosystems New York Cambridge Univ. Press  2nd edition% 1996pjKirkpartick, Gary J. Curtin, Thomas B. Daniel Kamykowski Micheal D. feezor Mickey D. Sartin Robert E. Reed 1990NHMeasurement of photosynthetic response to euphotic zone physical forcing Oceanography3 April 18-22 =d1990 SPRING BLOOM24-H INCUBATIONIO ABSORPTIONNNAABSORPTION PROPERTIESabsorption spectrumABSORPTION-SPECTRAUMI ABUNDANCESREG acclimationsiACTION SPECTRAREEaction spectrum ADAPTATIONTON ADVECTION AERUGINOSAS-U AlbaniakoALGAOalgaeALGALALGAL ASSEMBLAGESALGAL BIOTECHNOLOGYALGAL CAROTENOIDSALGAL CULTURESTUR ALGAL GROWTHSALGAL PICOPLANKTONUCT ALGORITHMSESI AMAZON RIVERSAMERICAN OYSTERRE AMINO ACID AMINO-ACIDSTRANACYSTIS-NIDULANSANOXIC SEDIMENTSE AntarcticANTARCTIC PHYTOPLANKTONS ANTARCTICASAE APPARATUSAQUAE ARABIAN-MAREAL QUANTUM EFFICIENCY ASSEMBLAGESOP ASSIMILATIONI ASTERIONELLA ASTERIONELLA-FORMOSAA ATLANTICLATLANTIC BIGHTRADATLANTIC-OCEANCOC ATMOSPHERE GA ATTENUATIONSIAVAILABLE LIGHTAGAVHRRBACILLARIOPHYCEAE$BACILLARIOPHYCEAE RESTING CELLSBACTERIAL PIGMENTSSNNbacteriochlorophyllsBasin BENTHIC ALGAEBIOGENIC CARBONEDBIOMANIPULATIONRO biomarkerslor biomasson biominerals BIOOPTICAL CHARACTERISTICSLATBLOOM BLOOMSOTI boreal lakelo Boston Harbor BOTTOMATI BOTTOM ICEUNDBREAKDOWN PRODUCTSSNNBUOYANCY REGULATIONC-14E calibrationti CANADASON CARBONLANCARBON ASSIMILATIONDICARBON FIXATIONNK CAROTENOIDMPOCAROTENOID ANALYSISNNCAROTENOID-PIGMENTSEA carotenoidsom CELL-SIZECELLSCELLULAR CARBONON CENTRAL GYREA CHANGESR CHEMICAL-CHEMICAL-COMPOSITIONI CHEMTAXTY chironomidste CHLORELLA chlorophyllonchlorophyll alphachlorophyll fluorescence CHLOROPHYLL-A CHLOROPHYLL-A FLUORESCENCESZ CHLOROPHYLL-B chlorophyllsm CHLOROPHYTECHROMATOGRAPHYRRE CHROOCOCCOID CYANOBACTERIAVECCHYTRIDIACEOUS FUNGII CIRCULATIONKECLASS climatologyraCO2OS COASTALIO COASTAL MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTONACOASTAL WATERSCTR COASTWATCHsraCOCCOLITHOPHOREscoccolithophores COLD SHOCK DI COMMUNITIESAE COMMUNITYCOMMUNITY STRUCTUREON COMPETITIONWT COMPOSITIONM- CONSUMERS$CONTAINING MARINE SYNECHOCOCCUSCONTINENTAL-SHELFCONTINUOUS CULTURETICCRASSOSTREA-VIRGINICA CULTIVATIONSI CULTURENCculture systemsnh CULTURESH CURRENTSI cyanobacteriaCYANOBACTERIUMNIACYCLE CYCLESYNTCYCLOTELLA-MENEGHINIANAYDAILY Daphnia e darknessc DAYLENGTHDEEPE DEEP OCEANLUXDEGRADATION PRODUCTSD DENMARKON DEPENDENCEATIDEPTH-INTEGRATED MODELY DESCRIPTIONET DIATOMTEU DIATOM SKELETONEMA-COSTATUMIE DIATOMSNIDIATOMS ASTERIONELLAIDIELU DIEL CHANGESNdiel variabilitycDIEL VERTICAL MIGRATIONY$diel, diatom, spectral quality,DIETSdiffuse loadingDIMETHYL SULFIDEo DIMETHYLSULFONIOPROPIONATEEZ dimethylsulphoniopropionateZ($DINOFLAGELLATE CERATIUM-HIRUNDINELLA$!DINOFLAGELLATE GONYAULAX-POLYEDRADISSOLVED ORGANIC-CARBONDISSOLVED ORGANIC-MATTER distributionn DISTRIBUTIONS DISTRICTR DIURNALLADIVINYL CHLOROPHYLL-A DOMOIC ACID-C DOUGLASSE DRIVENTSk$!Dunaliella tertolecta, diel, C:S, DYNAMICSk ecologyti ecotoxicology EFFICIENCYYTI elementsEMILIANIA-HUXLEYI END-PRODUCTSI ENHANCEMENTTI ENTRAINMENTIM ENVIRONMENTLFENVIRONMENTAL-CONDITIONS EPILITHON EQUATORIALSTR(%ESTIMATING PHYTOPLANKTON PRODUCTIVITY ESTUARINE ESTUARYIOEUKARYOTIC ALGAES EUPHOTIC- EUPHOTIC ZONEeutrophicationg EXCHANGEE EXPORTEME EXPOSURESEXTRACELLULAR PRODUCTSY EXUDATIONFAST-ATOM-BOMBARDMENT FATTY ACID FATTY-ACIDYSTFATTY-ACID COMPOSITION-IS FENNOSCANDIAeFIELDFILTERING RATESRO FILTRATIONNONfiltration rateenFINE-GRAINED SEDIMENTSY Finlandmi FIXATIONOFLOS-flow cytometryonoFLOW-CYTOMETRYETI FLUCTUATIONSM FLUORESCENCEA("fluorescence to chlorophyll ratiosfluorescence yieldsce fluorometrye FLUXESLAN FOSSILSONFRAGILARIA-CROTONENSISICU FRAGILARIA-CROTONENSIS KITTON FRAZIL ICEAMLwx9595$Williams, P. J. L. Lefevre, D.zAlgal C-14 and total carbon metabolisms .1. Models to account for the physiological processe249-255I$Wilhelm, C. Bida, J. Lohr, M.The quantitative effect of photoinhibition on the productivity of the diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum - Implication on the assessment of the primary production under natural conditions Scientia MarinaN4.The effect of photoinhibition on productivity was measured by the use of homocontinuous cultures of the marine diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum, which were kept at constant chlorophyll content by automatical dilution. The controls were illuminated continuously with 19 mu E m(-2) s(-1), whereas the photoinhibited culture was treated additionally with strong light of 2900 mu E m(-2) s(-1) for a period of 2 and 5 hours per day, respectively. The production was measured on the basis of the dilution volume per time and on the basis of chlorophyll, cell number and dry weight. Photoinhibition was characterised on the basis of changes in variable fluorescence and quantum yield and by light saturation curves measured at different stages during high light treatment and consecutive recovery. Although the strong light treatment reduced, the variable fluorescence to about 20% and the apparent quantum yield for the oxygen evolution was decreased to about 30%, the productivity of photoinhibited cultures was exactly the same as that of the controls. After several inhibition cycles the photoinhibited cultures showed significant increase in oxygen evolution and decreased susceptibility to photoinhibition. However, the results also indicate that photostress modulates the carbon acquisition efficiency under light saturation. Sci. Mar.a 199660$Article MAY 1 SCIENTIA MARINAdISI:A1996UZ47800032 491-503 `ZWilhelm, C. Bida, J. Domin, A. Hilse, C. Kaiser, B. Kesselmeier, J. Lohr, M. Muller, A. M.XRInteraction between global climate change and the physiological responses of algaePhotosynthetica1|The radiation climate as one essential factor influencing phytoplankton primary production will likely change in near future due to the increase of UV-A/B radiation and to stronger vertical mixing. The emission of dimethylsulphide (DMS) from dimethylsulphonium propionate (DMSP) influences the radiation climate due to its impact on cloud formation The diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum had a high acclimation ability to radiation stress resulting in a rapid recovery from stress induced losses in photosynthetic efficiency. In this case the primary production was not strongly impaired, and UV-B impaired photosynthesis by a mechanism different from that under excess PAR. The DMSP content of Prymnesium parvum was independent of irradiance and nitrogen supply. Total DMSP production of Prymnesium, however, was closely related to the age of the cells which was reduced under high irradiance.Photosynthetica 199733 3-4Article PHOTOSYNTHETICAISI:A1997YA11100016263-306 Morel, A.GjcLight and Marine Photosynthesis - a Spectral Model with Geochemical and Climatological ImplicationsProgress in OceanographyDISSOLVED ORGANIC-MATTER; OCEAN WATER COLUMN; PHYTOPLANKTON GROWTH; QUANTUM YIELD; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; SURFACE; ABSORPTION; EFFICIENCY; RADIATION Recent studies by MOREL (1978) and PLATT, SATHYENDRANATH, CAVERHILL and LEWIS (1988) have demonstrated the relative stability of the relationship between available photosynthetic energy at the ocean surface and energy stored by algal photosynthesis, once it has been normalized with respect to the column integrated chlorophyll biomass. Therefore the cross section vis a vis photosynthesis and per unit of areal chlorophyll, phi*, in m2 (g Chl)-1, should be relatively stable in spite of the various environmental and trophic situations possibly encountered in the open ocean. Such an ecological or biogeochemical "constant" is of importance when trying to transform biomass maps (obtained from remotely sensed ocean colour data) into primary production maps. Its approximate constancy has to be understood and deserves analysis. This analysis rests on the use of the local and instantaneous growth rate equation (KIEFER and MITCHELL, 1983) which has to be triply integrated with respect to wavelength, depth and time. Such an integration is, in effect, the core of a light production model which schematically includes the following steps: (i) to compute as a function of the sun elevation for various days, latitudes and atmospheric conditions (aerosols, water vapour, etc.) the photosynthetic energy impinging at the ocean surface (direct and diffuse components); (ii) to account for the loss by reflection at the air-sea interface; (iii) to propagate this radiant energy (in terms of spectral scalar irradiance) throughout the water column and according to given pigment vertical profiles; (iv) to evaluate what part of energy is absorbed by algae within the productive column; (v) and finally to compute that part of absorbed energy which is stored in the form of organic carbon added to the initial biomass; this last step implies that the yield for growth be modelled as a function of the irradiance level and temperature. Sensitivity tests have been effected with respect not only to the physical parameters which can be accurately modelled, but also with respect to the physiological factors for which values and parameterisation are more uncertain. Non-linear and interactive influences cause the phi* values obtained by running the model, to vary within a rather restricted range (within a factor 2, for most of the trophic and environmental conditions), which are similar to those resulting from field studies. The variability of the biomass-normalized primary production can be explained and the seasonal or zonal trends illustrated. The effect of cloudiness is also analyzed. This spectral light - photosynthesis model (a sub model in the more general study of the biomass evolution) can be used either to reproduce primary production experiments and also as a predictive tool in the oceanic carbon fixation problem. The global scale made accessible by satellite techniques requires that a climatological field of the phi* parameter be produced. This can be done by operating the present model, provided that the physiological factors which intervene are sufficiently ascertained and adequately parameterised, and also provided that the vertical distribution of the algal biomass can be inferred from the partial information (restricted to the upper layer) delivered by ocean colour sensors.Prog. Oceanogr. 1991263Article PROG OCEANOGRISI:A1991EZ99100002Morel, A. Gentili, B.  1993HADiffuse reflectance of oceanic waters, II: Bi-directional aspectsf Appl. Opt.32 6864-6879J 8335-343"://1996WP39700009,&Grobbelaar, J. U. Nedbal, L. Tichy, V.Influence of high frequency light/dark fluctuations on photosynthetic characteristics of microalgae photoacclimated to different light intensities and implications for mass algal cultivation"Journal of Applied PhycologyScenedesmus; growth rate; intermittent light; oxygen evolution; photoacclimation; respiration; mixing; culture systems MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; CULTURESHOxygen evolution from a Scenedesmus obliquus dominated outdoor culture was followed in a small volume chamber, irradiated either by continuous white light or under light/dark frequencies between 0.05 to 5000 Hz, using arrays of 'high intensity' red light emitting diodes (LED's). By placing neutral density filters in the path of the white light, light saturation curves of the oxygen evolution (P/I curves) were measured using diluted aliquots of algal cultures. The results clearly showed that photosynthetic rates increased exponentially with increasing light/dark frequencies, that a longer dark period in relation to the light period does not necessarily lead to higher photosynthetic rates (efficiencies), and that algae do not acclimate to a specific light/dark frequency. One of the most important factors that influenced photosynthetic rates, either under continuous illumination or intermittent, was whether the algae were dark or light acclimated. Low light/dark frequencies were perceived by the algae as low light conditions, whilst the opposite was true for high frequencies. The light utilisation efficiency in a fluctuating light/dark environment depended on the acclimated state of the algae, the specific frequency of the fluctuations and the duration of the exposure. Since the frequencies determined the 'perceived' quantities of light, dark reactions played an important role in determining the average photosynthetic efficiencies. These results have important implications for algal biotechnology.J. Appl. Phycol. 19968 4-5'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,ZA-9300 BLOEMFONTEIN,SOUTH AFRICA ACAD SCI CZECH REPUBL,DEPT AUTOTROPH MICROORGANISMS,INST MICROBIOL,TREBON 37981,CZECH REPUBLIC Grobbelaar JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,ZA-9300 BLOEMFONTEIN,SOUTH AFRICA Times Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 19 Cited References: ARNON DI, 1949, PLANT PHYSIOL, V24, P1 BARTOS J, 1975, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V9, P395 BOCCI F, 1988, ALGAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, P219 DOUCHA J, 1995, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V106, P129 DUBINSKY Z, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P607 FALKOWSKI PG, 1994, ENV PLANT B, P407 FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 GROBBELAAR JU, 1991, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V38, P189 GROBBELAAR JU, 1995, J APPL PHYCOL, V7, P243 GROBBELAAR JU, 1994, J APPL PHYCOL, V6, P331 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 KOK B, 1953, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V600, P63 LAWS EA, 1983, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V25, P2319 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 MCKINNEY G, 1941, J BIOL CHEM, V140, P315 RICHMOND A, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V11, P274 SETLIK I, 1970, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V11, P111 TERRY KL, 1986, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V28, P988 English Article WP397 J APPL PHYCOLISI:A1996WP39700009 !9yp Lou, J. Lowe, R. L.Lund, J. W. G. Maass, H.Maberly, S. C. Macedo, M. F.MacIntyre, H. L. Mackey, D. J. Mackey, M. D.Maita, Yoshiaki Malej, A. Mann, K. H.Mantoura, R. F. C.Mantoura, R.F.C. Maranon, E.Maritorena, StepaneMaritorena, Stephane Markager, S. Marra, J. Marrase, C. Martin-Jezequel, Veronique Marty, J. C. Maske, H. Masojidek, J.Matlick, H. A.McClain, Charles R.McNaughton, D.Meadows, G. A.Meadows, L. A. Menzel, D. W.Merilainen, J. J.Meyer, Stuart L.Meyer-Reil, L. A.Meyercordt, J. Michalke, B. Michaud, J.Middelburg, J. J. Mike Behrenfeld, GSFC, NASA Miller, G. S.Millie, David F.Mingelbier, M.Miyamoto, Makiko Mooers, Christopher, N. K. Moore, L. R. Morancais, M. Morand, P.Morant-Manceau, A. Morel, A. Morel, Andre Morin, A. Morris, I.Mortain-Bertrand, A.Mortainbertrand, A.Mortimer, C. H. Mouget, J. L. Muhr, G. C. Muller, A. M.Munoz, M. D. R. Mur, L. R.Mur` Murthy, C. R.Nair, K. V. K. Narain, A. Neale, P. J. Necchi, O.Necsoiu, Marius Nedbal, L. Neori, A. Neveux, J. D. Nicol, S. Niell, F. X.Noiri, Yoshifumi Norberg, J.O' Reilly, John E. Oakey, N. S. Obata, A.Oconnor, W. P.Odonohue, M. J. H. Ojala, A. Olson, R. J.0*or Dorota Kolber, IMCS, Rutgers University Ortner, DavidOsborne, B. A. Oviatt, C. A. Owens, T. G.Packard, Gary C. Paerl, H. W.Palmisano, A. C. Palomaki, A. Pan, Y. L. Pandey, P. C. Parker, J. E.Parkhill, K. L. Parslow, J.Parsons, T. R. Patterson, G.Patterson, J. C. Pauly, T.Payri, Claude E. Pechar, L.Peeters, J. C. H. Perry, M. Perry, R. Peters, E.Phinney, D. A.Piccinin, B. Beryl Pilson, M.Pistocchi, Rossella Platt, T. Platt, TrevorPollack, Nathan H. Pond, D. W.Popel'nitskii, V. A. Post, A. F. Pourie, G.Pratt, Sandra M.Prezelin, B. B. Price, D. N. Prieur, L. Purdie, D. A. Quguiner, B. Quinn, G. R.E., Hecky Rae, R. Rakaj, M. Ramlal, P. S. Ramus, J.Randerson, James T. Rao, D. V. S.Rassoulzadegan, F. Raven, J. Raven, J. A.Ravens, Thomas M.Reed, Robert E.Reilly, John O' Rein, C. R.Reinikainen, P. Reise, K.Remillard, M. Madden Repeta, D.Revsbech, N. P.Reynolds, C. S.Reynolds, Richard W.Richardson, K.Richardson, M. J.Richardson, T. L.Richerson, P. J. Riegman, R.Riisgard, H. U. Rijkeboer, M. Rimet, F. Rivkin, R. B. Rmiki, N. E.Robarts, R. D. Robert, J. M. Robineau, B.Robnik-Sikonja, M.Rodiere, MichelRodrigues, M. A.Rohlf, F. James Romano, J. C. Romer, S. Roscoe, J. V. Rosenberg, G.Rowan, Kingsley S.Rudd, J. W. M. Ryckaert, M. Ryu, TeresaS.J., GuildfordSacksteder, ColetteSagert, Sigrid Sakshaug, E.Sakshaug, Egil Salat, J.Salencon, M. J. Saliot, A. Salter, L. F.Sammes, Pippa J.(#San Francisco : W.H. Freeman, c1981Sandall, J. E.Sartin, Mickey D.Sathyendranath, S.Satpathy, K. K. Sayer, C. D. Saylor, J. H. Scavia, D.Scavia, DonaldSchindler, E. U.Schofield, M. Oscar Schofield, O.Schubert, HendrikSchulze, P. C. Schwab, D. J. Schwab, David Senger, H. Setlik, I. Seuront, L.Sgardelis, S. P.Shapiro, L. P.Shaposhnikov, A. V.Shatrov, I. Y. Shaw, C. F.Shearer, J. D. J431-440$://0000885565000064-Richardson, T. L. Gibson, C. E. Heaney, S. I.ZTTemperature, growth and seasonal succession of phytoplankton in Lake Baikal, SiberiaFreshwater Biologyphytoplankton; temperature; Lake Baikal; growth; light LEPTOCYLINDRUS-DANICUS CLEVE; ICE-COVERED LAKES; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; PLANKTONIC DIATOMS; COLD SHOCK; IRRADIANCE; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; DAYLENGTH; LIGHT; MICROORGANISMS1. Growth rates of two dominant Lake Baikal phytoplankton, the winter diatom Aulacoseira baicalensis and the summer cyanobacterium Synechocystis limnetica, were measured in the laboratory under varied temperature and light regimes to determine the potential role of these abiotic factors in seasonal species succession in the lake. 2. Aulacoseira baicalensis grew best at low temperature and not at all above 8 degrees C. Its maximum instantaneous growth rate was 0.15 d(-1) recorded at 2-3 degrees C. Cells grew faster as temperature decreased, apparently in contrast to conventional Q(10)-based temperature-growth relationships. 3. The picoplankter Synechocystis limnetica did not grow at 2-3 or 5-6 degrees C, but grew at a rate of 0.24 d(-1) at the highest incubation temperature of 17 degrees C. Maximum growth rate was 0.35 d(-1) at 8 degrees C. 4. Saturation irradiances (I-k) for growth of Aulacoseira baicalensis and Synechocystis limnetica were near pre-acclimation values of 40 mu mol m(-2) S-1. At temperatures conducive to growth, both phytoplankters grew at all irradiances tested, except for A. baicalensis which would not grow at values above 300 mu mol m(-2) s(-1) at 8 degrees C. 5. We conclude that temperature is a major driving force for the seasonal succession of species in Lake Baikal. Other factors, including vertical mixing of the water column and grazing by zooplankton, may also play important roles. Freshw. Biol. 2000 Jul443 Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 55 Cited References: ANDERSSON A, 1994, MAR BIOL, V120, P511 BENGTSSON L, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V322, P91 BOLGRIEN DW, 1995, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V61, P211 BONDARENKO NA, 1996, FRESHWATER BIOL, V35, P517 BURNS NM, 1978, J GREAT LAKES RES, V4, P134 CAMPBELL L, 1983, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V46, P553 CHATTOPADHYAY MK, 1994, CURR SCI INDIA, V67, P13 DAVISON IR, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P2 EMBLETON KV, 1997, DEV TOWED PHYTOPLANK EMBLETON KV, 2000, IN PRESS J PLANKTON EPPLEY RW, 1972, FISH B, V70, P1063 ERNST A, 1995, FEMS MICROBIOL ECOL, V17, P197 FAIRBURN S, 1987, BRIT PHYCOL J, V22, P89 FOY RH, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P203 GEIDER RJ, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P679 GEIDER RJ, 1987, NEW PHYTOL, V106, P1 GIBSON CE, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P88 GIBSON CE, 1981, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V66, P641 GOLDMAN CR, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V331, P9 GOLDMAN CR, 1963, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V3, P313 GRANIN NG, 1991, 158B USSR AC SCI I B GRAUMANN P, 1996, ARCH MICROBIOL, V166, P293 HUGHES JC, 1962, ARCH MIKROBIOLOGIE, V42, P117 KELLEY DE, 1997, J PLANKTON RES, V19, P1859 KOZHOV M, 1963, LAKE BAIKAL ITS LIFE KOZHOVA OM, 1987, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V25, P19 LANGDON C, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1291 LIZOTTE MP, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P179 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 MAEDA H, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V248, P93 MATTHEWS PC, 1987, FRESHWATER BIOL, V18, P135 MORRIS I, 1974, MAR BIOL, V24, P147 MURPHY LS, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P47 NAGATA T, 1994, J PLANKTON RES, V16, P945 NICKLISCH A, 1983, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V68, P317 OLSON FCW, 1950, T AM MICROSC SOC, V59, P272 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 POPOVSKAYA GI, 1968, NOVITATES SYSTEMATIC POPOVSKAYA GI, 1987, PHYTOPLANKTON DEEPES, P199 PRIDDLE J, 1986, BIOL REV, V61, P199 RAVEN JA, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P1 RAVEN JA, 1988, NEW PHYTOL, V110, P441 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 SKABITSCHEWSKY AP, 1929, WISL RUSSKII GIDROD, V8, P93 TOMPKINS J, 1995, CULTURE COLLECTION A, P149 VENTELA AM, 1998, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V363, P229 VERITY PG, 1982, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V60, P197 VERITY PG, 1982, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V60, P209 VERITY PG, 1981, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V55, P79 VERITY PG, 1981, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V55, P159 VOTINTSEV KK, 1972, HYDROBIOL J, V8, P13 WADA H, 1990, NATURE, V347, P200 YODER JA, 1979, J PHYCOL, V15, P362 YOSHII K, 1999, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V44, P502 Article 340VQ FRESHWATER BIOLISI:000088556500006o Cmax values. Both species attained a chl a:C ratio of approximately 15 gg-1 at Cmax using either N source. However, this value was not necessarily an indicator of maximal growth rate. NC colimitation resulted in decreased C to values less than 20% of Cmax with only minor changes in chl a:C and N:C relative to Cmax values. Chl a:C results suggest a similarity between the light stress and C stress responses of marine diatoms. The potential for C stress in the marine environment needs to be addressed.959, J METEOROL, V16, P646 PYKE TN, 1989, SEA TECHNOL, V30, P27 SCHNEIDER K, 1993, GLERL81 NOAA SCHWAB DJ, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P247 STOWE LL, 1991, ADV SPACE RES, V11, P51 STRONG AE, 1974, P 17 C GREAT LAK RES, P321 WEBB MS, 1974, WATER RESOUR RES, V10, P199 WEISS M, 1970, P 13 C GREAT LAK RES, P978 WESELY ML, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P3696 Article 255PH J GREAT LAKES RESISI:000083678000004 Schwab, David 2000Personal communication=299-307$://000083837900001*$Morin, A. Lamoureux, W. Busnarda, J.Empirical models predicting primary productivity from chlorophyll a and water temperature for stream periphyton and lake and ocean phytoplankton:3Journal of the North American Benthological Societyprimary production; algae; periphyton; phytoplankton; temperature; chlorophyll; regression; model PHOTOSYNTHETIC RATES; BENTHIC ALGAE; COMMUNITIES; RESPONSES; LIGHT; PHOSPHORUS; ANTARCTICA; CONSUMERS; NUTRIENTS; EPILITHONPublished data on stream periphyton, lake phytoplankton, and ocean phytoplankton were analyzed to 1) quantify regression models relating daily gross primary production (GPP) to chlorophyll a (chl a) standing stock and water temperature, 2) compare regressions across assemblages, and 3) compare the precision of regression estimates of daily primary production and of production integrated over time to those obtained by measurements using radioisotopes. Regression models predicting daily GPP explained between 29% and 86% of the variance in Log GPP with chi a accounting for 28 to 85% of the explained variance. Regression models differed significantly across assemblages. Chlorophyll-specific production, corrected for the effect of temperature, declined with increasing chi a standing stock presumably because of increased self shading, and was lower in stream periphyton than in lake or marine phytoplankton presumably because of reduced nutrient diffusion in algal mats. Gross primary production was more intensely related to water temperature in stream periphyton (Q(10) = 2.5) than in either ocean phytoplankton (Q(10) = 1.2) or lake phytoplankton (Q(10) = 1.4). Precision measured as the error factor (EF) by which means have to be multiplied or divided to obtain the limits of a 95% confidence interval, was lower for regression estimates of daily production (EF = 3.4-6.7) and for production integrated over time (EF = 3.4) than for measurements of daily production (EF = 1.2-2). Considering the reduced effort required to obtain estimates of primary production using these regression models, we argue that they could be useful when coarse production estimates are sufficient or when adequate resources are not available to make direct measurements.J. N. Am. Benthol. Soc. 1999 Sep183'Univ Ottawa, Ottawa Carleton Inst Biol, POB 450,Stn A, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada Univ Ottawa, Ottawa Carleton Inst Biol, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, Canada Morin A Univ Ottawa, Ottawa Carleton Inst Biol, POB 450,Stn A, Ottawa, ON K1N 6N5, CanadaD=Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 43 Cited References: AMBLARD C, 1990, AQUAT TOXICOL, V18, P137 ANTOINE SE, 1995, ARCH HYDROBIOLOGIE S, V109, P11 BEHRENFELD MJ, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V42, P1 BEHRENFELD MJ, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V42, P1479 BOSTON HL, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P644 BOTHWELL ML, 1988, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V45, P261 BOTT TL, 1978, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V60, P3 BRYLINSKY M, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P1 DAVISON IR, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P2 DENICOLA DM, 1996, AQUAT ECOL SER, P149 ENRIQUEZ S, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V108, P197 EPPLEY RW, 1972, FISH B, V70, P1063 FINDLAY S, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P2326 FRENETTE JJ, 1994, J PLANKTON RES, V16, P1095 GOLDSBOROUGH LG, 1996, AQUAT ECOL SER, P77 GROBBELAAR JU, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P177 GUILDFORD SJ, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P1408 HART DD, 1991, OIKOS, V60, P329 HAWES I, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V251, P203 HILL WR, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P2307 HILL WR, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1297 HILL WR, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P1375 HINES WW, 1980, PROBABILITY STAT ENG HOWARDWILLIAMS C, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V172, P27 KAUP E, 1994, POLAR BIOL, V14, P433 LAFOND M, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V196, P25 LAMBERTI GA, 1989, ECOLOGY, V70, P1840 MANTAL KM, 1974, J PHYCOL, V10, P288 MARKER AFH, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P359 MASSERET E, 1998, WATER RES, V32, P2299 MCINTIRE CD, 1966, ECOLOGY, V47, P918 MEGARD RO, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P68 MORIN A, 1992, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V49, P1695 PALUMBO AV, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P464 PAUL BJ, 1989, CAN J BOT, V67, P2302 PFEIFER RF, 1975, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V75, P306 PHINNEY HK, 1965, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V10, P341 ROSEMOND AD, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P1264 SANDJENSEN K, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P203 SMITH VH, 1979, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V24, P1051 STEINMAN AD, 1991, OECOLOGIA, V91, P163 SUMNER WT, 1979, FRESHWATER BIOL, V9, P205 TSUDA R, 1992, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V125, P97 Article 258KG J N AMER BENTHOL SOCISI:000083837900001[J274-286rJDDescy, J. P. Higgins, H. W. Mackey, D. J. Hurley, J. P. Frost, T. M.NGPigment ratios and phytoplankton assessment in northern Wisconsin lakesJournal of Phycology Nine lakes in northern Wisconsin were sampled from February through September 1996, and HPLC analysis of water column pigments was carried out on epilimnetic seston, pigment distributions were evaluated throughout the water column during  7-16 Coles, J. F. Jones, R. C.REffect of temperature on photosynthesis-light response and growth of four phytoplankton species isolated from a tidal freshwater riverJournal of PhycologyThree cyanobacteria (Microcystis aeruginosa Kutz, emend, Elenkin, Merismopedia tenuissima Lemmermann, and Oscillatoria sp.) and one diatom (Aulacoseira granulata var, angustissima O. Mull. emend, Simonsen) were isolated from the tidal freshwater Potomac River and maintained at 23 degrees C and 40 mu mol photons . m(-2) . s(-1) on a 16:8 L:D cycle in unialgal culture, Photosynthetic parameters were determined in nutrient- replete cultures growing exponentially at 15, 20, 25, and 30 degrees C by incubation with C-14 at six light levels. P-max(B) was strongly correlated with temperature over the entire range for the cyanobacteria and from 15 to 25 degrees C for Aulacoseira, with Q(10) ranging from 1.79 to 2.67. The alpha values demonstrated a less consistent temperature pattern, Photosynthetic parameters indicated an advantage for cyanobacteria at warmer temperatures and in light-limited water columns. p(max)(B) and I-k values were generally lower than comparable literature and field values, whereas a was generally higher, consistent with a somewhat shade acclimated status of our cultures. Specific growth rate (mu), as measured by chlorophyll change, was strongly influenced by temperature in all species, Oscillatoria had the highest mu at all temperatures, joined at lower temperatures by Aulacoseira and at higher temperatures by Microcystis, Values of mu for Aulacoseira were near the low end of the literature range for diatoms consistent with the light-limited status of the cultures. The cyanobacteria exhibited growth rates similar to those reported in other studies. Q(10) for growth ranged from 1.71 for Aulacoseira to 4.16 for Microcystis, Growth rate was highly correlated with P-max(B) for each species and the regression slope coefficients were very similar for three of the species. J. Phycol. 2000361eArticle FEB J PHYCOLISI:000085917500003g Z 6"://1992HY69800002$Bolgrien, D. W. Brooks, A. S.PIAnalysis of Thermal Features of Lake-Michigan from Avhrr Satellite Images&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchLAKE MICHIGAN; GREAT LAKES; AV141-146LBerner, T. Sukenik, A.TNPhotoacclimation in photosynthetic microorganisms: An ultrastructural response& Israel Journal of Plant SciencesIsr. J. Plant Sci. 1998462ISRAEL J PLANT SCIISI:000075969100011*$Berry, Holly Adrian Lembi, Carole A. 2000Effects of temperature and irradiance on the seasonal variation of a Spirogyra (Chlorophyta) population in a midwestern lake (U.S.A.)%EN J. Phycol.365 841-a-851October 1, 2000! J. Phycol.vpAlthough Spirogyra Link (1820) is a common mat-forming filamentous alga in fresh waters, little is known of its ecology. A 2-year field study in Surrey Lake, Indiana, showed that it grew primarily in the spring of each year. The population consisted of four morphologically distinct filamentous forms, each exhibiting its own seasonal distribution. A 45-m-wide filament was present from February to late April or early May, a 70-m-wide form was present from late April to mid-June, a 100-m-wide form was present from February to mid-June, and a 130-m-wide form appeared only in February of 1 of 2 study years. The 70- and 100-m-wide forms contributed to the peak amount of biomass observed in late May and early June. Multiple regression analysis indicated that the presence of the 45-, 70-, and 100-m-wide forms was negatively correlated with temperature. Presence of the 130-m-wide form was negatively correlated with irradiance. Isolates of these filament forms were exposed to temperature (15, 25, and 35 C)/irradiance (0, 60, 200, 400, 900, and 1500 molm-2s-1) combinations in the laboratory. Growth rates of the 45-m-wide form were negative at all irradiances at 35 C, suggesting that this form is susceptible to high water temperatures. However, growth rates of the other forms did not vary at the different temperatures or at irradiances of 60 molm-2s-1 or above. Net photosynthesis was negative at 35 C and 1500 molm-2s-1 for the 100- and 130-m-wide forms but positive for the 70-m-wide form. All forms lost mat cohesiveness in the dark, and the 100- and 130-m-wide forms lost mat cohesiveness under high irradiances and temperature. Thus, the morphological forms differed in their responses to irradiance and temperature. We hypothesize that the rapid disappearance of Spirogyra populations in the field is due to loss of mat cohesiveness under conditions of reduced net photosynthesis, for example, at no to low light for all forms or at high light and high temperatures for the 100- and 130-m-wide forms. Low light conditions can occur in the interior of mats as they grow and thicken or under shade produced by other algae.:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/841R COMPOSITIONYSZ@|3YJouJ. Plankton Res.ton Research3YY+X-+SEA-SURFACE WAVESITIONYSZ Mortimer, C. H.s 1983d]Special Report No. Not completed: Hydrodynamic Interactions with the Biosphere in Large Lakesu  Milwaukee, WI\ RKU.S Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration i-85 1983 Contract No. NA7 9RAC00101859-874PD=Mouget, J. L. Delanoue, J. Legendre, L. Jean, Y. Viarouge, P.dLong-Term Acclimatization of Scenedesmus-Bicellularis to High- Frequency Intermittent Lighting (100 Hz) .1. Growth, Photosynthesis and Photosystem-Ii Activity"Journal of Plankton ResearchSEA-SURFACE WAVES; PHAEODACTYLUM-TRICORNUTUM; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; FLUCTUATIONS; IRRADIANCE; ADAPTATION; PHOTOINHIBITION; ENHANCEMENT; STRATEGIESyResponses of the green microalga, Scenedesmus bicellularis to high-frequency intermittent lighting (IL, 100 Hz) were assessed after a 4 week acclimatization. Effects of IL on growth, photosynthesis and photosystem II (PSII) activity were studied at limiting and saturating irradiances, and compared to those of continuous light (CL) of the same instantaneous and daily irradiances. Even after a 4 week acclimatization period, the photosynthetic capacity (P-max), the photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) and the photosynthetic activity at growth irradiance, either expressed on a per cell or a chlorophyll a basis, showed little difference, neither did the index of light adaptation (I-k) or PSII activity. In contrast, growth was lower under IL at saturating irradiance. Results are discussed considering the non-linearity of the relationship between growth or photosynthesis and irradiance.J. Plankton Res. 1995174 Article APR J PLANKTON RESISI:A1995QW95700012 J. Phycol. 19993510 FEB J PHYCOLISI:0000789264000070151-160L Duarte, P.`YA Mechanistic Model of the Effects of Light and Temperature on Algal Primary Productivity{Ecological ModellingvpALGAE; LIGHT; PRODUCTION; PRIMARY; TEMPERATURE PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON; INTENSITY; PHOTOINHIBITION; GROWTH& In this work a model of algal primary productivity combining a mechanistic light function with a temperature Arrhenius function is presented. Data on primary productivity obtained with algae acclimated to different environmental conditions was used to test the model. A simple method for model parameter estimation based on regression analysis is described. The parameter estimates can be improved by a non-linear least- squares method (e.g. the Gauss-Newton method) resulting in a significant fit to the observed data as tested by regression analysis. According to the present model, the initial slope of the productivity/light curves is temperature dependent whilst the optimal light intensity is temperature independent. These model predictions were validated by the obtained experimental results. Ecol. Model. 1995822Article OCT ECOL MODELISI:A1995RV45400004.(Dubinsky, Zvy Falkowski, P. G. Wyman, K. 198681Light harvesting and utilization by phytoplanktonPlant Cell Physiology27 1335-13491431-435 Dusenberry, J. A.pjFrequency distributions of phytoplankton single-cell fluorescence and vertical mixing in the surface ocean Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.i 1999442MAR LIMNOL OCEANOGRnISI:000079309300018.201-220Dusenberry, J. A.CSteady-state single cell model simulations of photoacclimation in a vertically mixed layer: implications for biological tracer studies and primary productivity Journal of Marine Systems J. Mar. Syst. 200024 3-4MAR J MARINE SYSTISI:000086284000002  Holfeld, H. 2000Infection of the single-celled diatom Stephanodiscus alpinus by the chytrid Zygorhizidium: Parasite distribution within host population, changes in host cell size, and host-parasite size relationship Limnology and Oceanography456 1440-1444 SepLimnol. Oceanogr.ISI:000089396500024lfFRAGILARIA-CROTONENSIS KITTON; PLANKTONICUM CANTER; ASTERIONELLA; LIGHT; PHYTOPLANKTON; SYNEDRA; FUNGIAn epidemic caused by a Zygorhizidium species infecting the single-celled planktonic centric diatom Stephanodiscus alpinus was analyzed for parasite distribution within the host population, final parasite size relative to host cell size, and size changes of infected and uninfected S. alpinus cells. Infections in the lake occurred at random within the whole host population. There was no evidence for aggregated or even distribution of the parasite individuals, indicating that the infections occur independently of each other. In enclosures in which light was enhanced compared to the lake, there tended to be an even parasite distribution within the host population, irrespective of whether plant nutrients were added. This suggests that infected host cells were negatively selected by the parasite zoospores under these conditions. Final parasite sporangium size and host cell size were positively correlated. Thus, parasite fecundity was limited by host cell size. Infected S. alpinus cells tended to be larger than uninfected cells, and the mean size of host cells within the population decreased during the epidemic. This might be due to selective infection of larger host cells or to the peculiar mode of cell division in diatoms.^WTimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 23 Cited References: ANDERSON RM, 1982, MODERN PARASITOLOGY, P204 BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BRUNING K, 1991, FRESHWATER BIOL, V25, P409 BRUNING K, 1991, J PLANKTON RES, V13, P103 BRUNING K, 1991, J PLANKTON RES, V13, P707 CANTER HM, 1982, ANN BOT, V49, P429 CANTER HM, 1981, ANN BOT, V47, P13 CANTER HM, 1983, ANN BOT-LONDON, V52, P549 CANTER HM, 1948, NEW PHYTOL, V47, P238 CANTER HM, 1992, NOVA HEDWIGIA, V55, P437 CANTER HM, 1986, NOVA HEDWIGIA, V43, P269 CANTERLUND H, 1995, FRESHWATER ALGAE THE DOGGETT MS, 1995, MYCOLOGIA, V87, P161 HOLFELD H, 1998, NEW PHYTOL, V138, P507 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS KOOB DD, 1966, J PHYCOL, V2, P41 ROUND FE, 1990, DIATOMS SEN B, 1987, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V76, P101 SOMMER U, 1994, PLANKTOLOGIE STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISHERIES RES BOAR, P167 UTERMOHL H, 1931, ARCH HIDROBIOL, V22, P643 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 WEBSTER J, 1986, INTRO FUNGI English Article 355QN LIMNOL OCEANOGRe'Max Planck Inst Limnol, Limnol Flussstn, Postfach 260, D-36105 Schlitz, Germany Max Planck Inst Limnol, Okophysiol Abt, D-24302 Plon, Germany Holfeld H Max Planck Inst Limnol, Limnol Flussstn, Postfach 260, D-36105 Schlitz, Germanye98  Vm &Mantoura, R.F.C. C.A. Llewellyn 1983The rapid determination of algal chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments and their breakdown products in natural waters by reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatographyAnal. Chim. Acta. 151297-314191-203"Maranon, E. Holligan, P. M.ohbPhotosynthetic parameters of phytoplankton from 50 degrees N to 50 degrees S in the Atlantic Ocean$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesWe conducted 150 photosynthesis-irradiance (P-E) experiments along 2 Atlantic meridional transects from 50 degrees N to 50 degrees S in April-May and October-November 1996. The latitudinal and vertical distributions of the maximum chlorophyll a-normalized rate of photosynthesis (P-m(B)) and the initial slope of the P-E curve (alpha(B)) were examined in relation to the Variations in relevant physical, chemical and biological variables. P-m(B) ranged from <1 mg C mg chl(-1) h(- 1) in the central oligotrophic gyres to >10 mg C mg chl(-1) h(- 1) in temperate regions and the upwelling area off Mauritania. The dynamic range of the observed variations in the P-E parameters was 3 to 4 times higher than assumed in productivity models that divide the ocean into biogeochemical provinces. Variability in the physiological parameters of phytoplankton was as high as that of chlorophyll concentration. We obtained a model of multiple linear regression to calculate integrated primary productivity from data of surface temperature, chlorophyll a and P-m(B). Changes in P-m(B) accounted for 30% of the total variability in productivity, whereas variations in chlorophyll a explained only 5%, which indicates that phytoplankton photophysiology is more relevant than biomass in the control of primary productivity. We found a significant, negative correlation between the latitudinal changes in P-m(B), and those in the depth of the nitracline, suggesting an important role for the nutrient supply from below the thermocline in the regulation of photosynthetic efficiency over large spatial scales. A large degree of temporal variability was observed in the subtropical gyres: P-m(B) and alpha(B) varied by a factor of 3 between the 2 cruises, whereas phytoplankton biomass remained constant. The differences in the photosynthetic parameters between seasons were larger than between biogeochemical provinces. We emphasize the need to include nutrient-driven changes of phytoplankton photophysiology in models of primary productivity.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1999 176 Article MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:000078918200017,&Stephane Maritorena O' Reilly, John E. 2000NHOC2v2: Update on the initial operational SeaWiFS chlorophyll a algorithm John O' ReillyNGVolume 11,SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses,Part 3 & NASA Goddard Space Flight Center11 3-860NASA Technical Memorandum 2000 206892,Volume 110*Markager, S. Vincent, W. F. Tang, E. P. Y. 1999piCarbon fixation by phytoplankton in high Arctic lakes: Implications of low temperature for photosynthesis Limnology and oceanography443 597Z 1999 0024-3590e Marra, J. 1978RKPhytoplankton photosynthetic response to vertical movement in a mixed layerd Mar. Biol.46203-208d Marra, J. 1980,&Vertical mixing and primary production:4In: Primary productivity in the sea, P. G. Falkowski New York  Plenum Press 5315e SEP DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG REScISI:000076581800003t&Mantoura, R.F.C. C.A. Llewellyn 1983The rapid determination of algal chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments and their breakdown products in natural waters by reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatographyAnal. Chim. Acta. 151297-314191-203"Maranon, E. Holligan, P. M.ohbPhotosynthetic parameters of phytoplankton from 50 degrees N to 50 degrees S in the Atlantic Ocean$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesWe conducted 150 photosynthesis-irradiance (P-E) experiments along 2 Atlantic meridional transects from 50 degrees N to 50 degrees S in April-May and October-November 1996. The latitudinal and vertical distributions of the maximum chlorophyll a-normalized rate of photosynthesis (P-m(B)) and the initial slope of the P-E curve (alpha(B)) were examined in relation to the Variations in relevant physical, chemical and biological variables. P-m(B) ranged from <1 mg C mg chl(-1) h(- 1) in the central oligotrophic gyres to >10 mg C mg chl(-1) h(- 1) in temperate regions and the upwelling area off Mauritania. The dynamic range of the observed variations in the P-E parameters was 3 to 4 times higher than assumed in productivity models that divide the ocean into biogeochemical provinces. Variability in the physiological parameters of phytoplankton was as high as that of chlorophyll concentration. We obtained a model of multiple linear regression to calculate integrated primary productivity from data of surface temperature, chlorophyll a and P-m(B). Changes in P-m(B) accounted for 30% of the total variability in productivity, whereas variations in chlorophyll a explained only 5%, which indicates that phytoplankton photophysiology is more relevant than biomass in the control of primary productivity. We found a significant, negative correlation between the latitudinal changes in P-m(B), and those in the depth of the nitracline, suggesting an important role for the nutrient supply from below the thermocline in the regulation of photosynthetic efficiency over large spatial scales. A large degree of temporal variability was observed in the subtropical gyres: P-m(B) and alpha(B) varied by a factor of 3 between the 2 cruises, whereas phytoplankton biomass remained constant. The differences in the photosynthetic parameters between seasons were larger than between biogeochemical provinces. We emphasize the need to include nutrient-driven changes of phytoplankton photophysiology in models of primary productivity.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1999 176 Article MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:000078918200017,&Stephane Maritorena O' Reilly, John E. 2000NHOC2v2: Update on the initial operational SeaWiFS chlorophyll a algorithm John O' ReillyNGVolume 11,SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses,Part 3 & NASA Goddard Space Flight Center11 3-860NASA Technical Memorandum 2000 206892,Volume 110*Markager, S. Vincent, W. F. Tang, E. P. Y. 1999piCarbon fixation by phytoplankton in high Arctic lakes: Implications of low temperature for photosynthesis Limnology and oceanography443 597Z 1999 0024-3590e Marra, J. 1978RKPhytoplankton photosynthetic response to vertical movement in a mixed layerd Mar. Biol.46203-208d Marra, J. 1980,&Vertical mixing and primary production:4In: Primary productivity in the sea, P. G. Falkowski New York  Plenum Press 5315PrLorenzen, C. J.r 1967RLDetermination of chlorophyll and pheo-pigments: spectrophotometric equationsLimnol. Oceanogr.\12343-346\ 6591-6610P$://0000858824000214-Lou, J. Schwab, D. J. Beletsky, D. Hawley, N.XQA model of sediment resuspension and transport dynamics in southern Lake Michigan,&Journal of Geophysical Research-OceansDEPTH-INTEGRATED MODEL; FINE-GRAINED SEDIMENTS; WAVE PREDICTION MODEL; SUSPENDED SEDIMENT; NUMERICAL-SIMULATION; CIRCULATION; BOTTOM; ENTRAINMENT; CURRENTS; DRIVENA quasi-three-dimensional suspended sediment transport model was developed and generalized to include combined wave-current effects to study bottom sediment resuspension and transport in southern Lake Michigan. The results from a three-dimensional circulation model and a wind wave model were used as input to the sediment transport model. Two effects of nonlinear wave- current interactions were considered in the sediment transport model: the changes in turbulence intensity due to waves and the enhancement of induced bottom shear stresses. Empirical formulations of sediment entrainment and resuspension processes were established and parameterized by laboratory data and field studies in the lake. In this preliminary application of the model to Lake Michigan, only a single grain size is used to characterize the sedimentary material, and the bottom of the lake is treated as an unlimited sediment source. The model results were compared with measured suspended sediment concentrations at two stations and several municipal water intake turbidity measurements in southern Lake Michigan during November-December 1994. The model was able to reproduce the general patterns of high-turbidity events in the lake. A model simulation for the entire 1994-1995 two-year period gave a reasonable description of sediment erosion/deposition in the lake, and the modeled settling mass fluxes were consistent with sediment trap data. The mechanisms of sediment resuspension and transport in southern Lake Michigan are discussed. To improve the model, sediment classifications, spatial bottom sediment distribution, sediment source function, and tributary sediment discharge should be considered.J. Geophys. Res.-Oceans 2000 Mar 15 105C3 Times Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 72 Cited References: AYERS JC, 1956, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V1, P150 BARNES PW, 1994, J GREAT LAKES RES, V20, P179 BELETSKY D, 1998, ESTUARINE COASTAL MO, P511 BENNETT JR, 1974, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V4, P400 BENNETT JR, 1975, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P108 BLUMBERG AF, 1987, COASTAL ESTUARINE SC, V4, P1 BOSMAN J, 1982, M16952 DELFT HYDR LA BROOKS AS, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P962 COLMAN SM, 1994, J GREAT LAKES RES, V20, P215 CSANADY GT, 1975, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V5, P705 EADIE BJ, 1996, EOS T AGU, V77, P337 EADIE BJ, 1994, ESTUARIES, V17, P754 EADIE BJ, 1999, GLERL111 NOAA ERL EADIE BJ, 1984, J GREAT LAKES RES, V10, P307 EADIE BJ, 1990, LARGE LAKES, P196 EADIE BJ, 1987, SOURCES FATES AQUATI, V216, P319 EADIE BJ, 1997, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V99, P133 EDIL TB, 1982, BLUFF SLUMP WORKSH M FOSTER DS, 1992, MI2202 US GEOL SURV FUKUDA MK, 1980, J GEOPHYS RES, V85, P2813 GAILANI J, 1991, J GREAT LAKES RES, V17, P479 GALAPPATTI G, 1985, J HYDRAUL RES, V23, P359 GALAPPATTI R, 1983, COMMUNICATIONS HYDRA, P83 GALPERIN B, 1990, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V31, P231 GARCIA M, 1991, J HYDRAUL ENG-ASCE, V117, P414 GOTTLIEB ES, 1989, GLERL71 NOAA ERL GRANT WD, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P1797 HAWLEY N, 1991, J GREAT LAKES RES, V17, P361 HAWLEY N, 1990, J GREAT LAKES RES, V16, P113 HAWLEY N, 1995, J SEDIMENT RES A, V65, P69 HAWLEY N, 1999, SEDIMENTOLOGY, V46, P791 HUBERTZ JM, 1991, 24 WIS US ARM CORP E JIBSON RW, 1994, J GREAT LAKES RES, V20, P135 JONSSON IG, 1966, 10 C COAST ENG AM SO LEE CH, 1998, J SEDIMENT RES A, V68, P819 LEE DH, 1994, J HYDRAUL ENG-ASCE, V120, P81 LESHT BM, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P375 LICK W, 1994, J GREAT LAKES RES, V20, P599 LIU PC, 1984, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V14, P1514 LOU J, 1996, COAST ENG, V29, P169 LOU J, 1999, COMPUTERIZED MODELIN, P23 LOU J, 1997, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V45, P1 LOU J, 1995, THESIS TOWNSVILLE MELLOR GL, 1986, CONT SHELF RES, V6, P689 MELLOR GL, 1982, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V20, P851 OEY LY, 1985, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V15, P1693 RAKHA KA, 1997, COAST ENG, V31, P231 RAO DB, 1970, ARCH METEOR GEOPHY A, V19, P195 ROBBINS JA, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V96, P17081 SAYLOR JH, 1980, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V10, P1814 SCHWAB DJ, 1998, GLERL108 NOAA ERL SCHWAB DJ, 1999, IN PRESS ESTUARINE C SCHWAB DJ, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V89, P3586 SCHWAB DJ, 1984, J GREAT LAKES RES, V10, P68 SCHWAB DJ, 1995, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V25, P1516 SCHWAB DJ, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P2213 SCHWAB DJ, 1994, WATER POLL RES J CAN, V29, P203 SIGNELL RP, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V95, P9671 SIMONS TJ, 1986, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V16, P1138 STRONG AE, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P877 TAYLOR CL, 1996, THESIS U CALIF SANTA THORN MFC, 1980, P 3 INT S DREDG TECH, P123 TSAI CH, 1986, J GREAT LAKES RES, V12, P314 VANRIJN LC, 1989, H461 DELFT HYDR LAB VANRIJN LC, 1986, J HYDRAUL ENG-ASCE, V112, P433 VANRIJN LC, 1985, S4884 DELFT HYDR LAB WANG ZB, 1986, J HYDRAUL RES, V24, P53 WEATHERLY GL, 1978, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V8, P557 WUNSCH C, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P793 ZIEGLER CK, 1988, ENVIRON GEOL WAT SCI, V11, P123 ZIEGLER CK, 1994, J HYDRAUL ENG-ASCE, V120, P561 ZIEGLER CK, 1986, ME863 UCSB U CAL Article 293YG J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANSISI:000085882400021"[|@$Prezelin, B. B. Alberte, R. S. 1978^WPhotosynthetic charateristics and organization of chlorophyll in marine dinoflagellatesProc. Nat. Acad. Sci.c75 1801-1804$$Prezelin, B. B. Matlick, H. A. 1980Time-course of photoadaptation in the photosynthesis-irradiance relationship of a dinoflagellate exhibiting photosynthetic periodicityMarine Biology58 85-96136-186<5Prezelin, B. B. Tilzer, M. M. Schofield, O. Haese, C.6The Control of the Production Process of Phytoplankton by the Physical Structure of the Aquatic Environment with Special Reference to Its Optical-PropertiesAquatic Sciences.(PHYTOPLANKTON; PRIMARY PRODUCTION; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; OPTICS; ADAPTATION PHOTOSYNTHETIC ACTION SPECTRA; COASTAL MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; OCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTION; WEAK LIGHT CONDITIONS; QUANTUM YIELD; SARGASSO SEA; LAKE CONSTANCE; IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; ABSORPTION PROPERTIES; SCENEDESMUS-OBLIQUUSThis tutorial was designed for nonbiologists requiring an introduction to the nature and general timescales of phytoplankton responses to physical forcing in aquatic environments. As such, an effort was made to highlight biological markers which might assist in identifying, measuring and/or validating physical processes controlling the variability in the distribution, abundance, composition and activity of phytoplankton communities. Given the recent advances in environmental optics and remote sensing capabilities, a special emphasis was placed on the nature and utility of phytoplankton optical properties in current bio- optical modelling efforts to predict temporal and spatial variability in phytoplankton productivity and growth. Aquat. Sci. 199153 2-3Article AQUAT SCIISI:A1991FZ65600002 Quguiner, B. Legendre, L. 1986zPhytoplankton photosynthetic adaptation to high frequency light fluctuations simulating those induced by sea surface waves Mar. Biol.90483-491,Rae, R. Vincent, W. F. 1998~Phytoplankton Production in Subarctic Lake and River Ecosystems: Development of a Photo-synthesis-temperature-irradiance Model"Journal of plankton research207Z 1293 1998 0142-7873| 1713-1742\ Aalderink, R. H. Jovin, R.piEstimation of the photosynthesis/irradiance (P/I) curve parameters from light and dark bottle experiments "Journal of Plankton ResearchPHYTOPLANKTON PRODUCTIVITY; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PRODUCTION; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; DIEL CHANGES; MODEL; PHOTOINHIBITION; ALGAE; INTENSITY; OXYGEN; GROWTH.(Light and dark bottle experiments, carried out in three systems in the Netherlands, were used to estimate the parameters of models relating the oxygen production rate to incident light intensity. The maximum production rate (P-M) and the light saturation constant (I-S) were estimated using both gross and nett oxygen production data. In the latter case, the community oxygen consumption rate (R-ox) was also estimated. Eight models were compared with respect to goodness of fit, as has been accomplished previously by Jassby and Platt (Limnol. Oceanogr., 21, 540-547, 1976) and many others. This study, however, emphasizes the problem of parameter correlation and the consequential usefulness of these type of experiments to identify the P/I curve parameters. The results show that at a 90% level of confidence, the models cannot be distinguished with respect to goodness of fit. However, the models do show distinct differences in parameter correlation. Parameter correlation was shown to be related to the shape of the curve. P/I curves with high convexity were shown to be less sensitive for parameter correlation. In particular, models showing low convexity suffer from over-parameterization, which means that on the basis of the observed production rates it is difficult to discriminate between the parameters. Also, alternative model formulations, using P-M and the initial slope (alpha), were investigated. These formulations produced less parameter correlation. However, for models with low convexity, showing high parameter correlation anyway, the reduction is limited. The use of nett oxygen production data does not show a significant difference in fit at a 90% confidence level. However, measured R-ox from dark bottle experiments tends to be higher than the values found by estimating R-ox from nett oxygen production.J. Plankton Res. 19971911 Article NOV J PLANKTON RESISI:000071169900008OY JYSZ`3Y /IntInt. Rev. Gesamten Hydrobiol.mten HydrobiologieT3Y2+X|%vB%vBt++X  photosynthesisYSZ 43-55JAntoine, D. Morel, A.Oceanic primary production .1. Adaptation of a spectral light- photosynthesis model in view of application to satellite chlorophyll observations"Global Biogeochemical Cycles A global equation, designed to estimate the column-integrated oceanic primary production realized by a given phytoplankton biomass under various environmental conditions, is used to develop a practical method to assess the primary production (P) from the chlorophyll concentration as provided by satellite imagery. This basic equation combines three terms, namely the photosynthetically available radiation impinging at the sea, surface, PAR(0+), the column-integrated chlorophyll content, < Chl >(tot), and the cross section for photosynthesis per unit of chlorophyll, Psi*. Global monitoring of incident irradiance and near-surface algal biomass is now achievable from space, and thus the next step toward a monitoring of oceanic primary production would be to dispose in parallel of a ''climatological field'' of the Psi* quantity. Actually, Psi* depends on the two other terms of the equation (PAR(0+) and < Chl >(tot)), and in addition, on temperature (also detectable from satellite). Therefore such a ''climatological field'' is variable and complex and it can be conveniently replaced by lookup tables allowing easy interpolation. The entries are date, latitude, cloudiness, temperature, and remotely sensed chlorophyll concentration. This upper layer concentration is extended downward owing to previous results of a statistical analysis of the chlorophyll vertical distribution; accordingly, two parallel tables, corresponding to well-mixed or stratified upper layers with uniform or non uniform chlorophyll vertical profiles, respectively, are constructed. These tables are produced by systematically using a previously published spectral light-photosynthesis model. For such extensive computations, the model necessarily relies on, and is operated with, a standard set of ecological and physiological parameters. Therefore sensitivity analyses have been carried out in view of assessing the impact on Psi*, and on the resulting production of deviations in these parameters or parameterizations, vis-a-vis the standard values or formulations which were adopted when building the tables. The effects of the biomass vertical structure, of possible light and temperature adaptation, and of the presence of degraded pigments are among the sensitivity studies which have been performed. The method as proposed can accomodate any improvement and complexity in parameterization to the extent that additional computation time is faced only when generating the lookup tables, not when using them in conjunction with satellite data.Glob. Biogeochem. Cycle 1996101*#Article MAR GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CYCLEISI:A1996TY59500004 Arar, Elizabeth J. 1997Method 446.0: In vitro determination of chlorophylls a, b, c1 + c2 and pheopigments in marine and freshwater algae by visible spectrophotometry Cincinnati, OH 45268 voNational Exposure Research Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 1-26September 1997 Method446.0, revisision 1.2~.Armbrust, E. Virginia 2000hStructural features of nuclear genes in the centric diatom Thalassiosira weissflogii (Bacillariophyceae);U J. Phycol.365942-946"October 1, 2000 J. Phycol.,&Thalassiosira weissflogii (Grun.) Fryxell et Hasle is one of the more commonly studied centric diatoms, and yet molecular studies of this organism are still in their infancy. The ability to identify open reading frames and thus distinguish between introns and exons, coding and noncoding sequence is essential to move from nuclear DNA sequences to predicted amino acid sequences. To facilitate the identification of open reading frames in T. weissflogii, two newly identified nuclear genes encoding -tubulin and t -complex polypeptide (TCP)-{gamma}, along with six previously published nuclear DNA sequences, were examined for general structural features. The coding region of the nuclear open reading frames had a G + C content of about 49% and could readily be distinguished from noncoding sequence due to a significant difference in G + C content. The introns were uniformly small, about 100 base pairs in size. Furthermore, the 5' and 3' splice sites of introns displayed the canonical GT/AG sequence, further facilitating recognition of noncoding regions. Six of the nuclear open reading frames displayed relatively little bias in the use of synonymous codons, as exemplified by the cDNAs encoding -tubulin and TCP-{gamma}. Two open reading frames displayed strong bias in the use of particular codons (although the codons used were different), as exemplified by the cDNA encoding fucoxanthin chlorophyll a/c binding protein. Knowledge of codon bias should facilitate, for example, design of degenerate PCR primers and potential heterologous reporter gene constructs.:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/942  Austin, R. W. 1974ZSInherent spectral radiance signatures of the ocean surface, in Ocean Color Analysisa  San Diego, Caf (!Scripps Institute of Oceanographyt2.1-2.20747-754.>8Barber, M. E. Juul, S. T. J. Wierenga, R. E. Funk, W. H.BLimnol. Oceanogr.25 457-73^XLaws, Edward a. Di Tullio, Giacomo R. Carder, Kendall L. Betzer, Peter R. Hawes, Stephen 1990D=Rapid Response Paper: Primary production in the deep blue seahDeep-Sea Research375715-730 1215-1240r*$Lazzara, L. Bricaud, A. Claustre, H.Spectral absorption and fluorescence excitation properties of phytoplanktonic populations at a mesotrophic and an oligotrophic site in the tropical North Atlantic (EUMELI program)<6Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers.(Deep-Sea Res. Part I-Oceanogr. Res. Pap. 1996438(!AUG DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG RESISI:A1996VU62300005<6Leboulanger, C. Rimet, F. de Lacotte, M. H. Berard, A. 2001D=Effects of atrazine and nicosulfuron on freshwater microalgae: Environment International1263131-135f Jan Environ. Int.ISI:000167321400003ZTphytoplankton; ecotoxicology; herbicides; freshwater; microcosm PHOTOSYNTHESIS; TIMEGrowth modifications caused by various concentrations of atrazine and nicosulfuron were monitored in closed and continuous culture of Chlorella vulgaris (chlorophyta), Navicula accommoda (diatomophyta), and Oscillatoria limnetica (cyanophyta). The concentration at which algal growth rate was reduced twofold (EC50) was determined in the three species for both herbicides. Comparatively the two toxicants were applied at 10 mug/l level in microcosms inoculated with natural phytoplankton from Lake Geneva. The relative abundances of major phytoplanktonic species were measured by algal cell count at the beginning and at the end of each experiment. Atrazine and nicosulfuron have different targets in plant metabolism respectively, photosystem II (PSII) and acetolactate synthase (ALS), and the expected effects were different. Generally, the cultured phytoplankton exhibited various sensitivities, depending on species or herbicide. In the microcosms, the major taxa of natural phytoplanktonic samples exhibited various patterns, from acute toxicity to growth enhancement. For example, the diatoms inside the community were not affected by atrazine and nicosulfuron, except for Stephanodiscus minutulus that was sensitive to both, and Asterionella formosa that was sensitive only to nicosulfuron. The specific physiology and the relationships among the phytoplanktonic communities have to be carefully considered when one would try to predict the extent of herbicide action on natural phytoplankton using in vitro tests. There is a need to test the toxic effect on various cultured strains, representative of most of the taxonomic composition of natural communities, to take into account the wide range of sensitivities and reaction to herbicide contamination. But this is not enough to give a solid frame when transposing the results to the field, and the use of more ecologically relevant systems is recommended. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 12 Cited References: *PMRAARLA, 1996, DEC DOC NIC *USEPA, 1989, ALG GROWTH TEST SHOR, P147 BERARD A, 1999, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V145, P277 DENOYELLES F, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P1285 HUTCHINSON GE, 1978, INTRO POPULATION ECO LEWIS MR, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P99 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 SCHWARTZ D, 1963, METHODE STAT USAGE M SIMPSON DM, 1995, WEED TECHNOL, V9, P17 THIOULOUSE J, 1997, STAT COMPUT, V7, P75 WALSBY AE, 1997, NEW PHYTOL, V136, P189 ZIERIS FJ, 1991, VEHR INT VER LIMNOL, V24, P2322 English Article 408HU ENVIRON INT'INRA, Stn Hydrobiol Lacustre, BP 511, F-74203 Thonon Les Bains, France INRA, Stn Hydrobiol Lacustre, F-74203 Thonon Les Bains, France Leboulanger C INRA, Stn Hydrobiol Lacustre, BP 511, F-74203 Thonon Les Bains, France 1-6tvpLegendre, L. Demers, S. Garside, C. Haugen, E. M. Phinney, D. A. Shapiro, L. P. Therriault, J. C. Yentsch, C. M.\UCircadian Photosynthetic Activity of Natural Marine- Phytoplankton Isolated in a TankY"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1988101L Article JAN J PLANKTON RESISI:A1988L5218000019?Z`dakova, A. 2000XQPhytoplankton species diversity of the Albanian part of Lake Shkodra in 1998-1999lBiologia5545329-3420 AugfBiologiaISI:000089732200003g>7ph0)Platt, T. Gallegos, C. L. Harrison, W. G.\ 1980VPPhotoinhibition of photosynthesis in natural assemblages of marine phytoplankton Journal of Marine Research38687-701 J. Mar. Res. Platt, T. 1986ztPrimary production of the ocean water column as a function of surface light intensity: algorithms for remote sensingDeep-Sea Researcha33149-163 2585-2592L"Platt, T. Sathyendranath, S.haBiological Production Models as Elements of Coupled, Atmosphere-Ocean Models for Climate Research,&Journal of Geophysical Research-OceansxrMARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; AVAILABLE LIGHT; SPECTRAL MODEL; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; IRRADIANCE; ALGORITHMSProcess models of phytoplankton production are discussed with respect to their suitability for incorporation into global- scale numerical ocean circulation models. Exact solutions are given for integrals over the mixed layer and the day of analytic, wavelength-independent models of primary production. Within this class of model, the bias incurred by using a triangular approximation (rather than a sinusoidal one) to the variation of surface irradiance through the day is computed. Efficient computation algorithms are given for the nonspectral models. More exact calculations require a spectrally sensitive treatment. Such models exist but must be integrated numerically over depth and time. For these integrations, resolution in wavelength, depth, and time are considered and recommendations made for efficient computation. The extrapolation of the one-(spatial)-dimension treatment to large horizontal scale is discussed.J. Geophys. Res.-Oceans 199196C2*#Article FEB 15 J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANSISI:A1991EY60800006:4Post, A. F. Dubinsky, Zvy Wyman, K. Falkowski, P. G. 1984JDKinetics of light-intensity adaptation in a marine planktonic diatom Mar. Biol.83231-238$Prezelin, B. B. Sweeney, B. M. 1977Characterization of photosynthetic rhythms in marine dinoflagellates. II. Photosynthesis-irradiance curves and in vivo chlorophyll a fluorescenceo o v   Plant Physiology60388-392o47-55"://1987G689700003"Schulze, P. C. Brooks, A. S.HBThe Possibility of Predator Avoidance by Lake-Michigan Zooplankton Hydrobiologia  Hydrobiologia 1987 Mar 10 1461XRTimes Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 31 Cited References: BEETON AM, 1960, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V17, P517 BOWERS JA, 1982, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V93, P121 BOWERS JA, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P767 BRANDT SB, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P1557 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 COOPER SD, 1980, CANADIAN J FISHERIES, V37, P909 CROWDER LB, 1984, T AM FISH SOC, V113, P694 EVANS MS, 1985, T AM MICROSC SOC, V104, P223 GEORGE DG, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P457 GROSSNICKLE NE, 1978, THESIS U WISCONSIN M HARDING GC, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P952 HERMAN AW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P709 JANSSEN J, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P177 KIBBY HV, 1973, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V18, P1457 LAMPERT W, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P68 MCNAUGHT DC, 1966, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V16, P194 MITTELBACH GG, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P499 MORGAN MD, 1978, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V35, P1165 PAFFENHOFER GA, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P15 POWER ME, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P523 RICE JA, 1985, THESIS U WISCONSIN M RICHARDS RC, 1975, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V19, P835 RYAN TA, 1976, MINITAB STUDENT HDB RYBOCK JR, 1978, THESIS U CALIFORNIA SCHINDLER DW, 1969, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V26, P1948 SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, FISH RES BD CAN B, V167 TERAGUCHI M, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P2989 THRELKELD ST, 1980, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY ZO, P555 WARREN GJ, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P537 WELLS L, 1960, US FISH WILDL SERV F, V60, P343 Article G6897 HYDROBIOLOGIA& Sokal, Robert R. Rohlf, F. James 1981PJBiometry: the principles and practice of statistics in biological research *#San Francisco : W.H. Freeman, c19812nd ed.aO B371-379"://1993LC775000092+Leshkevich, G. A. Schwab, D. J. Muhr, G. C.nhSatellite Environmental Monitoring of the Great-Lakes - a Review of Noaas Great-Lakes Coastwatch Program4.Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote SensingTo address critical coastal environmental problems, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has established the Coastal Ocean Program. Within that program, CoastWatch is designed to provide a rapid supply of up-to-date, coordinated, environmental information, including remotely sensed data, to support Federal and state decision makers and researchers who are responsible for managing the Nation's living marine resources and ecosystems. This paper describes the NOAA CoastWatch program for the Great Lakes. The initial products of the CoastWatch program, a set of surface water temperature images, are routinely derived from NOAA AVHRR (Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer) satellite data and made available within hours of acquisition. Preliminary analysis has shown excellent correlation of satellite-derived temperatures with in situ water temperature measurements from mid-lake weather buoys. Other products including turbidity, ocean color, and ice mapping are planned. Components of the Coast Watch system including a wide area communications system, on-line product data bases, an electronically-accessible product archive, and PC software for display and analysis of the satellite imagery are also described.$Photogramm. Eng. Remote Sens.C 1993 MarS593 Times Cited: 14 Cited Reference Count: 14 Cited References: BOLGRIEN DW, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P259 CELONE PJ, 1991, NOAA NESDIS59 NAT EN KIDWELL KB, 1991, NOAA POLAR ORBITER D KOCZOR RJ, 1987, 1987 N AM NOAA POL O LATHROP RG, 1987, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V22, P297 MCCLAIN EP, 1985, J GEOPHYS RES, V90, P11587 MENDENHALL BR, 1976, DEV CAPABILITY SURFA PICHEL W, 1991, 7TH P S COAST OC MAN, P2531 PYKE TN, 1989, SEA TECHNOL, V30, P27 SCHWAB DJ, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P247 STRONG AE, 1974, 17TH P C GREAT LAK R, P321 TADEPALLI K, 1990, USERS MANUAL NOAA K URBANSKI J, 1992, VIDAS NOTES USERS WALTON CC, 1990, MTS90 MAR TECHN SOC Article LC775 PHOTOGRAMM ENG REMOTE SENSINGISI:A1993LC77500009Udfc*#D 1697-1710F"GarciaMendoza, E. Maske, H.1rlThe relationship of solar-stimulated natural fluorescence and primary productivity in Mexican Pacific waters Limnology and OceanographyjcPHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; SARGASSO SEA; CHLOROPHYLL; LIGHT; TEMPERATURE; EFFICIENCY; ABSORPTIONR@9Solar-stimulated natural chlorophyll a fluorescence measured by upwelling radiance in the red spectral band could be a fast and noninvasive method to estimate primary production in aquatic environments if the relationship of primary production to natural fluorescence can be described as a function of easily measured environmental variables. We compared data of natural fluorescence and primary production (C-14 incubation for 2 h) from the California Current and the Gulf of California. The data confirm that the quantum yield ratio of fluorescence to primary production (phi(c):phi(f)) is a function of in situ irradiance, but not of nutrient concentration or temperature, as has been reported in the literature. Published data from the subtropics and tropics and our data yield empirical constants that define the irradiance function of the quantum yield ratio, but variability results from ambiguity of the constant determination caused by high variance of the data. Data from the Antarctic are significantly different from the low latitude data. Below a photosynthetic rate of 300 nmol C m(-3) s(-1) our natural fluorescence data are useful as a proxy of primary production with a correlation coefficient, r(2), of 0.85. Of the unexplained variance (15%), a major portion is due to the C.V. of the primary production method (9.2%). The r(2) value of predicted primary production is similar to other published results, which suggests that without further information about the physiology of the phytoplankton it will be difficult to improve the quality of the primary production estimate.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1996418"Article DEC LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1996WR06100008D>Gardner, W. D. Gundersen, J. S. Richardson, M. J. Walsh, I. D. 1999The role of seasonal and diel changes in mixed-layer depth on carbon and chlorophyll distributions in the Arabian Sea - a comparison with primary production@:Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography468 1833-1858(26) August 1999$Elsevier Science 0967-06450)Geider, R. J. Osborne, B. A. Raven, J. A. 1986oGrowth photosynthesis and maintenance metabolic cost in the diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum at very low levels$C\ J. Phycol.22 39-480*Geider, R. J. MacIntyre, H. L. Kana, T. M. 1997Dynamic model of phytoplankton growth and acclimation: responses of the balanced growth rate and the chlorophyll a:carbon ratio to light, nutrient-limitation and temperature$Marine ecology progress series 1481/3 187 1997 0171-8630S679-694.0*Geider, R. J. MacIntyre, H. L. Kana, T. M.d^A dynamic regulatory model of phytoplanktonic acclimation to light, nutrients, and temperature Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr. 19984345JUN LIMNOL OCEANOGR0ISI:000075320300014 49-60 *#Gervais, F. Hintze, T. Behrendt, H.rlAn incubator for the simulation of a fluctuating light climate in studies of planktonic primary productivity*$International Review of Hydrobiology$A laboratory system for the quantification of phytoplankton photosynthesis under fluctuating light climate conditions is described. It consists of 2 temperature-controlled incubators with a variable light supply, an algal batch culture in incubation bottles with appropriate stirrers and a set of oxygen electrodes to monitor algal photosynthesis. By the rotation of special grey filters between the incubator and the light source, a regular up and down movement in the water column is simulated in up to 7 parallel bottles. Different ratios of euphotic depth to mixing depth and different velocities can be applied. Simultaneously, 8 bottles can be incubated under constant light. The system is demonstrated in experiments with Chlamydomonas sp. Further possibilities of application are proposed.Int. Rev. Hydrobiol. 1999841 Article INT REV HYDROBIOLISI:000079116100005^t Aalderink1995| Aalderink1997A Ahel19989 Alberte1978 Alberte1981 Algarra1990 Algarra1991}Anderson1993Anderson1998_ Anema2001X Anning2000Y Antoine1996 Arar1997Armbrust2000 Arnone19921 Arroyo1999) Arthur1994f- Arts19922 Arvola1996K Austin1974 Bannister1980 Barbe1990~ Barber1999 Barbosa1996Barkmann19964 Barlow19989 Barlow19988A Barlow19985 Barlow19997 Barrett1993C Barry2001Bartlein1998 Baumert1996Bautista1996Beardall19838jBeardall1994Beardall2001dBehrendt1999 Behrenfeld1997 Behrenfeld2001JBeletsky1997KBeletsky1999PBeletsky2000 Bellinger1998 Bellinger2000 Bellinger2000`Beninger2000T Bennett1987n Bennett1987o Bennett1987p Bennett1987q Bennett1987m Bennett1988l Bennett1989k Bennett1990 Berard20012 Berman19900 Berner1989( Berner1998Z Berner1998i Berner1998 Berry2000 Berthon1992uBertrand19943 Betzer19909` Beukema2000x Bida19969w Bida19979Bidigare1998Bidigare1999 Biggs1999 Bindoff2000 Bindoff2000I Bishop1985o Bizeau20012D Bjornland1991/ Blomqvist1982SBoardman1988 Boland19988Bolgrien1992Bolgrien1992* Boni20000 Bonin1990r Booth1990a Bootsma2000Z Boule1994 Bouman2000 Bouman2000 Bowles1985  Boyum1988 Boyum1988j Bricaud1996 Bricaud1997 Brien2000 Brooks1977 Brooks19877 Brooks19877 Brooks1988J Brooks1988K Brooks1989J Brooks1989K Brooks19929 Brooks19929 Brooks19939 Brooks19939 Brooks1994 Brooks1994KL Brosnan19876 Brown19927 Brown1993 Brown1999p Brunet1996: Brzezinski2000 Bukata1988O Burgerwiersma1992j Burgerwiersma1994 Burton1988=Busnarda19999 Butterwick1987 Butterwick1994N Butterwick1994  Butterwick1996K Butterwick1996p Cabioch1996Campbell1999`Canfield20000* Cangini20003 Carder19909 Carder1999f Carrick1989a Catalan2000Chandler19899 Chang1999 Chaturvedi1998n Chen19999 Chen2000 Chiaverini1999Chisholm1999`Chisholm20000Y Claereboudt1994 Clark1997 Clark2001 Clarke19961K Clarke19961jClaustre1996U Clites1989` Cole20000[ Coles2000 Coles2000 Colijn19911 Colijn20000, Comparini1993L Cooke1987\ Cordi1997 Corliss1998 Corry1991 Corry1994N Corry1994 Cuhel1984 Cuhel19874 Cullen19845 Cullen1984 Cullen1988 Cullen1990 Cullen1998G Cumming20004Cummings19985Cummings1999 Cunningham1996N Curtin1990 Dalaka2000 Dandonneau1997 Davey1989 Davey1989 Davey1989 Davey1989; Davies19977 Davis1998s De Baar2000 de Lacotte20011& DeAngelis1997Delagiraudiere1989Delanoue1995WDelanoue1995XDelanoue1995 Delmas1990 Demers19888 Demers19898r Demers19909 Demers19939Z Demers199498 Denant1991$Dennison1997\\Depledge1997 Descy1999] Descy20003 Di Tullio1990JDietrich1997 Dodds1992 Dodds1999 Dodson19939Z Dodson19949 Doering1997w Domin1997\ Donkin19979q dos Santos2000T Doyon2000 Duarte1995 Duarte19989` Duarte20000Dubinsky1984%Dubinsky19855Dubinsky1986Dubinsky19893Dubinsky1989\jDubinsky19944(Dubinsky1998 Dugdale20007 Dunstan1993^ Dusenberry1999_ Dusenberry2000` Dusenberry2000 Edgington1994 Edgington1994 Eilers1988 Eilers1993/ Ekbohm1982' Endoh1996 Esaias20010 Estrada1996- Evans1992 Fahnenstiel1987 Fahnenstiel1987 Fahnenstiel1988 Fahnenstiel1989  Falkowski1980 Falkowski1980! Falkowski1981" Falkowski1983# Falkowski1984$ Falkowski1984 Falkowski1984 Falkowski1984 m `@D?Journal of Environmental Engineering-Asce J. Environ. Eng.-ASCEPKJournal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol.0-Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canada$Journal of geophysical researchwD>Journal of Geophysical Research-Oceans J. Geophys. Res.-Oceans83Journal of Great Lakes Research J. Great Lakes Res.,'Journal of Marine Research J. Mar. Res.Z,'Journal of Marine Systems J. Mar. Syst.,'Journal of Paleolimnology J. Paleolimn.Journal of Phycology83Journal of Physical Oceanography J. Phys. Oceanogr. Journal of Plankton Research(#Journal of Sea Research J. Sea Res.XSJournal of the Chemical Society-Chemical Communications J. Chem. Soc.-Chem. Commun.PKJournal of the North American Benthological Society J. N. Am. Benthol. Soc.4.Journal of Theoretical Biology J. Theor. Biol. Lake and Reservoir ManagementLimnol. Oceanogr.0+Limnology and Oceanography Limnol. Oceangr. Mar. Biol.Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser.40Marine and Freshwater Research Mar. Freshw. Res.Marine Biology Marine Chemistry Mar. Chem.$Marine ecology progress series84Marine Ecology-Progress Series Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. Marine Microbial Food Webso Nature$Nature & Resources Nat. Resour.w New Phytol.Nonlinear analysis,&Nordic Journal of Botany Nord. J. Bot.$Oceanographic Literature Revieww OceanographyOceanologica Acta(#Periodicum Biologorum Period. Biol.Photochem. Photobiol.0,Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote SensingPLPhotogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing Photogramm. Eng. Remote Sens.,(Photosynthesis Research Photosynth. Res.PhotosyntheticaYPhycological ResearchPhysiologia plantarum($Physiological Zoology Physiol. Zool.Plant Cell PhysiologyPlant Physiology Plant, cell and environmentProc. Nat. Acad. Sci. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.82Proceedings of the NIPR Symposium on Polar Biology,(Progress in Oceanography Prog. Oceanogr. Quaternary Science Reviews0-Revista De Biologia Tropical Rev. Biol. Trop.,)Russian Journal of Ecology Russ. J. Ecol. ScienceScientia Marina Sci. Mar.Springer-Verlag Tetrahedron,)Trends in Plant Science Trends Plant Sci.$Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.wWater Res. Vol.Water ResearchWater Sa Water SA40Water Science and Technology Water Sci. Technol. 9!$Godhantaraman, N. Goericke, R. Gol'd, V. M. Gong, G. C. Gons, H. J.Gorbunov, M. Y. Gordon, H. R.Gostan, JacquesGraham, N. J. D. Granberg, K.Greenberg, Arnold E.Greenler, R. G. Gremare, A.Griffiths, F. B.Grobbelaar, J. U.Grundstrom, ReidarGuerrini, FrancaGuildford, S.J.Gulliver, J. S.Gundersen, J. S. Gunderson, J. Guo, M. H.A., Bootsma Haese, C.Haffner, G. D. Hagerman, L. Hall, D. O.Hamilton, D. P. Han, B. P. Han, M. S. Harris, G. P.Harris, Graham P. Harris, R. P.Harrison, P. J.Harrison, W. G. Hartmann, N. Haugen, E. M. Hawes, I.Hawes, StephenHawes, Steve K. Hawk, J. D. Hawley, N.Head, E. J. H. Heaney, S. I. Hecky, R.E. Heraud, P. Herbland, A.Herkommer, Mark A.Hess, Richard W. Hesse, K. J.Hesslein, R. H. heyman, UlfHiggins, H. W.Hildebrand, Mark Hilse, C. Hindak, F. Hindakova, A. Hinga, K. Hintze, T.Hodgson, D. A. Hoepffner, N. Hoffman, B.Holdsworth, D. Holfeld, H.Holligan, P. M. Hombeck, M.Horne, E. P. W.Hornet, Edward P. W. Hosie, G. W. Huisman, J.Humphrey, G. F. Hurley, J. Hurley, J. P. Hurley, M. A. Hynynen, J.Ibelings, B. W.Ignatiades, L.Ilahude, A. G. Iluz, DavidImberger, Jorg Ingram, R. G.Interlandi, S. J.Introduction, General Iriarte, A. Irish, A. E. Irwin, B. Irwin, B. D. Ishizaka, J.Ivanova, E. A. Jarai, M. K.Jassby, Alan D.Jaworski, G. H. M. Jean, Y.Jeffrey, S. W. Jeffrey, S.W. Jerome, J. H. Jiang, J. Q.JimenezGomez, F. Johnsen, G. Johnsen, Geir Johnson, Z.Johnston, A. M. Jones, G. B. Jones, R. C. Jonker, R. R. Jovin, R. Juttner, I.Juul, S. T. J. Kaiser, B. Kamjunke, N.Kamykowski, Daniel Kana, T. M. Kansiz, M. Keller, A. A. Kelly, C. A. Kelly, J. R.Kesselmeier, J. Kettrup, A. Kiefer, D. A.Kiefer, Dale A. Kilham, S. S. Kim, D. S. Kinkade, C. Kinne, O. Kiorboe, T.Kirby, Kris N.Kirk, J. T. O.Kirkpartick, Gary J.Kirkpatrick, Gary L. Klein, B. Knap, A. H. Knauer, G. A. Koblizek, M. Kocsis, OttiKolber, Dorota D. Kolber, Z. S.Kolmakov, V. I. Kompare, B. Koponen, J.Kotzabasis, K.Kozitskaya, V. N. Kraay, G. W.Krishnamurthy, K. Krivtsov, V. Kromkamp, J.Kroon, B. M. A. Kudela, R. M. Kudo, Isao Kudoh, S. Kuhl, M.Kuring, NormanKyewalyanga, M. N. L'Helguen, S.La Roche, Julie Laborde, P. Lagadeuc, Y. Lamoureux, W. Lande, R. Lande, RusselLande, Russell Landry, M. L. Lang, G. A. Langdon, C. Larkin, D. Larsen, O. N. Larsen, P. S. Lasca, N. P. Lassen, C. Latasa, M.Laws, Edward a. Lazzara, L.Lazzara, LuigiLean, D. R. S.Lean, David R. S. Lean, R.S.Leboulanger, C.Lee, Zhongping Lefevre, D. Legendre, L. Leglize, L. Leitao, M.Lembi, Carole A. Lemoalle, J. Lemoine, Y. Leroi, J. M.Leshkevich, G. A. Lesser, M. Lesser, M. P. Lewis, M. R.Lewis, Marlon R. Li, W.K.W.Li, Wiliam K. W. Lignell, R. Lijklema, L. Limbeek, M. Lindqvist, K.Lintelmann, J.Livezey, Robert E. Lizon, F.Llewellyn, C. A.Llewellyn, C.A. Lohr, M.Lohrenz, S. E.Lomas, Michael W.Lorenzen, C. J.Los, Sietse O.Lott, John N. A.'b&v%$#"! 4N 77-87eZSFahnenstiel, G. L. Scavia, D. Lang, G. A. Saylor, J. H. Miller, G. S. Schwab, D. J. ZTImpact of Inertial Period Internal Waves on Fixed-Depth Primary Production Estimates"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1988101  Article JAN J PLANKTON RESISI:A1988L521800006RLFFahnenstiel, Gary L. Joann F. Chandler Hunter J. Carrick Donald Scavia 1989~xPhotosynthetic characteristics of phytoplankton communities in Lakes Huron and Michigan: P-I parameters and end-products&Journal of Great Lakes Research153394-407J. Great Lakes Res.Falkowski, P. G. 19804.Light shade adaptation in marine phytoplankton Falkowski, Paul G.&Primary Productivity in the Sea  New York, NY  Plenum Press 99-119$Falkowski, P. G. Owens, T. G. 1980D>Light-shade adaptation: two strategies in marine phytoplanktonPlant Physiology66592-595$Falkowski, P. G. Wirick, C.D.- 1981RKA simulation model of the effects of vertcal mixing on primary productivity  Mar. Biol.65 69-750Falkowski, Paul G. 1983d]Light-shade adaptation and vertical mixing of marine phytoplankton: A comparative field studyJ. Marine Res.41215-237Falkowski, Paul G. 1984HAPhysiological responses of phytoplankton to natural light regimestJ. Plankton Res.6n6a295-3075Falkowski, Paul G. 1984l7Growth-irradiance relationships in marine phytoplankton8Limnol. Oceanogr.p302p311-321}("Falkowski, Paul G. La Roche, Julie 19912+Acclimation to spectral irradiance in algaeP J. Phycol.Falkowski, Paul G. 1996piOcean Productivity Science Plan: Using satellite data to derive primary productivity in the worlds oceans5.'A Science Plan for the Mission to Earthl6/http://modarch.gsfc.nasa.gov/Data/ATBDs/#OCEANS Falkowski, P. G. Raven, J. 1997Aquatic photosynthesis  Malden, MA Blackwell Science, Inc.l 1-375\ 1st{ 0-86542-387-3i QK882.f36fEverett J. Fee 1975xrThe importance of diurnal variation of photosynthesis vs. light curves to estimates of integral primary production<Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol.'19 39-46Fee, Everett J. 1998ZSRevision of: Computer programs for calculating in situ phytoplankton photosynthesise2+Can. Tech. Rept. Fisheries and Aquatic Sci. 1740>8http://www.umanitoba.ca/institutes/fisheries/PSpgms.html LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY (3YMarMar. Freshw. Res.ater Research$+X$H@$L,XP|%vB%vB  Iriarte, A. Purdie, D. A.e 1993Photosynthesis and Growth-Response of the Oceanic Picoplankter Pycnococcus-Provasolii Guillard (Clone Omega-48-23) (Chlorophyta) to Variations in Irradiance, Photoperiod and Temperature?^82Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 168-2(239-257tJ. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol.ISI:A1993LH62200007 ("GROWTH; IRRADIANCE; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PICOPLANKTON; PYCNOCOCCUS- PROVASOLII; TEMPERATURE CONTAINING MARINE SYNECHOCOCCUS; LEPTOCYLINDRUS-DANICUS CLEVE; LIGHT-INTENSITY; NORTH-ATLANTIC; CHROOCOCCOID CYANOBACTERIA; INTERSPECIFIC DIFFERENCES; GONYAULAX-POLYEDRA; PHYTOPLANKTON; ADAPTATION; RATESThe growth, photosynthesis and respiration rates of the green picoplanktonic algae Pycnococcus provasolii Guillard were measured as a function of irradiance, temperature and photoperiod. The algae showed positive photoadaptation to low irradiance and from an analysis of the photosynthesis versus irradiance curves, it is suggested that this is achieved mainly by increasing the size of the photosynthetic units. In accordance with this conclusion, chlorophyll b to a ratios increased with decreasing photon flux density. The algae further compensated for low light energy supply by reducing the rates of respiration. Values of the initial slope of the growth versus irradiance curve were higher than average (0.0016-0.0022 h-1 (muEm-2 . s-1)-1 at 20-degrees-C). It is thus concluded that P. provasolii Guillard is a well suited organism to grow at sites of low irradiance and this may explain its success in colonizing the pycnocline area of stratified oceanic waters. This capacity, however, was not accompanied by a reduced ability to photosynthesize at high irradiances. A 24 h light regime did not seem harmful to P. provasolii Guillard, however, light energy was utilized less efficiently under 24 h than under 12:12 h photoperiod. Values of Q10 for P(max) and mu(max) were in the region of 2.A"Article J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL,$Jeffrey, S.W. Humphrey, G. F. 1975{New spectrophotometric equations for determining chlorophylls a,b,c1 + c2 in higher plants, algae and natural phytoplankton&Biochem. Physiol. Pflanzen. Bd. 167M191-194;4555|-gGW[_j\|-;;ef?G W >V> bF0E EE$, VV,g no ?ss$77Dh#&X uY&vzTTTp|p|1I&`dsF(bbSY@,4AQ#######RL `&221-232i4.Dusenberry, J. A. Olson, R. J. Chisholm, S. W.`YField observations of oceanic mixed layer dynamics and picophytoplankton photoacclimation Journal of Marine Systemso J. Mar. Syst.r 200024 3-4yMAR J MARINE SYST0ISI:000086284000003A199-215y("Eilers, P. H. C. Peeters, J. C. H.jdA Model for the Relationship between Light-Intensity and the Rate of Photosynthesis in PhytoplanktonEcological Modelling Ecol. Model. 198842 3-40Article SEP ECOL MODELISI:A1988Q6446000030113-133N("Eilers, P. H. C. Peeters, J. C. H.HBDynamic Behavior of a Model for Photosynthesis and PhotoinhibitionEcological Modellingb\LIGHT-INTENSITY; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PRODUCTIVITY; SIMULATION; ADVECTION; RESPONSES; ALGAEThe dynamic behaviour of a simple model for photosynthesis and photoinhibiton, which was published before in this journal, is analysed. The differential equations are simplified and characteristic parameters and time scale are introduced. It is shown that the gradual development of photoinhibition is very important for the interpretation of observations on primary production. The model is used to explain differences between short and long incubations, the effect of intermittent illumination, the influence of prior illumination and hysteresis-effects. Two suggestions for extensions of the model are presented: one for extra consumption of oxygen, coupled to photoinhibition, the other for saturation of production at lower temperatures. Ecol. Model. 199369 1-2Article SEP ECOL MODELISI:A1993LX19800008317-325a(!Estrada, M. Marrase, C. Salat, J.IZSIn vivo fluorescence/chlorophyll a ratio as an ecological indicator in oceanographyScientia Marinaphytoplankton; fluorescence to chlorophyll ratios; quenching; diel variability PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; CHLOROPHYLL; PHOTOINHIBITION; VARIABILITY; EFFICIENCY; BACILLARIOPHYCEAE; APPARATUS; YIELD; LIGHTvoThis article reviews the main factors affecting the in vivo fluorescence versus chlorophyll relationships of phytoplankton and presents a case study based on data from three oceanographic cruises carried out, at different times of the year, in the Catalan-Balearic Sea. In all three surveys, the in vivo fluorescence/chlorophyll ratio of the upper euphotic layer samples presented a diel variability with a minimum at or before noon time. The relationships between the spatio-temporal distribution of this variability and characteristics of photosynthesis versus irradiance curves obtained during each cruise are discussed. Sci. Mar. 199660$Article MAY 1 SCIENTIA MARINAISI:A1996UZ47800042("Fahnenstiel, Gary L. Donald Scavia 1987LFDynamics of Lake Michigan phytoplankton: primary production and growth81Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science644499-508; Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.; GLERL Contribution No. 526*#Fahnenstiel, Gary L. Scavia, Donalde 1987^WDynamics of Lake Michigan phytoplankton: recent changes in surface and deep communitiesr81Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science44509-514;"Can. J. Fish. Aquatic. Sci.$'"& Norberg, J. DeAngelis, D. 1997zTemperature effects on stocks and stability of a phytoplankton-zooplankton model and the dependence on light and nutrientsEcological modelling951Z75 1997 0304-3800^XO' Reilly, John E. Stepane Maritorena David A. Siegel Margaret C. O' Brien Dierdre Toole 2000NHOcean Color Chlorophyll a Algorithms for SeaWiFS, OC2 and OC4: Version 4 John O' ReillyNGVolume 11,SeaWiFS Postlaunch Calibration and Validation Analyses,Part 3B & NASA Goddard Space Flight Center110*SeaWiFS Postlaunch Technical Report Series 10/30/200060NASA Technical Memorandum 2000 206892,Volume 1182http://seawifs.gsfc.nasa.gov/SEAWIFS/TECH_REPORTS/& Obata, A. Ishizaka, J. Endoh, M. 1996Global verification of critical depth theory for phytoplankton bloom with climatological in situ temperature and satellite ocean color data&Journal of geophysical researchZ 1019 20657 1996 0148-0227U("Odonohue, M. J. H. Dennison, W. C. 1997Phytoplankton Productivity Response to Nutrient Concentrations, Light Availability and Temperature Along an Australian Estuarine Gradient Estuaries203 521Z 1997 0160-83477ourses of competition predicted by the theory, were in excellent agreement with the experimental results for nearly all species combinations.Ecology 1999801Article JAN ECOLOGYISI:000078045600016General Introduction 1989B7IMCS Ocean Primary Productivity Team's (OPPT) home page{ ZTRutgers, The State University of New Jersey Institute of Marine and Coastal Sciences 2001 Oct 5 2000webpage$http://marine.rutgers.edu/opp/'82mjb@neptune.gsfc.nasa.gov dkolber@imcs.rutgers.edutmMillie, David F. Schofield, M. Oscar Kirkpatrick, Gary L. Johnsen, Geir Tester, Patricia A. Vinyard, Bryan T.i 1997Detection of harmful algal blooms using phtopigments and absorption signatures: A case study of te Florida red tide dinoflagellate, Gymnodinium breve  Limnol. Oceanogr.425, part2 1240-1251301-309"://1994PR37100009>8Mingelbier, M. Klein, B. Claereboudt, M. R. Legendre, L.d^Measurement of Daily Primary Production Using 24-H Incubations with the C-14 Method - a Caveat$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesPHYTOPLANKTON; PRIMARY PRODUCTION; RESPIRATION; C-14; DAILY PRODUCTION; 24-H INCUBATION; MODEL COASTAL MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PARAMETERS; CARBON; ASSIMILATION; NANNOPLANKTON; RESPIRATION; PERIODICITY; NETPLANKTON; FILTRATION; FIXATIONComputer simulations and experiments with cultured and natural phytoplankton were used to study C-14 uptake kinetics and budgets over 24 h incubations. There was good agreement between experiments and simulations. After 24 h incubations and depending on the starting time of incubations, net C-14 uptake varied by a factor of 2 in the laboratory and by a factor of 3 in the field. Both simulated and experimental data showed lowest C-14 accumulation for incubations starting at sunrise (i.e. dawn-to-dawn incubation), while highest values corresponded to incubations beginning at sunset. Recommendations for field studies are as follows. For samples collected at night, incubations can be started at any time, but should be conducted for a full 24 h after dawn. Samples collected after dawn should be incubated for 24 h, and C-14 accumulation should be corrected in order to obtain dawn-to- dawn values.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1994 Oct 1133'zUNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,QUEBEC CITY G1K 7P4,QUEBEC,CANADA MINGELBIER M UNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,QUEBEC CITY G1K 7P4,QUEBEC,CANADA ~ xTimes Cited: 10 Cited Reference Count: 48 Cited References: 1988, JGOFS6 JOINT GLOB OC, P1 BERMAN T, 1980, MICROBIAL ECOL, V6, P189 BUCKINGHAM S, 1975, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V19, P32 COSPER E, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P705 COTE B, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P320 CURL H, 1965, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V10, P67 DOTY MS, 1957, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V2, P37 DRING MJ, 1982, P R SOC LOND B, V214, P351 EPPLEY RW, 1975, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P981 FALKOWSKI PG, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P99 GIESKES WWC, 1979, NETH J SEA RES, V13, P58 GLOVER HE, 1989, INT REV CYTOL, V115, P67 GRANDE KD, 1989, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V129, P95 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 HARDING LW, 1982, MAR BIOL, V67, P179 HARRIS GP, 1978, ERGEB LIMNOL, V10, P1 HARRIS GP, 1980, PHYSL ECOLOGY PHYTOP, P129 HOLMHANSEN O, 1965, J CONS PERM INT EXPL, V30, P3 JONES GE, 1958, US FISH WILDL SERV S, V279, P79 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS LEGENDRE L, 1984, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V41, P2 LEGENDRE L, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1 LEGENDRE L, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P996 LI WKW, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P483 LI WKW, 1982, MAR BIOL, V72, P175 LIGNELL R, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V68, P85 MACCAULL WA, 1977, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P723 MALONE TC, 1971, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V16, P633 MALONE TC, 1971, MAR BIOL BERL, V10, P285 NIELSEN ES, 1952, J CONS PERM INT EXPL, V18, P117 PETERSON BJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P359 PRAKASH A, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P30 PREZELIN BB, 1980, MAR BIOL, V58, P85 RAVEN JA, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P55 ROMERO MC, 1989, REV BRAS BIOL, V49, P303 RYTHER JH, 1954, DEEP-SEA RES, V2, P134 RYTHER JH, 1956, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V1, P61 RYTHER JH, 1956, NATURE, V178, P861 SAUNDERS GW, 1972, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V18, P140 SCHINDLER DW, 1972, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V29, P1627 SKASHAUG E, 1993, ICES MAR SCI S, V197, P63 SMITH WO, 1977, J MAR RES, V35, P557 SOURNIA A, 1974, ADV MAR BIOL, V12, P325 TAGUCHI S, 1977, ESTUARINE COASTAL MA, V5, P679 TOLBERT NE, 1974, BOTANICAL MONOGRAPHS, V10, P474 VANDEVELDE T, 1989, MAR BIOL, V100, P525 VINCENT WF, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P37 WILLIAMS PJL, 1993, ICES MAR SCI S, V197, P20 English Article PR371 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1994PR37100009628-638 "Moore, L. R. Chisholm, S. W.pjPhotophysiology of the marine cyanobacterium Prochlorococcus: Ecotypic differences among cultured isolates Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.  1999443.MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGR.ISI:000080326300014 Morel, A. L. Prieur 1977,%Analysis of variations in ocean color\ Limnology and Oceanography22709-722a4-Morel, Andre Lazzara, Luigi Gostan, Jacquesf 1987jcGrowth rate and quantum yield time response for a diatom to changing irradiances (energy and color) Limnol. Oceanogr.325 1066-1084aMorel, A. B. Gentili 1991~wDiffuse reflectance of oceanic waters: Its dependence on Sun angle as influenced the moleculare scattering contributionl Appl. Opt.30 4427-443804, P339 JEFFREY SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P343 JONES GB, 1998, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V103, P16691 KARSTEN U, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V12, P603 KELLER MD, 1989, BIOGENIC SULFUR ENV, P167 KIRST GO, 1993, DIMETHYLSULFIDE OCEA, P23 KIRST GO, 1991, MAR CHEM, V35, P381 LEVASSEUR M, 1994, MAR BIOL, V121, P381 MACKEY MD, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P265 STEFFEN K, 1986, ATLAS SEA ICE TYPES, P7 TANGEN K, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P389 TURNER SM, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V42, P1059 TURNER SM, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P364 WRIGHT SW, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P285 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P327 Article 358JU J SEA RESISI:000089555600010659-661rTuji, A.The effect of irradiance on the growth of different forms of freshwater diatoms: Implications for succession in attached diatom communitiesJournal of Phycology J. Phycol. 2000364 AUG J PHYCOLISI:000089178700004r  Falkowski1984% Falkowski1985 Falkowski1986n Falkowski1987o Falkowski1987p Falkowski1987q Falkowski1987m Falkowski1988 Falkowski1989l Falkowski1989k Falkowski1990& Falkowski1991 Falkowski1996 Falkowski1997 Falkowski1997b Falkowski1997 Falkowski2000 Falkowski2001, Fasano19939' Fee1975 Fee1998` Fee2000a Fee2000_ Fee2001N feezor19901 Feldman2001a Felip2000Ferreira1998 Field20019 Fileman1998 Finenko1999( Fisher1998b Flameling1997j Fontvielle19949: Fookes1989Frenette1993uFrenette1994ZFrenette1994 Frost1999] Frost2000 Frouin20010 Fujiyoshi1997~ Funk19991 Furuya1990 Furuya2000Gaevskii1999Gallegos1980)Gallegos1982 Ganf1991 GarciaMendoza1996 Gardner1999 Garside1988 Geider1986# Geider1997fc Geider1998X Geider20000k Geider20000 Gentili1991 Gentili1993 Gerbersdorf1999d Gervais1999X Gibb20000 Gibson20002` Gili20000Giordano2001 Gleitz19927 Glibert20006 Glover1980 Godhantaraman1998gGoericke1992 Gol'd1999 Gong1999 Gons1992Gorbunov2000 Gordon1983< Gostan19877 Graham1998 Graham1998Granberg20000Greenler1993Greenler1993` Gremare2000 Griffiths2000S Grobbelaar1989Q Grobbelaar1990R Grobbelaar1990P Grobbelaar1991O Grobbelaar1992M Grobbelaar1994L Grobbelaar1995J Grobbelaar1996I Grobbelaar19979H Grobbelaar19981G Grobbelaar2000F Grobbelaar2001/ Grundstrom1982*Guerrini2000a Guildford2000Gulliver1998 Gundersen1999 Gunderson1999/ Guo19920 Guo1992 Haese1991+ Haffner1980`Hagerman2000q Hall20000Hamilton1996 Han1999 Han2000, Harris1973- Harris1973+ Harris19800. Harris19804 Harris19989Harrison1980/Harrison1992\0Harrison1992\Hartmann1998 Haugen198883 Hawes19902 Hawes1990 Hawes1999! Hawk19999P Hawley20000 Head2000a Heaney19871 Heaney1989  Heaney1989J Heaney1989K Heaney1989K Heaney19911 Heaney1991K Heaney1991K Heaney19941N Heaney19941  Heaney1996K Heaney1996KK Heaney1996) Heaney20002a Hecky2000 Heraud20010Herbland19909 Herkommer1993 Hess1993 Hesse2000_Hesslein2001/ heyman1982? Higgins1996l Higgins1998] Higgins2000: Hildebrand2000w Hilse1997 Hindak2000 Hindakova2000) Hinga1994d Hintze19999; Hodgson1997 Hoepffner1999 Hoffman1988l Holdsworth1998 Holfeld2000 Holfeld2000mHolligan1999 Hombeck19985 Horne1984i Hornet1989 Hosie2000g Huisman1995e Huisman1999f Huisman1999Humphrey1975 Hurley19944N Hurley19944 Hurley1999] Hurley20000 Hynynen2000Ibelings1992Ibelings1992Ibelings1994 Ignatiades1990% Ilahude1997( Iluz19989fImberger1998T Ingram2000/ Interlandi1999M Introduction1989 Iriarte1993 Irish1994N Irish1994 Irwin2000 Irwin2000 Irwin2000'Ishizaka1996\ Ivanova1999+ Jarai1980> Jassby1976Jaworski1991Jaworski19949NJaworski19949 Jean19951W Jean19951 Jeffrey1975C Jeffrey1987@ Jeffrey1988: Jeffrey1989D Jeffrey19916 Jeffrey19927 Jeffrey19930 Jeffrey1997< Jeffrey1997= Jeffrey1999 Jerome1988 Jiang1998 Jiang1998 JimenezGomez1996h Johnsen1996; Johnsen1997 Johnson1999*Johnston1993\\ Jones1998[ Jones2000 Jones2000B Jones2000f Jonker19999| Jovin1997 Juttner1997~ Juul19999w Kaiser19977Kamjunke2001N Kamykowski19900H Kamykowski1991# Kana1997c Kana1998k Kana2000 Kansiz20010] Keller1988?^ Keller1988?! Keller1999f Kelly1997_ Kelly2001w Kesselmeier1997 Kettrup1997E Kiefer19898 Kiefer19979 Kilham19991 Kim1993 Kim1994% Kinkade1997` Kinne2000` Kiorboe2000Kirby  Kirk1984  Kirk1991  Kirk1996N Kirkpartick1990; Kirkpatrick1997Y Klein1994V Klein1997T Klein2000 Knap19929 Knauer19921FKoblizek20010A Kocsis2000 Kolber200000 Kolber200000 Kolber2000000Greenler1993Greenler1993 Griffiths2000/ Grundstrom1982*Guerrini2000Gulliver1998 Gundersen1999 Gunderson1999/Guo0Guo Haese1991+ Haffner1980q Hall20000Hamilton1996 Han1999 Han2000, Harris1973- Harris1973+ Harris19800. Harris1980/ Harrison0 HarrisonHarrison1980Hartmann1998 Haugen198883 Hawes1990 Hawes1999!HawktP Hawley20000 Head2000a Heaney19871 Heaney1989  Heaney1989J Heaney1989K Heaney1989K Heaney19911 Heaney1991K Heaney1991K Heaney19941  Heaney1996K Heaney1996K Heaney20002  Heaney20002 Heraud20010Herbland19909 Herkommer1993 Hess1993 Hesse2000/ heyman1982l Higgins1998] Higgins2000: Hildebrand2000w Hilse1997 Hindak2000 Hindakova2000)Hingad Hintze19999 Hoepffner1999 Hoffman1988l Holdsworth1998 Holfeld2000 Holfeld2000mHolligan1999 Hombeck19985 Horne1984i Hornet1989 Hosie2000g Huisman1995e Huisman1999f Huisman1999Humphrey1975 Hurley19944 Hurley1999] Hurley20000 Hynynen2000Ibelings1992Ibelings1992Ibelings1994 Ignatiades1990% Ilahude( Iluz19989 Interlandi1999M Introduction1989 Iriarte1993 Irish1994 Irwin2000 Irwin2000 Irwin2000' Ishizaka Ivanova1999+ Jarai1980> Jassby1976Jaworski1991Jaworski19949 Jean19951 Jeffrey Jeffrey19750 Jeffrey1997 Jerome1988 Jiang1998 Jiang1998 JimenezGomez1996h Johnsen1996; Johnsen1997 Johnson1999* Johnston[ Jones2000 Jones2000f Jonker19999| Jovin1997 Juttner1997~ Juul19999w Kaiser19977Kamjunke2001N Kamykowski19900H Kamykowski1991#Kanatc Kana1998k Kana2000 Kansiz20010! Kellerۚ Kelly1997w Kesselmeier1997 Kettrup1997E Kiefer19898 Kiefer19979 Kilham19991 Kim1993 Kim1994% KinkadeKirby  Kirk1984  Kirk1991  Kirk1996N Kirkpartick1990; Kirkpatrick1997 Knap19929 Knauer19921A Kocsis2000 Kolber200001 ZL"j*$Krivtsov, V. Bellinger, E. Sigee, D. 2000Incorporation of the intracellular elemental correlation pattern into simulation models of phytoplankton uptake and population dynamics"Journal of Applied Phycology12 3-5453-459 OctJ. Appl. Phycol.ISI:000089987100033elements; phytoplankton; Rostherne Mere; simulation model CYCLOTELLA-MENEGHINIANA; ASTERIONELLA-FORMOSA; LAKE; LIMNOLOGY; KINETICS; GROWTH; ALGAE; DEEPPJCompelling evidence of complex statistical relationships among various elements contained within phytoplankton cells has traditionally been ignored in models of algal nutrient uptake and population dynamics. Here we present a new approach, incorporating a phytoplankton intracellular elemental correlation pattern into the existing dynamic simulation model of a freshwater lake. Within this approach, uptake and cycling of elements that are likely to become limiting during the simulation period are described by ordinary differential equations. Dynamics of nutrients that are unlikely to become limiting are described either by differential equations or, when more practicable, by multiple regressions on environmental variables and cell quotas of other elements. This allows an easy simultaneous consideration of a wide range of elements. The model adopting the described approach was tested on a data set for Rostherne Mere, Cheshire, UK. It showed a good fit between observations and simulations for all considered variables, including the population dynamics of Ceratium hirundinella and Microcystis aeruginosa, the outcome of interspecific competition and changes in concentrations within algal cells and in the surrounding lake water. The approach could easily be implemented in models of bioreactors, chemostat experiments and aquatic ecosystems.ngTimes Cited: 2 Cited Reference Count: 39 Cited References: *HIGH PERF SYST IN, 1996, STELL SOFTW TECHN DO AHLGREN G, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V170, P191 BROOK AJ, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V30, P372 CAPERON J, 1967, ECOLOGY, V48, P715 CARVALHO L, 1995, FRESHWATER BIOL, V34, P399 CARVALHO L, 1993, THESIS U LIVERPOOL CLAY S, 1991, SCANNING MICROSCOPY, V5, P207 CLAY S, 1992, THESIS U MANCHESTER DROOP MR, 1968, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V48, P689 DROOP MR, 1973, J PHYCOL, V9, P264 DUGDALE RC, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P685 ELBESTAWY E, 1996, EUR J PHYCOL, V31, P157 JORGENSEN SE, 1995, ECOL MODEL, V78, P101 JORGENSEN SE, 1994, FUNDAMENTALS ECOLOGI KILHAM SS, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P396 KRIVTSOV V, 2000, ECOL MODEL, V133, P73 KRIVTSOV V, 1998, ECOL MODEL, V113, P95 KRIVTSOV V, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V414, P71 KRIVTSOV V, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V414, P77 KRIVTSOV V, 2000, IN PRESS SCANNING MI KRIVTSOV V, 2000, J PLANKTON RES, V22, P169 KRIVTSOV V, 1999, NETH J ZOOL, V49, P263 KRIVTSOV V, 2000, THESIS U MANCHESTER KRIVTSOV V, 1995, THESIS U MANCHESTER KRIVTTSOV V, 2000, HYDROLOGICAL PROCESS, V14, P281 LEHMAN JT, 1975, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P343 MASON CF, 1996, BIOL FRESHWATER POLL MOSS B, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V342, P257 MOSS B, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1020 PEARSALL WH, 1923, MEM P MANCHESTER LIT, V67, P45 REYNOLDS CS, 1992, AQUAT SCI, V54, P10 REYNOLDS CS, 1976, NEW SCI, V71, P10 SIGEE DC, 1998, EUR J PHYCOL, V33, P155 SIGEE DC, 1997, J PHYCOL, V33, P153 SIGEE DC, 1993, XRAY MICROANALYSIS B TATERSALL WM, 1914, MEM P MANCHESTER LIT, V58, P1 TILMAN D, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P375 VILLAREAL TA, 1995, J PHYCOL, V31, P689 WOOF C, 1984, NATURALIST, V109, P143 English Article 366CK J APPL PHYCOL'Univ Abertay Dundee, Sch Sci & Engn, Dundee DD1 1HG, Scotland Univ Manchester, Sch Biol Sci, Manchester M13 9PT, Lancs, England Krivtsov V Univ Abertay Dundee, Sch Sci & Engn, Dundee DD1 1HG, Scotland0*Krivtsov, V. Bellinger, E. G. Sigee, D. C. 2000b[Changes in the elemental composition of Asterionella formosa during the diatom spring bloom;"Journal of Plankton Research221 169-184(16)f January 2000$Oxford University Press 1464-3774Kromkamp, J. Limbeek, M. 1993Effect of short-term variation in irradiance on light harvesting and photosynthesis of the marine diatom Skeletonema costatum: a laboratory study simulating vertical mixingi}J. Gen. Microbiol. 139 2277-22846/Kroon, B. M. A. Latasa, M. Ibelings, B. W. Mur`r 1992>8An algal cyclostat with computer controlled light regime Hydrobiologia 238 63-71<5Kroon, B. M. A. Latasa, M. Ibelings, B. W. Mur, L. R.k 1992VPThe effect of dynamic light regimes on Chlorella. I. Pigments and cross-sections Hydrobiologia 238 71-79"Kudela, R. M. Dugdale, R. C. 2000TMNutrient regulation of phytoplankton productivity in Monterey Bay, California\@:Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography475e 1023-1053(31)fMay 2000$Elsevier Science 0967-0645B Pcell > ETS = GR. NRA in Fe-stressed cells was only 10% of that in Fe-replete cells at the same temperature. These results suggest that cells would have different Fe requirements for each metabolic pathway or that the priority of Fe supply to each metabolic reaction is related to Fe nutrition. In contrast, the order of influence of decreasing the temperature from the optimum temperature was ETS > Pcell > NRA > GR. For NRA, the observed temperature dependency could not be accounted for by the temperature dependency of the enzyme reaction rate itself that was almost constant with temperature, suggesting that production of the enzyme would be temperature dependent. For ETS, both the enzyme reactivity and the amount of enzyme accounted for the dependency. This is the first report to demonstrate the combined effects of Fe and temperature on three important metabolic activities (NRA, Pcell, and ETS) and to determine which activity is affected the most by a shortage of Fe. Cellular composition was also influenced by Fe deficiency, showing lower chl a content in the Fe-stressed cells. Chl a per cell volume decreased by 30% as temperature decreased from 20 to 10 C under Fe-replete conditions, but chl a decreased by 50% from Fe-replete to Fe-stressed conditions.if ntR oEffects of Light and Temperature on the Cell-Size and Some Biochemical-Components in 2 Fresh-Water CryptophytestNordic Journal of Botany136f697-705f Nord. J. Bot.fISI:A1993MU26300011GROWTH IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIP; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; INTERSPECIFIC DIFF Mortimer, C. H.s 1983d]Special Report No. Not completed: Hydrodynamic Interactions with the Biosphere in Large Lakesu  Milwaukee, WI\ RKU.S Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration i-85 1983 Contract No. NA7 9RAC00101859-874PD=Mouget, J. L. Delanoue, J. Legendre, L. Jean, Y. Viarouge, P.dLong-Term Acclimatization of Scenedesmus-Bicellularis to High- Frequency Intermittent Lighting (100 Hz) .1. Growth, Photosynthesis and Photosystem-Ii Activity"Journal of Plankton ResearchSEA-SURFACE WAVES; PHAEODACTYLUM-TRICORNUTUM; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; FLUCTUATIONS; IRRADIANCE; ADAPTATION; PHOTOINHIBITION; ENHANCEMENT; STRATEGIESyResponses of the green microalga, Scenedesmus bicellularis to high-frequency intermittent lighting (IL, 100 Hz) were assessed after a 4 week acclimatization. Effects of IL on growth, photosynthesis and photosystem II (PSII) activity were studied at limiting and saturating irradiances, and compared to those of continuous light (CL) of the same instantaneous and daily irradiances. Even after a 4 week acclimatization period, the photosynthetic capacity (P-max), the photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) and the photosynthetic activity at growth irradiance, either expressed on a per cell or a chlorophyll a basis, showed little difference, neither did the index of light adaptation (I-k) or PSII activity. In contrast, growth was lower under IL at saturating irradiance. Results are discussed considering the non-linearity of the relationship between growth or photosynthesis and irradiance.J. Plankton Res. 1995174 Article APR J PLANKTON RESISI:A1995QW95700012109-115PIMouget, J. L. Tremblin, G. Morant-Manceau, A. Morancais, M. Robert, J. M.nLong-term photoacclimation of Haslea ostrearia (Bacillariophyta): effect of irradiance on growth rates, pigment content and photosynthesis$European Journal of Phycology0Eur. J. Phycol. 1999342 MAY EUR J PHYCOLISI:000081085800002 37-42a& Munoz, M. D. R. Arroyo, M. A. M.XRPhotosynthesis-irradiance response of nanoplankton in two urban aquatic ecosystems"Revista De Biologia TropicalRev. Biol. Trop. 199947MAR 1 REV BIOL TROPlISI:000083207200004167-193W$Neale, P. J. Richerson, P. J.YPhotoinhibition and the Diurnal-Variation of Phytoplankton Photosynthesis .1. Development of a Photosynthesis-Irradiance Model from Studies of Insitu ResponsesC"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 19879 13 Article JAN J PLANKTON RESISI:A1987F666900013 ral spring Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.0 1998433MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGRSISI:000074215500006S$Necsoiu, Marius Turpie, Kevin 2001jcHomepage for NASA Goddard Space Flight Center Ocean Primary Productivity Science Computing Facilitye 30 Nov 2000 webpage http://opp.gsfc.nasa.gov/Neveux, J. D. Delmas, J. C. Romano, J. C. Algarra, P. L. Ignatiades A. Herbland P. Morand A. Neori D. Bonin J. Barbe A. Sukenik T. Berman  1990Comparison of chlorophyll and pheopigment determinations by spectrophotometric, fluorometric, spectrofluorometric and HPLC methods Marine Microbial Food Webs42217-238504-507.haNicol, S. Pauly, T. Bindoff, N. L. Wright, S. Thiele, D. Hosie, G. W. Strutton, P. G. Woehler, E.ZTOcean circulation off east Antarctica affects ecosystem structure and sea-ice extent Nature Nature 2000 4060 6795 AUG 3 NATUREISI:000088538000043 2`  *  93-109D=Kudoh, S. Robineau, B. Suzuki, Y. Fujiyoshi, Y. Takahashi, M.1xrPhotosynthetic acclimation and the estimation of temperate ice algal primary production in Saroma-ko Lagoon, Japan Journal of Marine Systemsice algae; photosynthesis; acclimation; sea ice; ecology SEA-ICE; IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; MCMURDO SOUND; BOTTOM ICE; MICROALGAE; GROWTH; PHYTOPLANKTON; CARBON; LIGHT; PHOTOADAPTATION~xTemporal changes in the sea ice environment, ice algal biomass and photosynthetic characteristics were studied at Saroma-ko Lagoon in Japan, the area where the southernmost seasonal sea ice in the northern hemisphere occurs. In 1992, the sea ice started to develop in early January and covered the entire lagoon surface in late January, when water temperatures at the center of the lagoon decreased below -1.7 degrees C. High concentrations of ice algae in the bottom layer of the sea ice, where light levels were 0.5-2.8% of the surface irradiance, were visually confirmed in mid-February. The biomass increased in late February to a maximum of 38.25 mg Chl a m(-2) then suddenly decreased during stormy weather in early March. Afterwards it remained rather constant, with high values of 20- 30 mg Chl a m(-2) until mid-March. Photosynthesis vs. light analysis revealed that ice algae in this lagoon had a low dark respiration rate of 0.024 mg C mg Chl a(-1) h(-1) average while the increase of photosynthesis at light levels lower than 25 mu mol m(-2) s(-1) showed gentle linear increases with increments of light intensity. However, the maximum photosynthetic rate and the efficiency of the photosynthesis at low light levels were rather low compared with values from previous studies in the polar sea ice areas. Nevertheless, in situ estimates of net diel photosynthesis and production, which were calculated with a numerical model using the photosynthetic parameters and hourly averaged light at the ice algal habitat, suggested that large positive values were expected throughout this study. In temperate sea ice areas like Saroma-ko, where there are day/night light cycles, ice algae that have a small net loss of carbon at night due to dark respiration could achieve positive photosynthesis and growth even though they do not show the efficient photosynthesis under low light as shown by polar ice algae. J. Mar. Syst. 199711 1-2 Article FEB J MARINE SYSTISI:A1997WQ17100010197-207*#Kuhl, M. Lassen, C. Revsbech, N. P.rA simple light meter for measurements of PAR (400 to 700 nm) with fiber-optic microprobes: application for P vs E-0(PAR) measurements in a microbial mat Aquatic Microbial Ecology:4light penetration; photosynthesis; scalar irradiance; microbial mat; cyanobacteria; photoinhibition; microsensor; light meter; calibration SPECTRAL SCALAR IRRADIANCE; HIGH-SPATIAL-RESOLUTION; MICROALGAL PHOTOSYNTHESIS; MARINE-SEDIMENTS; COMMUNITIES; MICROSENSOR; PHYTOPLANKTON; LIMFJORDEN; RADIATION; DENMARK}A simple portable light meter for use with fiber-optic microprobes was developed. The meter has a flat spectral quantum responsivity for 400 to 700 nn light (photosynthetically available radiation, PAR). With scalar irradiance microprobes connected to the meter, it was possible to directly measure photosynthetically available quantum scalar irradiance, E-0(PAR), at <100 mu m spatial resolution and over a dynamic range from <1 to >1300 mu mol photons m(-2) s(-1). We used the new instrument for scalar irradiance measurements in microbial mats from a freshwater lake (Lake Stigsholm, Denmark) and from a hypersaline pond (Eilat, Israel). Combined measurements of quantum scalar irradiance by fiber-optic microprobes and oxygenic photosynthesis by oxygen microelectrodes made it possible to measure gross photosynthesis as a function of the prevailing scalar irradiance (Pvs Eo curves) at distinct depths within an undisturbed hypersaline microbial mat of immotile unicellular cyanobacteria (Aphanothece spp.). Intense photosynthesis by the cyanobacteria resulted in oxygen supersaturation and a 10-fold increase of oxygen penetration in the illuminated mat (z(max) = 2.5 mm) as compared to the oxygen penetration in dark incubated mats (z(max) = 0.2 to 0.3 mm). The mat changed from a net oxygen consuming to a net oxygen producing community at an oxygen compensation irradiance of 14 to 26 mu mol photons m(-2) s(-1). The photic zone of the microbial mat was only 0.6 mm deep due to a high attenuation of PAR. The diffuse vertical attenuation coefficient of E-0(PAR) was K-0(PAR) = 6.3 mm(-1). In the upper 0.2 mm of the microbial mat photosynthesis was photoinhibited at scalar irradiance above 200 mu mol photons m(-2) s(-1). At 0.3 mm the strong light attenuation prevented inhibition in deeper layers of the microbial mat and photosynthesis approached saturation at 35 mu mol photons m(-2) s(-1). In the lower part of the photic zone, photosynthesis increased linearly with E-0(PAR). Areal gross photosynthesis exhibited no photoinhibition at high irradiance and started to approach saturation above a downwelling quantum irradiane of 97 mu mol photons m(-2) s(-1). Aquat. Microb. Ecol. 1997132L& Article AUG 21 AQUAT MICROB ECOLISI:A1997XR81400007LKuring, Norman 2000*$Faux Shuttle Views from SeaWiFS Data4.Personal staff website: SeaWiFS image cookbook *#SeaWiFS Goddard Space Flight Centeru 2000 16 OctoberWebpagePIhttp://seawifs.gsfc.nasa.gov/~norman/seawifs_image_cookbook/faux_shuttle/207-2236/Kyewalyanga, M. N. Platt, T. Sathyendranath, S.Ob[Estimation of the photosynthetic action spectrum: Implication for primary production modelsS$Marine Ecology-Progress Series<5photosynthesis; action spectrum; absorption spectrum; phytoplankton; primary production OCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTION; NATURAL PHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS; QUANTUM YIELD; NORTH-ATLANTIC; BIOOPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PROROCENTRUM-MINIMUM; PIGMENT COMPOSITION; ABSORPTION-SPECTRA; COASTAL WATERSzsA simple method for estimating the photosynthetic action spectrum is developed. The method uses the shape of the absorption spectrum of phytoplankton pigments, scaled to the magnitude of the initial slope of the photosynthesis-light curve as established for broad-band illumination. The method was tested by comparing the estimated action spectra with those measured during a cruise in the North Atlantic, in the fall of 1992. The agreement between the constructed and the measured spectra was good. Both the measured and constructed action spectra were then used to compute daily water-column primary production (P-Z,P-T) using a spectrally resolved model. The results showed that, at most of the stations, the P-Z,P-T computed using the constructed action spectrum was not significantly different from P-Z,P-T calculated using the measured spectrum. Daily water-column primary production was also computed at each station using the average shape of the measured action spectra (spectra averaged over all stations), scaled to the magnitude of broad-band initial slope at that station. The results were similar to the P-Z,P-T values computed using the action spectra constructed for individual stations. The errors that may affect the constructed action spectrum are assessed through a sensitivity analysis. The analysis suggests that, for our data, the presence of photosynthetically inactive pigments causes negligible errors in the computed P-Z,P-T. An assessment of the effects of random errors in the action spectrum showed that the error in the computed primary production was on average 1.5% (under the conditions chosen for the computation), when random errors of up to +/-20% were introduced into the action spectrum. However, given similar conditions, systematic errors of similar magnitude in the action spectrum cause an average error of about 6% in the computed water-column primary production.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1997 146 1-3$Article JAN MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1997WL39000020$Lande, Russel Lewis, Marlon R. 19890)Models of photoadaptation (find the rest)CBqp-<p125-132 Riegman, R. Colijn, F.zsEvaluation of Measurements and Calculation of Primary Production in the Dogger Bank Area (North-Sea) in Summer 1988$Marine Ecology-Progress Series\ULIGHT QUALITY; SPRING BLOOM; WADDEN SEA; PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; GROWTH; RATES ^XPrimary production was measured during a survey in the Dogger Bank area, where both stratified and non-stratified conditions existed in July-August 1988. Daily primary production was calculated, based on C-14-fixation rates in an incubator with an artificial light source, depth profiles of in situ irradiance, and vertically heterogeneous phytoplankton distributions. Values ranged among stations from 300 to 2200 mg C m-2 d-1. Average primary production in the Dogger Bank area was estimated at 1.2 g C m-2 d-1. Variation in cloudiness affected primary production by a factor of 4.5. Calculations based on surface samples alone showed an average areal primary production underestimate of 17 %. After correction for the uneven vertical biomass distribution, primary production was still underestimated by 12 % as a result of photoadaption. Especially below 30 m, I(k) was reduced from 310 to 174-mu-E m- 2 s-1, demonstrating the presence of shade-adapted phytoplankton at the thermocline. Calculated daily primary production rates based on in situ incubations and on incubator measurements deviated by only 5%. Light quality did not have a significant effect on water column productivity. Size- dependent primary production based on post-incubation filtration onto 5-mu-m filters showed that, on average, 84 % of total primary production was in the > 5-mu-m fraction.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 199169 1-2$Article JAN MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1991ER02700013407-413,6/Rmiki, N. E. Brunet, C. Cabioch, J. Lemoine, Y.^WXanthophyll-cycle and photosynthetic adaptation to environment in macro- and microalgae HydrobiologiaMicroalgae and macrophytes adapt their pigment content to the environment because excessive light could limit their photosynthetic rate by inducing photoinhibition. Carotenoids participate in the photoadaptative response especially through the operation of xanthophyll cycles (violaxanthin-zeaxanthin or diadinoxanthin-diatoxanthin). An increasing gradient of diatoxanthin in phytoplankton chromophytes is found from the inshore to the offshore waters, less turbid in relation to the different light penetration in seawater. In addition, a nyctemeral cycle is noted, with a suppression of diatoxanthin at night and its accumulation with the increase of the light. Similarly the vertical distribution, on the French Brittany coasts, of several Gracilaria and Gracilariopsis species corresponds to increasing zeaxanthin amounts in the seaweeds living at the upper zones, which are more resistant to photoinhibition as shown by fluorescence and oxygen evolution analysis. An operating xanthophyll cycle should be regarded as a regulatory mechanism involved in stress response for the dissipation of excessive excitation energy through de- epoxidated xanthophylls such as zeaxanthin or diatoxanthin. Hydrobiologia 1996 327"Article JUL 26 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1996VG10200063.'Robarts, R. D. Evans, M. S. Arts, M. T. 1992Light, nutrients, and water temperature as determinants of phytoplankton production in two saline, prairie lakes with high sulphate concentrations60Canadian journal of fisheries and aquatic scienc4911 2281 1992 0706-652X 97-106XQRodrigues, M. A. dos Santos, C. P. Yoneshigue-Valentin, Y. Strbac, D. Hall, D. O.Photosynthetic light-response curves and photoinhibition of the deep-water Laminaria abyssalis and the intertidal Laminaria digitata (Phaeophyceae) Journal of Phycology J. Phycol. 20003610 FEB J PHYCOLISI:000085917500013Rowan, Kingsley S. 1989& Photosynthetic Pigments of Algae  New York, NY 0)Press Syndicate - University of Cambridge First 0-521-30176-9qk565.R77 1989.'Sacksteder, Colette Barry, Bridgette A.d^WFourier transform infrared spectroscopy: a molecular approach to an organismal question 2001 J. Phycol. J. Phycol.197-199372http://www.jphycol.org April 1, 2001 =r FRESH-WATER CRYPTOMONAS-HFRESH-WATER ECOSYSTEMSY freshwaterogyfreshwater inputs FRONTSLSEFUNGI GLERL Contribution No. 526SZGONYAULAX-POLYEDRAEREgrazing experiments Great LakesGREAT-BARRIER-REEF-RA GREAT-LAKESnl GREEN BAY GREEN-ALGAELD GREEN-ALGAEctGREENHOUSE GASESC GROWTHITYGROWTH EFFICIENCYGROWTH IRRADIANCE$GROWTH IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIP growth rate herbicidesogy high yieldsctHIGH-SPATIAL-RESOLUTIONNC HISTORYTSHPLCN HPLC ANALYSIS HUMIC LAKEMPO ice algaeICE-COVERED LAKES Icelandan IN-VIVOLGINDUCED XANTHOPHYLL CYCLE INHIBITIONRIU INORGANIC INTENSITYintermittent lightINTERSPECIFIC DIFFERENCES IRRADIANCEATIIRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPSS ISOCHRYSIS SP (CLONE T-ISO)Z KINETICSN KITTONARILAKEI Lake BaikalonLAKE CONSTANCEDIT LAKE MICHIGAN Lake Shkodrar LAKE-MICHIGANLAKES LARVAELTU LEPTOCYLINDRUS-DANICUS CLEVECLIGHTLIGHT ATTENUATIONLIGHT DARK CYCLESLIGHT DARK FLUCTUATIONSYlight limitationo light metertilight penetration LIGHT QUALITY LIGHT- UNLIGHT-INTENSITY LIMFJORDENTON LIMITATIONM-ILIMITED GROWTHLAN LIMNOLOGY LIPID--ENLIPID-COMPOSITION long-termLONG-TERM CHANGESLOOPO LOOSDRECHT CU LOSS RATESOD  MAINTENANCECUMARGINAL ICE-ZONE MARICULTURE MARINEITEMARINE SYNECHOCOCCUSMARINE UNICELLULAR ALGAES MARINE-NTMARINE-ENVIRONMENTTICMARINE-PHYTOPLANKTONTMARINE-SEDIMENTSOMASSTMASS ALGAL CULTURESIOMASS CULTIVATIONmass spectrometryMassachusetts BaymatroMATSL MATTERLIO MAXIMUMTI MCMURDO SOUND MECHANISMSESIMECHANISTIC MODEL MediterraneanMEROMICTIC LAKESI MESOCOSMS METABOLISMETI MICHIGANI MICROALGA MICROALGAEUND MICROALGALAL- microbial microcosm MICROCYSTIS-UMICROORGANISMSTOM MICROPLANKTON MICROSCOPYENN microsensorti MIDDLEIOL MIDDLE ULTRAVIOLET-RADIATION MIXED LAYER MIXED-LAYERel mixingatimodel modelingn modelling MODELSON  monitoringodumultistage reactorsNANNOCHLOROPSIS SPONO NANNOPLANKTON NATURALPHNATURAL ASSEMBLAGESNATURAL PHYTOPLANKTON$!NATURAL PHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONSNATURAL-WATERS MO NETPLANKTONON NITRATEMENITROGEN UPTAKENVNORTH NORTH PACIFICNORTH-ATLANTICELF NORTH-SEANORTHEAST ATLANTICNNORTHEASTERN ATLANTICnorthern AdriaticNORTHERN ADRIATIC SEA NORTHWESTNORTHWESTERN INDIAN-OCEANNUMERICAL-SIMULATIONT NUTRIENTU NUTRIENTSOCEANOCEAN WATER COLUMNMAT OCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTIONSZOCTADECYLSILICA COLUMNOMA ONTARION OPTICAL-PROPERTIESMAT OPTICSYNTORGANIC-CARBONPROORGANIC-MATTERONE ORGANISMSOSCILLATORIA-LIMNETICACYoxidative stress OXYGENITYoxygen evolutionhOXYGEN MICROPROFILE OYSTER CRASSOSTREA-VIRGINICAOZONE PACIFICIA PACIFIC-M PACIFIC-OCEAN PACK ICESpalaeolimnology PARASITEA PARTICULATEON PARTICULATE ORGANIC-MATTERSZ PATTERNOI PATTERNSUPELAGIC FOOD WEBYPELAGOCOCCUS-SUBVIRIDISMA PENETRATIONTRPENINSULA REGIONV$!PERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY PERIODICITYON periphytonoduPHAEODACTYLUM-TRICORNUTUM PHOSPHORUSSAEphotoacclimationoPHOTOADAPTATIONAGPHOTOBIOREACTORURphotobioreactorsPHOTOINHIBITIONPR ED& Sagert, Sigrid Schubert, Hendrik 2000wAcclimation of Palmaria palmata (Rhodophyta) to light intensity: comparison between artificial and natural light fieldst J. Phycol.366" 1119-1128"December 1, 2000 J. Phycol.hbThe acclimation of the photosynthetic apparatus of Palmaria palmata (L.) to light intensity was examined in the field and under laboratory conditions. Algae from 3 different shore levels and from laboratory cultures adapted to 6 different photon flux densities were compared. This was done on the basis of light doses, which were delivered by different light regimes in the field and in the laboratory. Laboratory samples were adjusted to constant photon flux densities between 7 and 569 mol photonsm-2s-1 in a 16:8 light:dark photoperiod. Under field conditions the daily amplitudes reached up to approximately 2000 mol photonsm-2s-1 within a natural daily light course. Over the course of 14 days the light doses resulting from those different regimes are similar for both treatments. An increasing growth rate per day with increasing light doses was observed in the laboratory. Growth was saturated at 113 mol photonsm-214 d-1. Light saturation points (Ek) of photosynthesis increased with increasing light doses for both field and laboratory samples, and all Ek values were significantly related to the growth light dose. A correlation between fresh weight-related lutein content and growth light dose was found for laboratory samples only, whereas the lutein:chlorophyll a (chl a) ratio was strongly correlated with Ek for laboratory and field samples. The content of chl a and phycoerythrin (PE) per fresh weight decreased significantly with increasing light doses under field conditions. Simultaneously, the PE:chl a ratio increased, whereas this ratio was not influenced by laboratory treatments. The correspondence of Ek values for field and laboratory treatments indicated that they were affected mainly by light dose. However, the variability in pigmentation was mainly dependent on temporal variability in light intensity (the amplitude of variations in incident light).<5http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/6/1119$Sakshaug, Egil Kiefer, Dale A. 1989nA steady state description of growth and light absoprtion in the marine planktonic diatom Skeletonema costatum Z Limnol. Oceanogr.S341198-205 1637-1670m~wSakshaug, E. Bricaud, A. Dandonneau, Y. Falkowski, P. G. Kiefer, D. A. Legendre, L. Morel, A. Parslow, J. Takahashi, M.VOParameters of photosynthesis: definitions, theory and interpretation of results4"Journal of Plankton Research CHLOROPHYLL-A FLUORESCENCE; OCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTION; SPECTRAL ABSORPTION-COEFFICIENTS; SOLAR-STIMULATED FLUORESCENCE; DIATOM SKELETONEMA-COSTATUM; STEADY-STATE DESCRIPTION; TOTAL CARBON METABOLISMS; QUANTUM YIELD; PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHOTOSYSTEM-IIIJDA global assessment of carbon flux in the world ocean is one of the major undertakings of the Joint Global Ocean Flux Study (JGOFS). This has to be undertaken using historical in situ data of primary productivity. As required by the temporal and spatial scales involved in a global study, it can be conveniently done by combining, through appropriate models, remotely sensed information (chlorophyll a, temperature) with basic information about the parameters related to the carbon uptake by phytoplanktonic algae. This requires a better understanding as well as a more extended knowledge of these parameters which govern the radiative energy absorption and utilization by algae in photosynthesis. The measurement of the photosynthetic response of algae [the photosynthesis (P) versus irradiance (E) curves], besides being less shiptime consuming than in situ primary production experiments, allows the needed parameters to be derived and systematically studied as a function of the physical, chemical and ecological conditions. The aim of the present paper is to review the sig nificance of these parameters, especially in view of their introduction into models, to analyze the causes of their variations in the light of physiological considerations, and finally to provide methodological recommendations for meaningful determinations, and interpretation, of the data resulting from P versus E determinations. Of main concern are the available and usable irradiance, the chlorophyll a-specific absorption capabilities of the algae, the maximum light utilization coefficient (alpha), the maximum quantum yield (phi(m)), the maximum photosynthetic rate (P-m) and the light saturation index (E-k) The potential of other, non-intrusive, approaches, such as the stimulated variable fluorescence, or the sun-induced natural fluorescence techniques is also examined.J. Plankton Res. 19971911 Review NOV J PLANKTON RES ISI:000071169900005 v0 x803-809$Wainman, B. C. Lean, D. R. S.Y81A comparison of photosynthate allocation in lakes &Journal of Great Lakes ResearchLphytoplankton; Great Lakes; photosynthesis; photosynthate MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; CARBON FIXATION; END-PRODUCTS; PROTEIN; SILICATE; DIATOM; ALGAWe compared the relationships between photosynthate allocation to protein, carbohydrate, lipid and low molecular weight (LMW) fractions and the variables daylength and water temperature in Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Ontario as well as three smaller headwater lakes in the Lake Ontario drainage. In all lakes investigated the allocation of recently produced photosynthate to carbohydrate was strongly related to daylength (% carbohydrate = -3.5 * daylength (hr) + 72.8; n = 59, r(2) = 0.56). The percentage of photosynthate allocated to protein was a function of water temperature in all lakes although the gamma-intercept for the protein-temperature relationship was much lower in the three headwater lakes and Lake Ontario (% protein = 0.50 * temperature (degrees C) + 6.1; n = 37, r(2) = 0.52) than in Lake Huron and Lake Michigan (% protein = 0.68 * temperature (degrees C) + 24.2; n = 23, r(2) = 0.49). The increase in allocation to protein was related to a decrease in allocation to low molecular weight material (% LMW = -1.1 * % protein + 57.13; n = 60, r(2) = 0.72). The percentages of photosynthate in lipid and LMW material were not related to any of the environmental variables measured. Assuming that photosynthate allocation is related to biochemical composition, the phytoplankton in Lakes Huron and Michigan were more protein rich for a given temperature than those in Lake Ontario and in the smaller inland lakes. The protein deficit was due to an increase in allocation to LMW material.J. Gt. Lakes Res. 1996224 Article J GREAT LAKES RESISI:A1996WD85300002315-3246/Wallace, B. B. Hamilton, D. P. Patterson, J. C. <5Response of photosynthesis models to light limitationy6/Internationale Revue Der Gesamten Hydrobiologielrlphytoplankton production; time step; light limitation; water quality model MIXED-LAYER; PHYTOPLANKTON; LAKESvpAn investigation into the effect of rime step on a common photosynthesis algorithm reveals that the predicted phytoplankton production and biomass depend strongly on the length of the time step. This time step dependence is due to the assumption that a light limitation factor derived From integrating the irradiance over the time step is equivalent to the integrated light limitation factor over the time step. This subtle inaccuracy in defining the factor For light limited phytoplankton production produces a substantial difference in the biomass estimates derived from the two models. To illustrate the difference, the light limitation factor integrated over the time step is implemented in the one dimensional water quality model DYRESM-WQ. The new version of DYRESM-WQ is used to simulate chlorophyll a concentrations in Prospect Reservoir, New South Wales. These results are compared to concentrations predicted using the original algorithm. The comparison shows that the new algorithm for phytoplankton production is relatively insensitive to time step, which decreases the difficulty of calibrating the model for chlorophyll a.$Int. Rev. Gesamten Hydrobiol. 1996812("Article INT REV GESAMTEN HYDROBIOLISI:A1996UW30900009I 65-74, Walsby, A. E.NzsModelling the daily integral of photosynthesis by phytoplankton: its dependence on the mean depth of the populationo HydrobiologiakDetailed descriptions have been made of the under water light field based on continuous measurements of surface photon irradiance, calculations of losses by surface reflection and measurements of the vertical light attenuation. These measurements have been combined with measurements of the vertical distribution of phytoplankton chlorophyll and the photosynthesis/irradiance curve to produce a measurement of the daily integral of photosynthesis by numerical integration using a PC spreadsheet; the accuracy of the integrations is evaluated. The results have been compared with models that assume a uniform vertical distribution of phytoplankton. Such assumptions produced underestimates of the daily integral of photosynthesis by 50-109% for a population of Aphanizomenon- flos-aquae in the Baltic Sea owing to the overestimate of respiratory losses. Buoyant cyanobacterial populations float up during brief episodes of calm; this increases the insolation they receive and their resultant photosynthetic activity may increase several times. These advantages of buoyancy, provided by gas vesicles, are a major factor in determining the success of waterbloom-forming cyanobacteria. A model is produced of the relationship between the mean depth of the Aphanizomenon phytoplankton population and the daily integral of photosynthesis at different insolations; this may provide the basis for improvement of models applicable to other phytoplankton populations. The integration spreadsheet is available at http://www.bio.bris.ac.uk/research/walsby/integral.htm. Hydrobiologia 1997 349"Article AUG 8 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1997YD416000090)Welch, R. M. Madden Remillard R. B. Slack 1988b[Remote sensing and geographic information system techniques for aquatic resource evaluation2,Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing542177-185,\,> Coles, J. F. Jones, R. C.e 2000Effect of Temperature on Photosynthesis-Light Response and Growth of Four Phytoplankton Species Isolated from a Tidal Freshwater River15Journal of Phycology3617-16(10) February 2000$(!Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK 0022-3646Comparini, E. Fasano, A. 1993NGThe effect of temperature on the dynamics of a phytoplankton populationnNonlinear analysis2011 1355 1993 0362-546X 41-49THBCordi, B. Depledge, M. H. Price, D. N. Salter, L. F. Donkin, M. E.Evaluation of chlorophyll fluorescence, in vivo spectrophotometric pigment absorption and ion leakage as biomarkers of UV-B exposure in marine macroalgaeIMarine BiologyThe photosynthetic fluorescence ratio F-v:F-m, in vivo absorption spectra and ion leakage were evaluated as biomarkers of ambient and elevated UV-B (280 to 320 nm) exposure of the intertidal alga Enteromorpha intestinalis (Chlorophyta) and the sublittoral alga Palmaria palmata (Rhodophyta). Measurements of thallus growth were also used to assess adverse biological effects. Ambient and elevated UV-B significantly inhibited photosynthesis in both species. It was shown that the F-v:F-m ratio is a sensitive, non-specific general biomarker of UV-B exposure in both species. Moreover, the in vivo absorption of what was tentatively identified as chlorophylls a and b as well as phycoerythrin and/or carotenoids, phycoerythrobilin and phycocyanin decreased in a dose-response dependent manner and was associated with a decrease in growth rate in P. palmata. The intertidal alga E. intestinalis showed a greater degree of tolerance to UV-B exposure. These results indicate that changes in the F-v:(F)m ratio together with reductions in in vivo pigment absorption could provide an early quantitative warning of the detrimental effects of UV-B in marine macroalgae. Mar. Biol. 1997 1301Article NOV MAR BIOLISI:0000710112000052,Cuhel, Russell L. Ortner, David Lean, R.S. 1984*#Night synthesis of protein by algaeiLimnol. Oceanogr.a294 731-744(!Dunaliella tertolecta, diel, C:S,n,%Cuhel, Russell L. Lean, David R. S.k 1987Influence of light Intensity, light quality, temperature and daylength on uptake and assimilation of carbon dioxide and sulfate by lake plankton Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.44 2118-2132&diel, diatom, spectral quality,(!Cullen, John J. Lewis, Marlon R. 1988NGThe kinetics of algal photoadaptation in the context of vertical mixingJ. Plankton Res.105 1039-10636C315-3246/Wallace, B. B. Hamilton, D. P. P259-266"://1987J234000008"Wright, S. W. Jeffrey, S. W.TNFucoxanthin Pigment Markers of Marine-Phytoplankton Analyzed by Hplc and Hptlc$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1987 Jul 13383Times Cited: 106 Cited Reference Count: 34 Cited References: ARPIN N, 1976, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V15, P529 BERGER R, 1977, BIOCH SYST, V5, P71 BJORNLAND T, 1984, 7TH INT IUPAC S CAR, P26 BJORNLAND T, 1979, J PHYCOL, V15, P457 BOOTH BC, 1987, IN PRESS J PHYCOL DALEY RJ, 1973, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V30, P345 FOSS P, 1984, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V23, P1629 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GIESKES WWC, 1986, NETH J SEA RES, V20, P291 GOODWIN TW, 1955, MOD METHOD PLANT, V3, P272 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 GUILLARD RRL, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P412 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1985, DEEP-SEA RES, V32, P697 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1981, MAR BIOL, V61, P107 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V20, P59 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1987, IN PRESS DEEP SEA RE, V34 JEFFREY SW, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1976, MAR BIOL, V37, P33 JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 JEFFREY SW, 1981, MARINE BOT AUSTR PER, P138 JEFFREY SW, 1980, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V3, P285 JENSEN A, 1966, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V29, P1728 KE B, 1970, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V210, P139 LEWIN J, 1977, J PHYCOL, V13, P259 LOEBLICH AR, 1968, LIPIDS, V3, P5 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 TANGEN K, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P389 THRONDSEN J, 1985, 1982 INT PHYC C, P160 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P322 WRIGHT SW, 1987, IN PRESS DISTRIBUTIO WRIGHT SW, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V294, P281 Article J2340 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1987J234000008G BG WLFSmith, Thomas M. Richard W. Reynolds Robert E. Livezey Diane C. Stokes 1996`ZReconstruction of historical sea surface t&Smol, John P. Cumming, Brian F.TNTracking long-term changes in climate using algal indicators in lake sediments 2000 J. Phycol. J. Phycol.986-1011366e:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/6/986December 1, 2000 Interest in climate change research has taken on new relevance with the realization that human activities, such as the accelerated release of the so-called greenhouse gases, may be altering the thermal properties of our atmosphere. Important social, economic, and scientific questions include the following. Is climate changing? If so, can these changes be related to human activities? Are episodes of extreme weather, such as droughts or hurricanes, increasing in frequency? Long-term meteorological data, on broad spatial and temporal scales, are needed to answer these questions. Unfortunately, such data were never gathered; therefore, indirect proxy methods must be used to infer past climatic trends. A relatively untapped source of paleoclimate data is based on hindcasting past climatic trends using the environmental optima and tolerances of algae (especially diatoms) preserved in lake sediment profiles. Paleophycologists have used two approaches. Although still controversial, attempts have been made to directly infer climatic variables, such as temperature, from past algal assemblages. The main assumption with these types of analyses is that species composition is either directly related to temperature or that algal assemblages are related to some variable linearly related to temperature. The second more commonly used approach is to infer a limnological variable (e.g. water chemistry, lake ice cover, etc.) that is related to climate. Although paleolimnological approaches are broadly similar across climatic regions, the environmental gradients that paleophycologists track can be very different. For example, climatic inferences in polar regions have focused on past lake ice conditions, whereas in lakes near arctic treeline ecotones, paleophycologists have developed methods to infer past lakewater-dissolved organic carbon, because this variable has been linked to the density of coniferous trees in a drainage basin. In closed-basin lakes in arid and semiarid regions, past lakewater salinity, which can be robustly reconstructed from fossil algal assemblages, is closely tied to the balance of evaporation and precipitation (i.e. drought frequency). Some recent examples of paleophycolgical work include the documentation of striking environmental changes in high arctic environments in the 19th century believed to be related to climate warming. Meanwhile, diatom-based reconstructions of salinity (e.g. the Great Plains of North America and Africa) have revealed prolonged periods of droughts over the last few millennia that have greatly exceeded those recorded during recent times. Marked climatic variability that is outside the range captured by the instrumental record has a strong bearing on sustainability of human societies. Only with a long-term perspective can we understand natural climatic variability and the potential influences of human activities on climate and thereby increase our ability to understand future climate.ut^ 35-48.6/vanDuin, E. H. S. Aalderink, R. H. Lijklema, L.CHBLight adaptation of Oscillatoria agardhii at different time scales"Water Science and TechnologyB;The Markermeer is a eutrophic shallow wind exposed lake. In contrast to other eutrophic lakes in the area persistent blooms of the cyanobacterium Oscillatoria agardhii do not occur. The severe variations in the available light energy, caused by an excessive resuspension of sediment, are held responsible for this absence. Field experiments were conducted in the Markermeer, to investigate the relations between O. agardhii and the specific Light climate in the Markermeer, emphasizing the adaptation rate and extent to light energy level variations. In experiments with traditional light and dark bottles, and bottles moving up and down the water column it was observed that vertical mixing tended to increase the net production of oxygen, as the exposure time near the water surface is too short to cause light inhibition. From experiments with a vertical perspex tube it was concluded that during days with maximum hourly light energy levels above 200 mu E . m(-2). s(-1), the light utilization efficiency was much higher in the morning hours than during the afternoon. This phenomenon did usually not occur at days with lower mean irradiance levels. After prolonged periods of low energy levels (below 50 mu E . m(-2). s(-1)), the light utilization efficiency increases significantly but the maximum production level does not increase.Water Sci. Technol.t 1995324p Article WATER SCI TECHNOLaISI:A1995TP50500004y,%Videau, C. Ryckaert, M. L'Helguen, S. 1998f`Phytoplankton in the Bay of Seine (France). Influence of the river plume on primary productivityOceanologica Actau216e 907-921(15) November 1998$Elsevier Science 0399-1784.'Vidussi, F. Marty, J. C. Chiaverini, J. 1999Phytoplankton pigment variations during the transition from spring bloom to oligotrophy in the northwestern Mediterranean sea - separation of chlorophyll a from divinyl-chlorophyll a and zeaxanthin from lutein>7Deep Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers473 423-445(23) March 1999$Elsevier Science 0967-0637283-292 2+Vincent, W. F. Bertrand, N. Frenette, J. J.ppiPhotoadaptation to Intermittent Light across to St-Lawrence Estuary Fresh-Water-Saltwater Transition Zone$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriespiWe evaluated 2 competing hypotheses for the photoadaptive characteristics of phytoplankton distributed across the turbid freshwater-saltwater transition zone (TZ) of the St. Lawrence River (Canada): that the communities were photosynthetically adapted to a low mean water column irradiance, or that they were adapted to intermittent exposure to near-surface irradiance conditions. Two cruises were undertaken in spring- early summer, a period that corresponded to major seasonal changes in the optical environment of the St. Lawrence River. There was a large increase in chlorophyll a (chl a) concentration, maximum photosynthetic rates (P(max)B), and the light saturation parameter (I(k)) between the 2 cruises. During this period the nanoplankton (cells in the size range 2 to 20 mum) rose from 33 to 69 % of total chl a. There were no major shifts in photosynthetic characteristics across the transition from freshwater to turbid saltwater conditions, but rather the cells maintained high values of P(max)B and I(k), with low alpha (the light limitation parameter) and little inhibitory response to high photon fluence rates. These observations support the hypothesis that the phytoplankton community in this and perhaps other turbid environments are photoadapted to 'intermittent sun' conditions, rather than the 'shade environment' experienced on average through the water column. Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.N 1994 110R 2-3,$Article JUL MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1994NZ90100020 QS"Z<6Graham, N. J. D. Wardlaw, V. E. Perry, R. Jiang, J. Q. 1998<6The significance of algae as trihalomethane precursors"Water Science and Technology372r83-89(7) 1998$Elsevier Science 0273-1223voGraham, N. J. D. Wardlaw, V. E. Perry, R. Jiang, J. Q. Webb, Iii T. Anderson, K. H. Bartlein, P. J. Webb, R. S.n 1998^XLate quaternary climate change in eastern North America - comparisons with model results Quaternary Science Reviews1767 587-606(20)- 1 April 1998$Elsevier Science 0277-3791\326-329"://1993KV05100007<6Greenler, R. G. Lasca, N. P. Brooks, A. S. Shaw, C. F.lfThe Science Bag(Tm) at the University-of-Wisconsin-Milwaukee - a Successful Forum for Science Outreach"American Journal of PhysicszA series of science programs for the public has been running for 19 years with an accumulated attendance of 95 000 people. Am. J. Phys. 1993 Apr614HATimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 0 Article KV051 AMER J PHYSISI:A1993KV05100007326-329"://1993KV05100007<6Greenler, R. G. Lasca, N. P. Brooks, A. S. Shaw, C. F.lfThe Science Bag(Tm) at the University-of-Wisconsin-Milwaukee - a Successful Forum for Science Outreach"American Journal of PhysicszA series of science programs for the public has been running for 19 years with an accumulated attendance of 95 000 people. Am. J. Phys. 1993 Apr614HATimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 0 Article KV051 AMER J PHYSISI:A1993KV05100007N127-133"://1989U317100006Grobbelaar, J. U.d^The Contribution of Phytoplankton Productivity in Turbid Fresh- Waters to Their Trophic Status Hydrobiologia Hydrobiologia 1989 Mar 22 1732'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,LIMNOL UNIT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICA GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,LIMNOL UNIT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICArkTimes Cited: 13 Cited Reference Count: 21 Cited References: BANNISTER TT, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P275 COTE B, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P320 DUBINSKY Z, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P339 DUBINSKY Z, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P660 DUBINSKY Z, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P226 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P203 GROBBELAAR JU, 1976, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V48, P263 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P653 GROBBELAAR JU, 1984, WURAS DAM VERH INT V, V22, P1594 HARRIS GP, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V10, P1 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS MOREL A, 1978, DEEP-SEA RES, V25, P673 PLATT T, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P421 SARTORY DP, 1982, TECHNICAL REP, V115 SVERDRUP HU, 1953, J CONS CONS PERM INT, V18, P287 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TALLING JF, 1960, SELF SHADING EFFECTS, V9, P235 TILZER MM, 1985, ANTARCTIC NUTR CYCLE, P60 TILZER MM, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P833 TILZER MM, 1975, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V19, P800 WALSH P, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P688 English Article U3171 HYDROBIOLOGIA,ISI:A1989U3171000061923-931"://1990DX49500003Grobbelaar, J. U.hf_Modeling Phytoplankton Productivity in Turbid Waters with Small Euphotic to Mixing Depth Ratios"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1990 Sep125'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICA GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICA("Times Cited: 15 Cited Reference Count: 19 Cited References: FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 GROBBELAAR JU, 1990, BIOMASS, V21, P297 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V173, P127 GROBBELAAR JU, 1990, IN PRESS VERH INT VE, V24 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P653 GROBBELAAR JU, 1984, U OFS PUBL SERIES C, V22, P1594 GROBBELAAR JU, 1981, UOFS PUBL C, V3, P173 GROBBELAAR JU, 1984, WURAS DAM VERH INT V, V22, P1594 HARRIS GP, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V10, P1 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS SOEDER CJ, 1980, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V72, P197 SOROKIN C, 1958, PLANT PHYSIOL, V33, P109 SVERDRUP HW, 1953, J CONSEIL INT EXPLOR, V29, P130 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TALLING JF, 1957, NEW PHYTOL, V56, P133 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1970, PREDICTION MEASUREME, P455 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1975, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V37, P53 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1981, WATER QUAL B, V6, P59 English Article DX495 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1990DX49500003K0 78-93$://000079811600007.(Beletsky, D. Saylor, J. H. Schwab, D. J.*#Mean circulation in the Great Lakes&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchB 7Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 59 Cited References: *FED WAT POLL CONT, 1967, LAK CURR WAT QUAL IN *FED WAT POLL CONT, 1968, LAKE ER ENV SUMM 196 *INT JOINT COMM, 1977, WAT LAK HUR LAK SU B, V3 AYERS JC, 1956, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V1, P150 AYERS JC, 1958, PUBL U MICHIGAN, V3 AYERS JC, 1956, PUBL U MICHIGAN ANN, V1 BENNETT JR, 1974, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V4, P400 BENNETT JR, 1975, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P108 BLANTON JO, 1972, PROJECT HYPO, P9 CASEY DJ, 1966, EPA902973002 CHURCH PE, 1945, 18 U CHIC I MET CHURCH PE, 1942, 4 U CHIC I MET CLITES AH, 1989, J GREAT LAKES RES, V15, P197 CSANADY GT, 1975, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V5, P705 DEASN HJ, 1932, FISHERMAN, V1, P1 EMERY KO, 1973, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V70, P93 GAUL R, 1963, MARINE SCI INSTRUMEN, V2 GOTTLIEB ES, 1989, GLERL71 NOAA ERL HAMBLIN PF, 1971, DEP ENERGY MINES RES, V7 HARRINGTON MW, 1894, CURRENT GREAT LAKES HOOPES JA, 1973, 7304 WIS WRC U WISC JOHNSON JH, 1960, US FISH WILDLIFE SER, V338 LAM DCL, 1978, J GREAT LAKES RES, V4, P343 LIU PC, 1976, LIMNOLOGY LAKES EMBA, P119 LYONS WA, 1971, P 14 C GREAT LAK RES, P467 MASSE AK, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V97, P2403 MONAHAN EC, 1975, COASTWISE CURRENTS V MORTIMER CH, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P407 OLSON FCW, 1950, THESIS OHIO STATE U PETTERSSEN S, 1959, J METEOROL, V16, P646 PICKETT RL, 1983, J GREAT LAKES RES, V9, P106 PICKETT RL, 1980, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V10, P1140 RAGOTZKIE RA, 1966, 29 U WISC RAO DB, 1970, ARCH METEOR GEOPHY A, V19, P195 RUSCHMEYER OR, 1958, LAKE SUPERIOR STUDIE SAYLOR JH, 1981, IFYGL INT FIELD YEAR, P247 SAYLOR JH, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P3237 SAYLOR JH, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P487 SAYLOR JH, 1980, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V10, P1814 SCHERTZER WM, 1979, WATER RESOUR RES, V15, P77 SCHWAB DJ, 1992, CHEM DYNAMICS FRESH, P41 SCHWAB DJ, 1995, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V25, P1516 SIMONS TJ, 1989, CAN CTR INLAND WATER, V171 SIMONS TJ, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P2047 SIMONS TJ, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P371 SIMONS TJ, 1985, J GREAT LAKES RES, V11, P423 SIMONS TJ, 1986, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V16, P1138 SLOSS PW, 1975, 353 NOAA ERL SLOSS PW, 1976, 363 NOAA ERL SLOSS PW, 1976, J GEOPHYS RES, V81, P3069 STRUB PT, 1986, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V91, P8497 SWEERS HE, 1969, CANADA DEP ENERGY MI, V10 TOWNSEND CM, 1916, J W SOC ENG, V21, P293 UPCHURCH SB, 1976, LIMNOLOGY LAKES EMBA, P119 VANOOSTEN J, 1963, US FISH WILDLIFE SER, V413 VERBER JL, 1953, OHIO J SCI, V53, P42 VERBER JL, 1955, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V12, P97 WRIGHT S, 1955, US FISH WILDLIFE SER, V139 WUNSCH C, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P793 Article 187WQ J GREAT LAKES RES1ISI:000079811600007,:3Berner, T. Dubinsky, Zvy Wyman, K. Falkowski, P. G.r 1989RPhotoadaptation and the "package effect" in Dunaliella tertiolecta (Chlorophyceae),B J. Phycol.25 70-78.zsKolmakov, V. I. Gaevskii, N. A. Ivanova, E. A. Gol'd, V. M. Shatrov, I. Y. Popel'nitskii, V. A. Shaposhnikov, A. V. 1999b[Diurnal dynamics of vertical distribution of diatoms at different levels of solar radiation Russian Journal of Ecology304230-233Jul-augRuss. J. Ecol.ISI:000081896600003Diurnal changes in the vertical distribution of diatoms (their abundance and content of chlorophyll a) at different levels of insolation were investigated. The cells of seamless colonial pennate diatoms were shown to be capable of photoinduced diurnal vertical migrations. The existence of an "active" mechanism controlling vertical migrations in Asterionella formosa Hass is proposed.Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 14 Cited References: 1989, VODOROSLI SPRAVOCHNI BARASHKOV GK, 1972, SRAVNITELNAYA BIOKHI BERTRAND J, 1995, CRYPTOGAMIE ALGOL, V16, P1 GLADYSHEV MI, 1990, IZV SIB OTD AKAD BN, P78 GOLD VM, 1986, GIDROBIOL ZH, V22, P80 KAHN N, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P649 KISELEV IA, 1980, PLANKTON MOREI KONTI, V2 KONSTANTINOV AS, 1986, OBSHCHAYA GIDROBIOLO MAMAEV SA, 1972, FORMY VNUTRIVIDOVOI POSUDIN YI, 1992, BIOL NAUKI, P27 RAI H, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V308, P51 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P SAKEVICH AI, 1985, EKZOMETABOLITY PRESN SOUTH GR, 1987, INTRO PHYCOLOGY English Article 224KG RUSS J ECOL-ENGL TR'Krasnoyarsk State Univ, Svobodnyi Pr 79, Krasnoyarsk 660062, Russia Krasnoyarsk State Univ, Krasnoyarsk 660062, Russia Kolmakov VI Krasnoyarsk State Univ, Svobodnyi Pr 79, Krasnoyarsk 660062, Russia*#Kotzabasis, K. Romer, S. Senger, H.i 1990Temperature dependent reduction of protochlorophyllide in darkness followed by the assembly of active photosystems in pigment mutant C-2A' of Scenedesmus obliquusPhysiologia plantarumZ784 635 1990 0031-9317UKozitskaya, V. N.e 1992^XEffect of temperature on growth and reproduction of algae with different pigment systemsHydrobiological journal281n 103r 1992 0018-816660Krivtsov, V. Bellinger, E. Sigee, D. Corliss, J. 1998>8Application of SEM XRMA data to lake ecosystem modellingEcological Modelling 1131 95-123(29) 2 November$Elsevier Science 0304-3800hL 8"://1994PC98200018$Brooks, A. S. Edgington, D. N.ZTBiogeochemical Control of Phosphorus Cycling and Primary Production in Lake-Michigan Limnology and Oceanography,%GREAT-LAKES; SEDIMENTS; SILICA; WATERA 3-yr study in Lake Michigan has shown a 27 mmol P m-2 increase in the mass of total P (TP) in the water 961-968"://1994PC98200018$Brooks, A. S. Edgington, D. N.ZTBiogeochemical Control of Phosphorus Cycling and Primary Production in Lake-Michigan Limnology and Oceanography,%GREAT-LAKES; SEDIMENTS; SILICA; WATERA 3-yr study in Lake Michigan has shown a 27 mmol P m-2 increase in the mass of total P (TP) in the water during spring when the lake is mixed from surface to sediment. This value is an order of magnitude greater than the annual P input from external sources. TP changed in concert with increases in chlorophyll a and organic N and decreases in nitrate and soluble Si. The concentration of soluble reactive PO43- (SRP) remained relatively constant throughout the study. We hypothesize that the SRP concentration is maintained by a chemical equilibrium with calcium-phosphate species. The increased mass of TP arises from the sequestering of P by algae which displaces the chemical equilibrium and allows more P to be released to the water from the sediments. Solar irradiance and the duration of mixing determine the magnitude of the spring bloom and the demand for P that must be supplied through the flux of P from the sediments to the overlying water.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1994 Jun394Times Cited: 7 Cited Reference Count: 23 Cited References: 1975, STANDARD METHODS ANA BARTONE CR, 1982, J GREAT LAKES RES, V8, P413 BOLGRIEN DW, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P259 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 CARACO NF, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P590 CARPENTER SR, 1992, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V7, P332 CONLEY DJ, 1988, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V45, P1030 DEPINTO JV, 1981, J GREAT LAKES RES, V7, P311 EADIE BJ, 1984, J GREAT LAKES RES, V10, P307 FLEMING GW, 1983, 834236 US GEOL SURV JUDAY C, 1927, T WISC ACAD SCI, V23, P233 LOFGREN S, 1985, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V22, P3323 MARSDEN MW, 1989, FRESHWATER BIOL, V21, P139 NURNBERG GK, 1991, J GREAT LAKES RES, V17, P132 ROBBINS JA, 1975, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V39, P285 ROCKWELL DC, 1989, EPA905689001 ROUSAR DC, 1973, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V2, P497 SCAVIA D, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P435 SCHELSKE CL, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P407 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISH RES BOARD CAN, V167 STUMM W, 1981, AQUATIC CHEM SUNDBY B, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P1129 TWINCH AJ, 1984, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V41, P1609 Note PC982 LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1994PC98200018("Brosnan, Thomas M. G. Dennis Cooke 1987F?Response of Silver Lake trophic state to artificial circulations$Lake and Reservoir Management3u 66-75eHWagner, A. Kamjunke, N. 2001vpReduction of the filtration rate of Daphnia galeata by dissolved photosynthetic products of edible phytoplankton Hydrobiologia} 442l 1-3165-176f Jan HydrobiologiaISI:000167924900014grazing experiments; Daphnia; filtration rate; phytoplankton; primary production EXTRACELLULAR PRODUCTS; ORGANIC-CARBON; FILTERING RATES; FLOS- AQUAE; ZOOPLANKTON; LAKE; BIOMANIPULATION; PULEX; INHIBITION; EXUDATIONrlThe filtration rate of Daphnia galeata was determined in in situ experiments in Bautzen Reservoir and in laboratory experiments, where daphnids were exposed to filtrates that previously contained either natural phytoplankton or cultured eukaryotic algae (Scenedesmus obliquus or Asterionella formosa), respectively. Individual filtration rate (FR) was measured using fluorescent beads, taking into account ingested beads in the gut only. Compared to heated control treatments (100 degreesC), dissolved compounds released by the nutritious cultured algae during the preconditioning phase or by the natural phytoplankton assemblages from Bautzen Reservoir strongly reduced the filtration rate of D. galeata (down to 60%). Heating deactivated these dissolved compounds. A significant correlation was found between primary production measured in situ and the reduction of FR in the filtrate of reservoir water, indicating that extra-cellular products released during photosynthesis triggered the reduction of the filtration rate. The ratio of ingested to collected beads was used to quantify the proportion of food, which was not only collected but passed the mouth of D. galeata. The ratio of ingestion to collection was compared between filtered and unfiltered reservoir water both media identical with respect to the concentration of dissolved compounds, whereas other factors (e.g. food concentration, temperature, filtration rate) were different. The changes in this ratio between filtered and unfiltered reservoir water suggest that D. galeata is capable of a chemosensory control of the ingestion behaviour by detecting external metabolites.  Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 46 Cited References: BENNDORF J, 1995, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V80, P519 BENNDORF J, 1987, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V49, P234 BJORNSEN PK, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P151 BOING WJ, 1998, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V389, P101 BURNS CW, 1989, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V32, P63 CROWLEY PH, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P394 DAWIDOWICZ P, 1990, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V200, P43 DECHO AW, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P1411 DEHN M, 1931, Z VERGL PHYSIOL, V13, P334 DEMOTT WR, 1993, DIET SELECTION, P101 DEMOTT WR, 1986, OECOLOGIA, V69, P334 DEPPE T, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V408, P31 FOGG GE, 1983, BOT MAR, V26, P3 FORSYTH DJ, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V228, P151 GELLER W, 1975, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V48, P47 HAMA T, 1987, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V109, P227 HANEY JF, 1994, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V132, P1 HANEY JF, 1993, ERGEB LIMNOL, V39, P1 HANEY JF, 1995, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V40, P263 HANEY JF, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P331 HANEY JF, 1971, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V16, P971 HAYWARD RS, 1976, ARCH HYDROBIOL GER, V77, P139 HESSEN DO, 1993, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V127, P129 KAMJUNKE N, 1999, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V403, P109 KOTHE A, 1997, PROC INT ASSOC THE 2, V26, P712 LAMPERT W, 1981, INT REV GESAMTEN HYD, V66, P285 LAMPERT W, 1997, LAUFENER SEMINARBEIT, V3, P39 LAMPERT W, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P831 LARSSON P, 1993, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V129, P129 LAURENMAATTA C, 1997, J PLANKTON RES, V19, P141 MATVEEV V, 1993, FRESHWATER BIOL, V29, P99 MCMAHON JW, 1965, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V10, P105 MURRAY AG, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1079 OSTROFSKY ML, 1983, FRESHWATER BIOL, V13, P501 PORTER KG, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P935 PORTER KG, 1975, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V19, P2840 PRATT R, 1945, AM J BOT, V32, P405 RYTHER JH, 1954, ECOLOGY, V35, P522 SHAPIRO J, 1984, FRESHWATER BIOL, V14, P371 SOMMER U, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V106, P433 SPEAS DW, 1998, J FRESHWATER ECOL, V13, P457 SUNDH I, 1992, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V58, P2938 VINER AB, 1984, NZ J MAR FRESHWAT RE, V18, P323 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1969, IBP HDB, V12, P213 WIEDNER C, 1995, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V302, P89 ZEHNDER A, 1960, CAN J MICROBIOL, V6, P645 English Article 418ZL HYDROBIOLOGIA9'Dresden Univ Technol, Inst Hydrobiol, D-01062 Dresden, Germany Dresden Univ Technol, Inst Hydrobiol, D-01062 Dresden, Germany Wagner A Dresden Univ Technol, Inst Hydrobiol, D-01062 Dresden, GermanyR0/. C. Lean, D. R. S.Y81A comparison of photosynthate allocation in lakes &Journal of Great Lakes ResearchLphytoplankton; Great Lakes; photosynthesis; photosynthate MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; CARBON FIXATION; END-PRODUCTS; PROTEIN; SILICATE; DIATOM; ALGAWe compared the relationships between photosynthate allocation to protein, carbohydrate, lipid and low molecular weight (LMW) fractions and the variables daylength and water temperature in Lakes Huron, Michigan, and Ontario as well as three smaller headwater lakes in the Lake Ontario drainage. In all lakes investigated.'Thompson, P. A. Guo, M. Harrison, P. J. 1992voEffects of variation in temperature. II. On the fatty acid composition of eight species of marine phytoplanktonfJournal of phycology284Z 488 1992 0022-3646.'Thompson, P. A. Guo, M. Harrison, P. J. 1992voEffects of variation in temperature. I. On the biochemical composition of eight species of marine phytoplanktonJournal of phycology284[ 481 1992 0022-3646 1253-1276*$Tillmann, U. Hesse, K. J. Colijn, F.<6Planktonic primary production in the German Wadden Sea"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 20002270JUL J PLANKTON RESISI:000088389100003O*#Torres, M. Niell, F. X. Algarra, P. 1991Photosynthesis of Gelidium sesquipedale: effects of temperature and light on pigment concentration, C/N ratio and cell-wall polysaccharides Hydrobiologia 221Z77 1991 0018-8158WF?Trabalon, M. Pourie, G. Hartmann, N. Latasa, M. Bidigare, R. R.\ 1998A comparison of phytoplankton populations of the Arabian Sea during the Spring Intermonsoon and Southwest Monsoon of 1995 as described by HPLC-analyzed pigments@:Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies in Oceanography4510 2133-2170(38) August 1998$Elsevier Science 0967-0645MEM HORS S, V1, P1 CANTERLUND H, 1995, FRESHWATER ALGAE THE CAPBLANCQ J, 1994, HYDROECOL APPL, V6, P153 CAPDEVIELLE P, 1978, THESIS U BORDEAUX COMPERE P, 1992, FLORE PRATIQUE ALGUE COX EJ, 1996, IDENTIFICATION FRESH ETTL H, 1978, SUBWASSERFLORA MITTE, V3 GEITLER L, 1930, L RABENHORSTS KRYPTO GIGLEUX M, 1992, THESIS U METZ HARPER D, 1992, EUTROPHICATION FRESH HASLE GR, 1977, PHYCOLOGIA, V16, P321 HINDAK F, 1996, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V83, P367 HUBERPESTALOZZI G, 1955, PHYTOPLANKTON SUBWAS HUBERPESTALOZZI G, 1968, PYTOPLANKTON SUBWASS KIMMEL BL, 1990, RESERVOIR LIMNOLOGY, P133 KISS KT, 1990, OUVRAGE DEDIE H GERM, P111 KOMAREK J, 1989, ALGOL STUD, V56, P247 KOMAREK J, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL S73, V43, P157 KOMAREK J, 1983, PHYTOPLANKTON SUSSWA KRAMMER K, 1988, SUBWASSERFLORA MITTE LECOHU R, 1994, HYDROECOL APPL, V6, P139 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 MARKER AFH, 1980, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V14, P91 MICHARD M, 1996, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V135, P337 PADISAK J, 1993, DEV HYDROBIOLOGY, V81 POPOVSKY J, 1990, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V6 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, CAMBRIDGE STUDIES EC REYNOLDS CS, 1997, VEGETATION P0ROCESSE ROTT E, 1981, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V43, P34 RUMEAU A, 1988, B FR PISCIC, V309 SKUJA H, 1948, SYMB BOT UPSAL, V9, P1 SMAYDA TJ, 1978, PHYTOPLANKTON MANUAL, P273 SOMMER U, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V106, P433 SOMMER U, 1989, PLANKTON ECOLOGY SOMMER U, 1987, PROG PHYCOL RES, V5, P123 STARMACH K, 1985, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V1 STOERMER EF, 1980, EPA600380061 THORNTON KW, 1990, RESERVOIR LIMNOLOGY TILMAN D, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P338 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 VAQUER A, 1997, HYDROECOLOGIE APPL, V9, P169 English Article 339NK HYDROBIOLOGIA'BI EAU, 14 Rue Volney, F-49000 Angers, France BI EAU, F-49000 Angers, France Univ Metz, CREUM, F-57040 Metz, France Leitao M BI EAU, 14 Rue Volney, F-49000 Angers, FranceWLFSmith, Thomas M. Richard W. Reynolds Robert E. Livezey Diane C. Stokes 1996`ZReconstruction of historical sea surface temperatures using empircale orthogonal functionsJournal of Climate9 June 1403-1420;njtl$Bautista, B. JimenezGomez, F. 1996voUltraphytoplankton photoacclimation through flow cytometry and pigment analysis of mediterranean coastal waterstScientia Marinas60233-241f May Sci. Mar.ISI:A1996UZ47800030c ultraphytoplankton; photoacclimation; flow cytometry; chlorophyll alpha; Mediterranean; cyanobacteria; prochlorophytes NORTH-ATLANTIC; SARGASSO SEA; LIGHT QUALITY; PHYTOPLANKTON; SYNECHOCOCCUS; PROCHLOROPHYTES; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ULTRAPLANKTON; DISTRIBUTIONS; PICOPLANKTONeProchlorophytes, cyanobacteria and eukaryotic ultraplankton from coastal waters of the western Mediterranean Sea were analyzed by flow cytometry to obtain measurements of cell abundance, relative fluorescence per cell (related to cellular pigment content) and relative light scatter per cell (related to cellular size). Cyanobacteria were the dominant group followed by small eukaryotic cells and prochlorophytes. The depth distribution of these ultraplanktonic components in the euphotic layer showed a decrease in the cell abundance with depth in parallel to the decrease of irradiance. Relative cellular light scatter showed similar distributions at the different depths, indicating no variation in the cell size. However, relative cellular fluorescence showed a clear increase with depth, both in red (chlorophyll a) and orange (phycoerythrin) fluorescence, suggesting photoacclimation. This was confirmed by the increase in cellular chlorophyll a concentration with depth, as derived from fractionated chlorophyll a analysis. The total fluorescence (F), calculated from the integration of the flow cytometric measurements of cellular fluorescence weighed by the cell abundance for each group, was significatively correlated with the fractionated chlorophyll a measurements, suggesting F as a useful means to characterize the group composition of bulk chlorophyll a, and therefore both as rough estimators of ultraphytoplankton biomass.,%Times Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 37 Cited References: ACKLESON SG, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P1270 CHISHOLM SW, 1988, NATURE, V334, P340 CHISHOLM SW, 1992, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P213 DEMERS S, 1989, CYTOMETRY, V10, P644 GIESKES WWC, 1991, PARTICLE ANAL OCEANO, P61 GLOVER HE, 1987, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V105, P137 GLOVER HE, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V49, P127 GLOVER HE, 1988, NATURE, V331, P161 GLOVER HE, 1986, NATURE, V319, P142 JEFFREY SW, 1984, BLUE LIGHT EFFECTS B, P497 JIMENEZGOMEZ F, 1995, THESIS U MALAGA KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS LI WKW, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P251 LI WKW, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P1258 LI WKW, 1989, CYTOMETRY, V10, P564 LI WKW, 1992, DEEP-SEA RES, V39, P501 LI WKW, 1988, DEEP-SEA RES, V35, P1615 LI WKW, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V102, P79 LI WKW, 1994, SCI MAR, V58, P67 LONGHURST AR, 1987, ECOLOGY TROPICAL OCE MURPHY LS, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P47 NEVEUX J, 1989, CR ACAD SCI III-VIE, V308, P9 OLSON RJ, 1989, CYTOMETRY, V10, P636 OLSON RJ, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P1033 OLSON RJ, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P45 PARTENSKY F, 1993, PLANT PHYSIOL, V101, P285 PLATT T, 1989, CYTOMETRY, V10 PREZELIN BB, 1989, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V54, P121 RAIMBAULT P, 1988, MAR MICROB FOOD WEBS, V3, P1 RODRIGUEZ V, 1994, SCI MAR, V58, P31 SHIMADA A, 1993, MAR BIOL, V115, P209 SOSIK HM, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1749 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISH RES BOARD CAN, V167 VAULOT D, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P1156 WATERBURY JB, 1986, PHOTOSYNTHETIC PICOP, P71 YENTSCH CM, 1989, CYTOMETRY AQUATIC SC, V10 YENTSCH CM, 1991, J PLANKTON RES S, V13, P83 English Article 1 UZ478 SCIENTIA MARINA'zUNIV MALAGA,FAC CIENCIAS,DEPT ECOL,E-29071 MALAGA,SPAIN Bautista B UNIV MALAGA,FAC CIENCIAS,DEPT ECOL,E-29071 MALAGA,SPAIN 1401-1410k$://A1994PP53500008haBeardall, J. Burgerwiersma, T. Rijkeboer, M. Sukenik, A. Lemoalle, J. Dubinsky, Z. Fontvielle, D.eF?Studies on Enhanced Post-Illumination Respiration in Microalgae"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1994 Oct01610PP535 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1994PP53500008 1-20("Behrenfeld, M. J. Falkowski, P. G.RKPhotosynthetic rates derived from satellite-based chlorophyll concentration1 Limnology and OceanographyOCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTION; ULTRAVIOLET-B RADIATION; MIDDLE ATLANTIC BIGHT; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; SKELETONEMA-COSTATUM; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; NORTH-ATLANTIC; LIGHT; GROWTHRWe assembled a dataset of C-14-based productivity measurements to understand the critical variables required for accurate assessment of daily depth-integrated phytoplankton carbon fixation (PPeu) from measurements of sea surface pigment concentrations (C-sat). From this dataset, we developed a light-dependent, depth-resolved model for carbon fixation (VGPM) that partitions environmental factors affecting primary production into those that influence the relative vertical distribution of primary production (P-z) and those that control the optimal assimilation efficiency of the productivity profile (P-opt(B)). The VGPM accounted for 79% of the observed variability in P-z and 86% of the variability in PPeu by using measured values of P-opt(B). Our results indicate that the accuracy of productivity algorithms in estimating PPeu is dependent primarily upon the ability to accurately represent variability in P-opt(B). We developed a temperature-dependent P-opt(B), model that was used in conjunction with monthly climatological images of C-sat, sea surface temperature, and cloud-corrected estimates of surface irradiance to calculate a global annual phytoplankton carbon fixation (PPannu) rate of 43.5 Pg C yr(-1). The geographical distribution of PPannu was distinctly different than results from previous models. Our results illustrate the importance of focusing P-opt(B) model development on temporal and spatial, rather than the vertical, variability.Limnol. Oceanogr.K 1997421S"Article JAN LIMNOL OCEANOGR9ISI:A1997XK601000011Michael J. Behrenfeld James T. Randerson Charles R. McClain Gene C. Feldman Sietse O. Los Compton J. Tucker Paul G. Falkowski Christopher B. Field Robert Frouin Wayne E. Esaias Dorota D. Kolber Nathan H. Pollack 2001>7Biospheric primary production during an ENSO transitionScience 29130 March 2594-2597 30-March-2001L L\ 19-34hZSBouman, H. A. Platt, T. Sathyendranath, S. Irwin, B. D. Wernand, M. R. Kraay, G. W.ngBio-optical properties of the subtropical North Atlantic. II. Relevance to models of primary production$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.R 2000 2008MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:000088651400003,%Bowles, N. D. Paerl, H. W. Tucker, J. 1985tmEffective solvents and extractions periods employed in phytoplankton carotenoid and chlorophyll determination5 Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.42 1127-1131555-560"://1988P184200001 Boyum, K. W. Brooks, A. S.F?The Effect of Selenium in Water and Food on Daphnia PopulationsM<6Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology&Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 1988 Sep175 Times Cited: 12 Cited Reference Count: 36 Cited References: ADAMS WJ, 1981, ASTM, P124 ANDREN AW, 1975, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V9, P856 BENNETT WN, 1986, ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX, V15, P513 BERTINE KK, 1971, SCIENCE, V173, P233 BERTRAM PE, 1986, WATER RES, V20, P877 BIESINGER KE, 1972, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V29, P1691 BOYUM KW, 1984, THESIS U WISCONSIN M BROOKS AS, 1984, EFFECTS TRACE ELEMEN CAUGHLEY G, 1971, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V35, P658 COPELAND RA, 1972, TRACE ELEMENT DISTRI CUMBIE PM, 1978, P ANN C SE ASSOC FIS, V32, P612 FRIES L, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P328 FROST DV, 1975, ANNU REV PHARMACOL, V15, P259 HILTON JW, 1980, J NUTR, V110, P2527 HODSON PV, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P233 KLEINOW KM, 1986, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C, V83, P61 KLEINOW KM, 1986, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C, V83, P71 KUNSELMAN GC, 1976, ATOM ABSORPT NEWSL, V15, P29 LINDSTROM K, 1983, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V101, P35 MARSHALL E, 1985, SCIENCE, V229, P144 MCKEEHAN WL, 1976, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V73, P2023 MERTZ W, 1981, SCIENCE, V213, P1332 READING JT, 1983, ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX, V12, P399 RUDD JWM, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P848 SCHULTZ TW, 1980, ARCH ENV CONTAM TOXI, V9, P23 SHRIFT A, 1954, AM J BOT, V41, P223 SHRIFT A, 1945, AM J BOT, V41, P345 SHRIFT A, 1973, ORGANIC SELENIUM COM, P693 STADTMAN TC, 1974, SCIENCE, V183, P915 SUMINO K, 1977, NATURE, V268, P73 TANJI K, 1986, ENVIRONMENT, V28, P6 TAYLOR MJ, 1984, ASTM STP, V854, P53 THROWER SJ, 1981, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V26, P77 WILBER CG, 1980, CLIN TOXICOL, V17, P171 WINNER RW, 1977, FRESHWATER BIOL, V7, P343 WRENCH JJ, 1978, MAR BIOL, V49, P231 Article P1842 ARCH ENVIRON CONTAM TOXICOL1ISI:A1988P184200001,555-560"://1988P184200001 Boyum, K. W. Brooks, A. S.F?The Effect of Selenium in Water and Food on Daphnia Populations<6Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology&Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 1988 Sep175 Times Cited: 12 Cited Reference Count: 36 Cited References: ADAMS WJ, 1981, ASTM, P124 ANDREN AW, 1975, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V9, P856 BENNETT WN, 1986, ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX, V15, P513 BERTINE KK, 1971, SCIENCE, V173, P233 BERTRAM PE, 1986, WATER RES, V20, P877 BIESINGER KE, 1972, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V29, P1691 BOYUM KW, 1984, THESIS U WISCONSIN M BROOKS AS, 1984, EFFECTS TRACE ELEMEN CAUGHLEY G, 1971, J WILDLIFE MANAGE, V35, P658 COPELAND RA, 1972, TRACE ELEMENT DISTRI CUMBIE PM, 1978, P ANN C SE ASSOC FIS, V32, P612 FRIES L, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P328 FROST DV, 1975, ANNU REV PHARMACOL, V15, P259 HILTON JW, 1980, J NUTR, V110, P2527 HODSON PV, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P233 KLEINOW KM, 1986, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C, V83, P61 KLEINOW KM, 1986, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C, V83, P71 KUNSELMAN GC, 1976, ATOM ABSORPT NEWSL, V15, P29 LINDSTROM K, 1983, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V101, P35 MARSHALL E, 1985, SCIENCE, V229, P144 MCKEEHAN WL, 1976, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V73, P2023 MERTZ W, 1981, SCIENCE, V213, P1332 READING JT, 1983, ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX, V12, P399 RUDD JWM, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P848 SCHULTZ TW, 1980, ARCH ENV CONTAM TOXI, V9, P23 SHRIFT A, 1954, AM J BOT, V41, P223 SHRIFT A, 1945, AM J BOT, V41, P345 SHRIFT A, 1973, ORGANIC SELENIUM COM, P693 STADTMAN TC, 1974, SCIENCE, V183, P915 SUMINO K, 1977, NATURE, V268, P73 TANJI K, 1986, ENVIRONMENT, V28, P6 TAYLOR MJ, 1984, ASTM STP, V854, P53 THROWER SJ, 1981, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V26, P77 WILBER CG, 1980, CLIN TOXICOL, V17, P171 WINNER RW, 1977, FRESHWATER BIOL, V7, P343 WRENCH JJ, 1978, MAR BIOL, V49, P231 Article P1842 ARCH ENVIRON CONTAM TOXICOL1ISI:A1988P184200001, Brooks, A. S. Torke, B. G. 1977DVertical and seasonal distribution of chlorophyll a in Lake Michigan234-Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canada3412 2280-2287$Brooks, A. S. Edgington, D. N. 1994ZTBiogeochemical control of phosphorus cycling and primary production in lake MichiganLimnol. Oceanogr.t394 961-968) Furuya, K. 1990Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum in the Tropical and Subtropical Western Pacific-Ocean - Vertical Profiles of Phytoplankton Biomass and Its Relationship with Chlorophyll-a and Particulate Organic-CarbonMarine Biology 1073529-539 Mar. Biol.ISI:A1990EP46800021NORTH PACIFIC; MARINE SYNECHOCOCCUS; ATLANTIC-OCEAN; EUPHOTIC ZONE; CENTRAL GYRE; CELL-SIZE; GROWTH; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; MICROPLANKTON; COMMUNITYVertical distribution of phytoplankton biomass in terms of carbon content (PC) and its relationship with chlorophyll a and particulate organic carbon (POC) were examined together with phytoplankton growth rates in the tropical and subtropical western Pacific in 1979, where a prominent subsurface chlorophyll maximum (SCM) developed between 65 and 150 m. Fluorescence microscopy combined with image analysis was used for measurement of cell volume which was converted to PC. The SCM coincided consistently with subsurface maximum of PC, and the SCM primarily reflected in situ accumulation of phytoplankton biomass. The PC:chlorophyll a ratio decreased with depth; the ratio was 1.8 times, on average, higher in populations at the SCM compared to those near the surface. This increase in relative cellular chlorophyll a along with depth accentuated the magnitude of the SCM. The PC:POC ratio was substantially lower near the surface, 0.17 on average, and increased sharply around the SCM, with a mean value of 0.53. Thus suspended particles around SCM were richer in phytoplankton than those in the upper layers. A major part of PC was contributed by autotrophic eukaryotes both near the surface and at the SCM, and prokaryotic picoplankton comprised a relatively small proportion (6.3 to 14.9%) of PC. The high phytoplankton biomass around the SCM was suggested to be ascribed to in-situ growth of phytoplankton.  @ 9Times Cited: 34 Cited Reference Count: 48 Cited References: 1966, MONOGR OCEANOGR METH, V1, P9 1981, RESULTS MARINE METEO BARLOW RG, 1985, MAR BIOL, V86, P63 BEERS JR, 1982, DEEP-SEA RES, V29, P227 BEERS JR, 1975, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V60, P607 BIENFANG PK, 1980, MAR BIOL, V61, P69 BOOTH BC, 1988, MAR BIOL, V97, P275 CHAN AT, 1980, J PHYCOL, V16, P428 CUHEL RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P370 CULLEN JJ, 1982, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V39, P791 EPPLEY RW, 1970, B SCRIPPS I OCEANOGR, V17, P33 EPPLEY RW, 1977, J MAR RES, V35, P671 EPPLEY RW, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P534 EPPLEY RW, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V42, P289 EPPLEY RW, 1966, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V19, P47 FURUYA K, 1983, B PLANKTON SOC JAPAN, V30, P21 FURUYA K, 1982, B PLANKTON SOC JAPAN, V29, P131 FURUYA K, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V96, P43 FURUYA K, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P393 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GLOVER HE, 1987, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V105, P137 HERBLAND A, 1979, J MAR RES, V37, P87 HERBLAND A, 1983, MAR BIOL, V72, P265 HOBSON LA, 1974, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V31, P1919 ISHIMARU T, 1982, EOS T AM GEOPHYS UN, V63, P96 KANA TM, 1987, DEEP-SEA RES, V34, P479 KIEFER DA, 1976, DEEP-SEA RES, V23, P119 LI WKW, 1988, DEEP-SEA RES, V35, P1615 LONGHURST AR, 1989, PROG OCEANOGR, V22, P47 MALONE TC, 1980, PHYSL ECOLOGY PHYTOP, P433 MULLIN MM, 1966, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V11, P307 PAASCHE E, 1960, J CONS INT EXPLOR ME, V26, P33 RAVEN JA, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P1 SHARP JH, 1980, J PLANKTON RES, V2, P335 SHELDON RW, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P1051 STEELE JH, 1964, J MAR RES, V3, P211 STRATHMANN RR, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P411 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISH RES BOARD CAN, V167, P1 TAGA N, 1984, KH794 U TOK PREL REP TAGUCHI S, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P185 TAKAHASHI M, 1972, J OCEANOGRAPHICAL SO, V28, P27 TAKAHASHI M, 1985, MAR BIOL, V89, P63 TANIGUCHI A, 1972, KUROSHIO, V2, P159 TSUJI T, 1981, MAR BIOL, V64, P207 VENRICK EL, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P129 VENRICK EL, 1977, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V26, P55 VESK M, 1977, J PHYCOL, V13, P280 WATERBURY JB, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P71 English Article EP468 MAR BIOL'60UNIV TOKYO,OCEAN RES INST,NAKANO,TOKYO 164,JAPANFuruya, K. Han, M. S. 2000jdSize and species-specific primary productivity and community structure of phytoplankton in Tokyo Bay"Journal of Plankton Research227 1221-1235(15) July 2000$Oxford University Press 1464-3774("Gallegos, Charles L. Platt, Trevor 1982HAPhytoplankton production and water motion in surface mixed layersdDeep-Sea Researcha291a 65-76-@ VStramski, D. Rosenberg, G. Legendre, L.u 1993Photosynthetic and Optical-Properties of the Marine Chlorophyte Dunaliella-Tertiolecta Grown under Fluctuating Light Caused by Surface-Wave FocusingMarine Biology 115g3g363-372 Mard Mar. Biol.ISI:A1993KV28100003jcPHYTOPLANKTON; ADAPTATION; IRRADIANCE; SCATTERING; STRATEGIES; ABSORPTION; RESPONSES; DIATOM; ALGAEf158-172"://1988N927200006$Stauber, J. L. Jeffrey, S. W. >7Photosynthetic Pigments in 51 Species of Marine DiatomsLJournal of Phycology J. Phycol. 1988 Jun242 Z STimes Cited: 77 Cited Reference Count: 49 Cited References: ARPIN N, 1976, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V15, P529 ATTWOOD MM, 1970, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V9, P2415 BERGER R, 1977, BIOCH SYST, V5, P71 BJORNLAND T, 1984, 7TH INT IUPAC S CAR, P26 BJORNLAND T, 1979, J PHYCOL, V15, P457 BONNETT R, 1969, J CHEM SOC C, V3, P429 FIKSDAHL A, 1978, BIOCH SYST ECOL, V7, P47 FOSS P, 1984, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V23, P1629 GALLAGHER JC, 1984, MAR BIOL, V82, P121 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GOODWIN TW, 1955, MOD METHOD PLANT, V3, P272 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 GUILLARD RRL, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P412 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1986, DIATOM RES, V1, P57 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1981, MAR BIOL, V61, P107 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V20, P59 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P180 JEFFREY SW, 1972, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V279, P15 JEFFREY SW, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V177, P456 JEFFREY SW, 1980, CSIRO1977 1979 DIV F, P22 JEFFREY SW, 1987, DEEP-SEA RES, V34, P649 JEFFREY SW, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P349 JEFFREY SW, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P450 JEFFREY SW, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P374 JEFFREY SW, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1976, MAR BIOL, V37, P33 JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 JEFFREY SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V35, P293 JEFFREY SW, 1980, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V3, P295 JENSEN A, 1966, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V20, P1728 KARRER P, 1950, CAROTENOIDS KATAYAMA T, 1972, INT J BIOCHEM, V3, P363 LOEBLICH AR, 1968, LIPIDS, V3, P5 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 PROVASOLI L, 1957, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V25, P392 SIMONSEN R, 1979, BACILLARIA, V2, P9 STAUBER JL, 1984, THESIS U SYDNEY NSW STRAIN HH, 1944, BIOL BULL, V86, P169 STRANSKY H, 1970, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V73, P315 TANGEN K, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P389 TOMAS RN, 1973, J PHYCOL, V9, P304 VERNET M, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P255 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P332 WITHERS N, 1975, PLANT SCI LETT, V5, P7 WITHERS NW, 1981, COMP BIOCH PHYSL B, V68, P345 WRIGHT SW, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V294, P281 WRIGHT SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V38, P259 Article N9272 J PHYCOLISI:A1988N927200006SH RES BOARD CAN, V167, P1 TAGA N, 1984, KH794 U TOK PREL REP TAGUCHI S, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P185 TAKAHASHI M, 1972, J OCEANOGRAPHICAL SO, V28, P27 TAKAHASHI M, 1985, MAR BIOL, V89, P63 TANIGUCHI A, 1972, KUROSHIO, V2, P159 TSUJI T, 1981, MAR BIOL, V64, P207 VENRICK EL, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P129 VENRICK EL, 1977, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V26, P55 VESK M, 1977, J PHYCOL, V13, P280 WATERBURY JB, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P71 English Article EP468 MAR BIOL'60UNIV TOKYO,OCEAN RES INST,NAKANO,TOKYO 164,JAPANFuruya, K. Han, M. S. 2000jdSize and species-specific primary productivity and community structure of phytoplankton in Tokyo Bay"Journal of Plankton Research227 1221-1235(15) July 2000$Oxford University Press 1464-3774("Gallegos, Charles L. Platt, Trevor 1982HAPhytoplankton production and water motion in surface mixed layersdDeep-Sea Researcha291a 65-76-J zg NGGiordano, M. Kansiz, M. Heraud, P. Beardall, J. Wood, B. McNaughton, D.a 2001Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy as a Novel Tool to Investigate Changes in Intracellular Macromolecular Pools in the Marine Microalga Chaetoceros Muellerii (Bacillariophyceae)Journal of Phycology372 271-279(9) April 2001$(!Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK 0022-3646Gleitz, M. Thomas, D. N. 1992Physiological-Responses of a Small Antarctic Diatom (Chaetoceros Sp) to Simulated Environmental Constraints Associated with Sea-Ice Formationr$Marine Ecology-Progress Series88 2-3271-2785 NovMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.ISI:A1992KE42300015PHOTOSYNTHESIS-IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; CARBON ASSIMILATION; MCMURDO SOUND; PACK ICE; ALGAL ASSEMBLAGES; SPRING BLOOM; WEDDELL SEA; FRAZIL ICE; MICROALGAE; COMMUNITYThe phvsiological responses of a small unicellular Chaetoceros species, isolated from the Weddell Sea, Antarctica, to changes in temperature, Salinity and irradiance simulating those that occur during new-ice formation were investigated. The combination of increased salinity, increased quantum irradiance and decreased temperature significantly reduced growth and photosynthetic rates compared to the control, although cellular metabolism was not inhibited. The cells retained the capacity to photoacclimate, which was observed in the variations in cellular chlorophyll a concentrations and carbon allocation patterns. In terms of photosynthesis, a doubling of quantum irradiance apparently compensated for the adverse effects of increased salinity and lowered temperature. It is thus hypothesized that at least some species of the late season phytoplankton population survive incorporation into ice and continue to photosynthesize and grow under the extreme conditions encountered during sea-ice formation. This potentially prolonges the Antarctic vegetation period well into late austral autumn and winter, enhancing the total primary production available for higher trophic levels.VPTimes Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 38 Cited References: ALETSEE L, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V11, P643 ALMGREN T, 1983, METHODS SEAWATER ANA, P99 BARTSCH A, 1989, BER POLARFORSCH, V63 BATHMANN U, 1992, BER POLARFORSCH, V100 DIECKMANN GS, 1991, POLAR BIOL, V11, P449 EICKEN H, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V12, P3 GARRISON DL, 1991, AM ZOOL, V31, P17 GARRISON DL, 1989, ANTARCT SCI, V1, P313 GARRISON DL, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P564 GARRISON DL, 1983, NATURE, V306, P363 GLEITZ M, 1992, BER POLARFORSCH, V100, P146 GLEITZ M, 1991, POLAR BIOL, V11, P385 KIRST GO, 1990, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V41, P21 KREYSZIG E, 1982, STATISTISCHE METHODE LANGE MA, 1989, ANN GLACIOL, V12, P92 LI WKW, 1980, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V25, P447 LIZOTTE MP, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V71, P175 MAYKUT GA, 1985, SEA ICE BIOTA, P21 MCCONVILLE MJ, 1985, POLAR BIOL, V4, P135 MICHEL C, 1988, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V50, P177 NICHOLS PD, 1989, ANTARCT SCI, V1, P133 PALMISANO AC, 1988, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V116, P1 PALMISANO AC, 1985, J PHYCOL, V21, P341 PALMISANO AC, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P489 PALMISANO AC, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P674 PALMISANO AC, 1987, MAR BIOL, V94, P299 PARSONS TR, 1984, MANUAL CHEM BIOL MET RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 RIEBESELL U, 1991, POLAR BIOL, V11, P239 RIVKIN RB, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P249 SMITH REH, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P124 THOMAS DN, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V157, P195 TILLMANN U, 1989, POLAR BIOL, V10, P231 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 VONSTOSCH HA, 1964, HELGOL WISS MEERESUN, V11, P209 WEEKS WF, 1982, CRREL MONOGRAPH, V821 WEISSENBERGER J, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P179 ZWALLY HJ, 1983, SCIENCE, V220, P1005 English Article KE423 MAR ECOL-PROGR SER'ALFRED WEGENER INST POLAR & MARINE RES,POSTFACH 120161,W-2850 BREMERHAVEN,GERMANY GLEITZ M ALFRED WEGENER INST POLAR & MARINE RES,POSTFACH 120161,W-2850 BREMERHAVEN,GERMANY*#Godhantaraman, N. Krishnamurthy, K. 1998jcExperimental studies on food habits of tropical microzooplankton: (prey-predator interrelationship)g&Oceanographic Literature Reviewe456e 979-979(1) June 1998f$Elsevier Science 0967-0653$Goericke, R. Welschmeyer, N.A. 1992pPigment turnover in Thalassiosira weisflogii. II. The 14CO2 labelling kinetics of carotenoids in a marine diatom, J. Phycol.28507-517 93-108& Gong, G. C. Chang, J. Wen, Y. H.zEstimation of annual primary production in the Kuroshio waters northeast of Taiwan using a photosynthesis-irradiance model<6Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers.(Deep-Sea Res. Part I-Oceanogr. Res. Pap. 1999461 (!JAN DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG RESISI:000077741800004 169-176w Gons, H. J. Rijkeboer, M.iThe True Growth Efficiency of Phytoplankton as Influenced by Light Attenuation and Insolation - Implications of the Photosynthesis-Irradiance Relationship HydrobiologiaWGROWTH EFFICIENCY; AREAL QUANTUM EFFICIENCY; LIGHT ATTENUATION; OSCILLATORIA-LIMNETICA; SHALLOW LAKES STEADY-STATE; ALGAL GROWTH; CONTINUOUS CULTURE; LAKE LOOSDRECHT; MAINTENANCE; KINETICSThe 'true' growth efficiency (c) relates the light energy absorbed by phytoplankton to the production of biomass corrected for constant energy requirement of maintenance. Continuous culture studies have shown that, at constant incident irradiance, the value of c for both prokaryotic and eukaryotic species is constant. Culture data for the relevant conditions of incident light may be used for directly estimating the growth rate from daily insolation of.optically deep, fully mixed lakes, when the light absorption by the phytoplankton can be established. In order to examine the influence of vertical light attenuation and daily insolation on c, computations were made on a basis of a photosynthesis- irradiance curve of light-limited Oscillatoria limnetica. For steady state growth, the 'true' growth efficiency is linearly related to the areal quantum efficiency of photosynthesis (phi(a)). The computations showed that phi(a) remains constant at fluctuating vertical light attenuation, no matter whether the concentration of tripton or phytoplankton changes. The effect of insolation is great: phi(a) is 0.108 mol O2/E at very low light, but only 0.014 mol O2/E at 400 W M-2 subsurface downward irradiance. The results imply that a c-value obtained from cultures for summer averaged insolation must be corrected: between cloudy and clear days the value may vary by a factor of 2. The 'true' growth efficiency for cultures will decrease by about 10% when the same daily irradiation is dosed sinusoidally instead of constantly.  Hydrobiologiag 1992 238b"Article AUG 14 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1992JN34700017242-2454.Gorbunov, M. Y. Falkowski, P. G. Kolber, Z. S.zMeasurement of photosynthetic parameters in benthic organisms in situ using a SCUBA-based fast repetition rate fluorometer Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.  2000451JAN LIMNOL OCEANOGR0ISI:000084949600023TGordon, H. R. Morel, A. 1983XRRemote assessment of ocean color for interpretation of satellite imagery: a reviewSpringer-Verlaga @ i|}XY~54jJKZi L76[,\8]T^_` "#$%&b!'a9(b:Z)#cdgSQPMGOLJR*a+-,.2  K/);efgfM0<=h\]^!_% N1 2i3jUO45e6.>h7PNkl?m  89:FQ;Y<=RWXn&'$So>@?["d1*A `p-qBCDE FTUVWG@qmnkolpAr/0VBHsItuvwxyCDE+HI3z{irt nrocmutuhoB nilcaB(allipoirecyh;)earoP ryhpuidirc mtneu( muyroBrD )e weoR t( ss}F<V U 4947-49580"://1989U126700021\VSchwab, D. J. Clites, A. H. Murthy, C. R. Sandall, J. E. Meadows, L. A. Meadows, G. A.F@The Effect of Wind on Transport and Circulation in Lake St Clair,&Journal of Geophysical Research-OceansJ. Geophys. Res.-Oceans 1989 Apr 1594C4|Times Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 22 Cited References: AKIMA H, 1970, J ACM, V17, P589 AYERS JC, 1964, 20 U MICH GREAT LAK BENNETT JR, 1983, ERLGLERL46 NATL OC A BENNETT JR, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P272 BRICKER KS, 1976, J GREAT LAKES RES, V2, P256 BUSINGER JA, 1971, J ATMOS SCI, V28, P181 CHARNOCK H, 1955, QUART J ROY METEOROL, V81, P639 IBRAHIM KA, 1985, J GREAT LAKES RES, V11, P208 LAUFF GH, 1967, PUBL AM ASS ADV SCI, V83 LEACH JH, 1980, J GREAT LAKES RES, V6, P141 LEACH JH, 1972, P C GT LAKES RES, V15, P80 MCCORMICK MJ, 1985, MAR TECHNOL SOC J, V19, P12 MURTHY CR, 1987, CONTRIBUT NATL WATER, V8682 PICKETT RL, 1983, J GREAT LAKES RES, V9, P106 SCHWAB DJ, 1981, ERLGLERL38 NATL OC A SCHWAB DJ, 1984, ERLGLERL53 NATL OC A SCHWAB DJ, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P515 SCHWAB DJ, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P2213 SCHWAB DJ, 1978, MON WEA REV, V106, P1476 SIMONS TJ, 1986, CONTRI NATL WATER RE, V8610 SIMONS TJ, 1985, J GREAT LAKES RES, V11, P423 VANDEKREEKE J, 1986, PHYSICS SHALLOW ESTU Article U1267 J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANSISI:A1989U126700021468-481$://0000836780000042+Schwab, D. J. Leshkevich, G. A. Muhr, G. C.HAAutomated mapping of surface water temperature in the Great Lakeso&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchNb\water temperature; satellite; AVHRR; climatology; seasonal variation; Great Lakes COASTWATCHA procedure for producing daily cloud-free maps of surface water temperature in the Great Lakes has been developed. It is based on satellite-derived AVHRR (Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer) imagery from NOAA's Coast Watch program. The maps have a nominal resolution of 2.6 km and provide as complete as possible coverage of the Great Lakes on a daily basis by using previous imagery to estimate temperatures in cloud covered areas. Surface water temperature estimates derived from this procedure compare well with water temperatures measured at the eight NOAA weather buoys in the lakes. The mean difference between the buoy temperature and the satellite-derived temperature estimates is less than 0.5 degrees C for all buoys. The root mean square differences range from 1.10 to 1.76 degrees C. As one example of the possible applications of this product, the daily surface water temperature maps for 1992 to 1997 were analyzed to produce daily estimates of average surface water temperature for each lake. Results are compared to the long-term (28 year) mean annual cycle of average surface water temperatures. The average surface water temperatures vary from as much as 4 degrees C below climatology in 1993 to 2 to 3 degrees C above climatology in 1995. The new analysis procedure also provides a more realistic depiction of the spatial distribution of temperature in the springtime than the climatological maps.J. Gt. Lakes Res. 1999253zsTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 28 Cited References: ANDERSON DV, 1963, P 6 C GREAT LAK RES, P79 ASSEL RA, 1983, NOAA GREAT LAKES ICE AYERS JC, 1965, U MICHIGAN DIV PUBLI, V12 BERTOIA C, 1998, RECENT ADV ANAL SAR, P201 BOLGRIEN DW, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P259 BORDES P, 1992, J ATMOS OCEAN TECH, V9, P15 CHURCH PE, 1945, ANN TEMPERATURE CYCL, V2 GRUMBLATT JL, 1976, GLERL111 NOAA HAMILTON GD, 1986, B AM METEOROL SOC, V67, P411 IRBE JG, 1979, 799 CCC IRBE JG, 1992, ATMOSPHERIC ENV SERV, V43 KIDWELL KB, 1995, NOAA POLAR ORBITER D LESHKEVICH GA, 1993, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V59, P371 LESHKEVICH GL, 1997, MTS J, V30, P28 LESHT BM, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P98 LYONS WA, 1971, P 14 C GREAT LAK RES, P467 MATURI EM, 1993, ENG HARMONY OCEAN OC, V2, P369 MCCORMICK MJ, 1998, UNPUB LIMNOLOGY OCEA MCFADDEN JT, 1963, P 6 C GREAT LAK RES, P55 PETTERSSEN S, 1959, J METEOROL, V16, P646 PYKE TN, 1989, SEA TECHNOL, V30, P27 SCHNEIDER K, 1993, GLERL81 NOAA SCHWAB DJ, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P247 STOWE LL, 1991, ADV SPACE RES, V11, P51 STRONG AE, 1974, P 17 C GREAT LAK RES, P321 WEBB MS, 1974, WATER RESOUR RES, V10, P199 WEISS M, 1970, P 13 C GREAT LAK RES, P978 WESELY ML, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P3696 Article 255PH J GREAT LAKES RESISI:000083678000004 Schwab, David 2000Personal communication %. b225-234Kim, D. S. Watanabe, Y.0The Effect of Long-Wave Ultraviolet-Radiation (Uv-a) on the Photosynthetic Activity of Natural-Population of Fresh-Water PhytoplanktonEcological ResearchLAKES; PHOTOINHIBITION; PHOTOSYNTHESIS-IRRADIANCE CURVE; PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION (UV-A) PHOTOINHIBITION; WATERS; LIGHT; LAKE; CYANOBACTERIUM; INHIBITION; RESPONSES; SOLARd^The effect of ultraviolet radiation on diel changes and depth profiles of phytoplankton photosynthesis was studied in four temperate freshwater lakes. Photosynthetic oxygen production was determined by incubating lake water in light and dark bottles under various weather conditions. Half the light bottles were wrapped with sheets of vinyl chloride film to exclude light with wavelengths shorter than 400 nm. The inhibition of photosynthesis due to UV-A (320-400 nm) was observed during most of the daytime and was very strong around noon on both sunny and cloudy days. On sunny days, when the surface waters of the highly eutrophic Lake Suwa and Senzoku Pond were dominated by dense Microcystis populations, cumulative daily production at the surface, estimated from the incubation of bottles from which UV-A was excluded by the vinyl film, were about double the rates obtained from glass bottles in which UV-A was present. The UV-A inhibition was detected from the surface to ca 20 cm depth in hypereutrophic lakes and at depths greater than 50 cm in mesotrophic lakes. Analysis of the photosynthesis-irradiance (P-I) relationship obtained in the present study shows beta, a parameter that describes photo- inhibition, is higher in the presence of UV-A than in its absence. This indicates that UV-A is the major cause of photo- inhibition of phytoplankton photosynthesis. Ecol. Res. 199382Article AUG ECOL RESISI:A1993LQ85900013Kim, D. S. Watanabe, Y. 1994Inhibition of Growth and Photosynthesis of Fresh-Water Phytoplankton by Ultraviolet-a (Uva) Radiation and Subsequent Recovery from Stress\"Journal of Plankton Research1612 1645-1654 DeccJ. Plankton Res.ISI:A1994QE95100004dNHANACYSTIS-NIDULANS; PHOTOINHIBITION; CYANOBACTERIUM; LIGHT; REACTIVATIONJCThe effect of ultraviolet A (UVA) on growth and photosynthetic rate was studied in diatoms (Melosira spp.) of the phytoplankton of a eutrophic lake and a cultured green alga Chlorella ellipsoidea. The cells were incubated under photosynthetically active radiation (PAR) (-UVA) or PAR + UVA conditions (+UVA). Growth of C.ellipsoidea was retarded under +UVA, as shown by an increase in the lag period, but the rate of exponential growth was almost the same in + and -UVA conditions. The photosynthetic rate was depressed markedly by UVA in Chlorella cells grown under -UVA. In contrast, cells grown in +UVA showed only slight inhibition by UVA and after exposure to UVA for 6 days there was no inhibition. During the growth experiment, the cellular chlorophyll a content was higher in +UVA than -UVA grown cells. A similar effect was observed in diatoms from the eutrophic Lake Suwa. In vivo fluorescence with (F-a) and without 3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,1- dimethyl urea (DCMU) (F-b) and the photosynthetic rate were measured for C.ellipsoidea and the diatoms for 5 h under + and -UVA conditions. Soon after C.ellipsoidea had been subjected to +UVA, F-b and F-a - F-b decreased quickly and reached minima after 40 min and 1 h, respectively. The suppressed in vivo fluorescence resumed and full recovery was achieved after 4 h. This suggests that reactivation of the photosystem is acquired under prolonged exposure to UVA. A similar shift of F-a - F-b, but no change in F-b, was found in diatoms by exposure to UVA. Changes in photosynthetic oxygen evolution by C.ellipsoidea under +UVA were similar to changes in F-a - F-b. Degradation of chlorophyll a extracted in methanol was enhanced by UVA. The rate of degradation by UVA was independent of temperature from 15 to 34 degrees C, suggesting a photochemical reaction. The results indicate that C.ellipsoidea and Melosira spp. acclimatize to prolonged UVA exposure by reactivation of the photosystem and enhanced cellular chlorophyll a synthesis. The ecological importance of these results to phytoplankton productivity in natural aquatic environments is discussed.PTimes Cited: 11 Cited Reference Count: 23 Cited References: 1989, STANDARD METHOD EXAM BEHRENFELD MJ, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P757 BENAMOTZ A, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P176 BUHLMANN B, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P935 CARRETO JI, 1990, J PLANKTON RES, V12, P909 CLAYTON RK, 1980, PHOTOSYNTHESIS PHYSI CRITCHLEY C, 1981, PLANT PHYSIOL, V67, P1161 CULLEN JJ, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P646 DEMETER S, 1987, FEBS LETT, V214, P370 DILLON TM, 1979, DEEP-SEA RES, V26, P915 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1993, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V59, P170 HELBLING EW, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V80, P89 HIROSAWA T, 1983, ARCH MICROBIOL, V135, P98 JONES LW, 1966, PLANT PHYSIOL, V41, P1044 KOK B, 1976, PLANT BIOCH, P845 LIDHOLM J, 1987, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V28, P1133 NEGRI RM, 1992, J PLANKTON RES, V14, P261 PAERL HW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P847 SAMUELSSON G, 1985, PLANT PHYSIOL, V79, P992 TAMIYA H, 1953, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V12, P23 VINCENT WF, 1993, ENV REV, V1, P1 VINCENT WF, 1984, J PHYCOL, V20, P201 ZIMMERMAN MF, 1981, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V21, P88 English Article QE951 J PLANKTON RES'TOKYO METROPOLITAN UNIV,FAC SCI,DEPT BIOL,MINAMIOHSAWA 1- 1,HACHIOJI,TOKYO 19203,JAPAN KIM DS TOKYO METROPOLITAN UNIV,FAC SCI,DEPT BIOL,MINAMIOHSAWA 1-1,HACHIOJI,TOKYO 19203,JAPANN*$Kinkade, C. Marra, J. Ilahude, A. G. 1997Monsoonal differences in phytoplankton biomass and production in the Indonesian Seas: tracing vertical mixing using temperature,>8Deep-sea research. Part I, Oceanographic research papers444s 5817 1997 0967-0637UKirby, Kris N.("Advanced data analysis with SYSTAT Williams College &Van Nostrand Reinhold, New Yorkt 1-502tKirk, J. T. O. 1984jcDependence of relationship between inherent and apparent optical properties of water solar altitudet Limnology and Oceanography29350-356Limnol. Oceangr.Kirk, J. T. O. 1991PJVolume scattering function, average cosines and the underwater light field Limnology and Oceanography36455-467t Limnol. Oceanogr.XQMerilainen, J. J. Hynynen, J. Teppo, A. Palomaki, A. Granberg, K. Reinikainen, P.0 2000Importance of diffuse nutrient loading and lake level changes to the eutrophication of an originally oligotrophic boreal lake: a palaeolimnological diatom and chironomid analysis Journal of Paleolimnology243251-270 SepS J. Paleolimn.dISI:000089985600002palaeolimnology; boreal lake; diffuse loading; eutrophication; sediment; trophic state; diatoms; chironomids; Finland SEDIMENTS; HISTORY; FINLAND; FENNOSCANDIA; TEMPERATURES; POLLUTION; FOSSILS; CANADA The recent environmental history of Lake Lappajarvi in western Finland (63 degrees 00' N, 23 degrees 30' E, area 149 km(2)), a humic, brown water lake with an average phosphorus content of ca. 20 mug l(-1), was studied from short core sediment samples taken from the two main basins of the lake. Based on the stratigraphy of diatoms and chironomids and the sediment quality it was possible to distinguish four developmental stages during the past century: (1) a pre-industrial stage covering the time up to about 1935; (2) a stage of increasing nutrient loading (ca. 1936-1960); (3) a stage of pronounced erosion from lake level regulation and extensive ditching of the catchment area (ca. 1960-1970); and (4) a meso-eutrophic stage from ca. 1970 onwards. Acidophilous Aulacoseira distans coll. and other species typical of dystrophic, nutrient-poor lakes characterized the diatom assemblages during the first stage, and the profundal zoobenthic assemblages, characterized by Heterotrissocladius subpilosus and Micropsectra, indicated good hypolimnetic oxygen conditions and a low sedimentation of organic matter (approx. less than 50 g m(-)2 a(-)1). The increased loading rapidly led to changes both in diatoms and chironomids (e.g., to an early extinction of H. subpilosus in the 1950s). The process finally led to eutrophication with a successive proliferation of diatom species such as Asterionella formosa followed by Aulacoseira ambigua, Fragilaria crotonensis, and finally Melosira varians. The relative proportion of alkaliphilous species reached a maximum in the final stage and the original profundal chironomid fauna was replaced by Chironomus anthracinus gr. and C. plumosus which are typical of profundal areas suffering from temporal oxygen deficit. It is notable that the considerable decrease in waste water loading from the point sources (80-86% ) during the past two decades has not led to a recovery in the lake. This highlights the importance of diffuse loading from agriculture, forestry and other human activities even to this comparatively large lake.piTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 72 Cited References: ANDERSON NJ, 1990, MEM CALIFORNIA ACAD, V17, P539 AXELSSON V, 1978, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V48, P630 BATTARBEE RW, 1986, HDB HOLOCENE PALAEOE, P527 BATTARBEE RW, 1991, QUATERNARY LANDSCAPE, P129 CHERNOVSKII AA, 1949, PUBL ZOOL I ACAD SCI, V31, P1 CRANSTON PS, 1982, FRESHWAT BIOL ASS SC, V45, P1 CUMMING BF, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V269, P179 DEWOLF H, 1982, MEDED RIJKS GEOL DIE, V36, P95 GRANBERG K, 1989, 134 U JYV I ENV RES, P1 GRANBERG K, 1993, LAPPAJARVEN PALEOLIM HAKANSSON H, 1980, U LUND DEP QUAT GEOL, V7, P1 HEIKKILA R, 1986, VESI YMPARISTOHALLIN, V2, P1 HILL MO, 1979, DECORANA FORTRAN PRO HOFMANN W, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V82, P316 HOFMANN W, 1971, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V6, P1 HOFMANN W, 1971, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V40, P1 HOFMANN W, 1986, HDB HOLOCENE PALAEOE, P715 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V16, P1 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V16, P274 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V15, P131 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V15, P187 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V15, P393 HUSTEDT F, 1937, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V15, P638 HUSTEDT F, 1930, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V10, P466 HUTTUNEN P, 1986, U JOENSUU PUBLICATIO, V79, P47 HYNYNEN J, 1997, YMPARISTONTUTKIMUSKE, V148, P1 ITKONEN A, 1999, J PALEOLIMNOL, V21, P271 KANSANEN PH, 1985, ANN ZOOL FENN, V22, P57 KANSANEN PH, 1991, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V222, P121 KANSANEN PH, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V143, P159 KORHOLA A, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V341, P169 KRAMMER K, 1991, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P1 KRAMMER K, 1988, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P1 KRAMMER K, 1986, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P876 LEPISTO L, 1995, VESITALOUS, V1, P8 LILJANIEMI P, 1998, N KARELIA REGIONAL E, V73, P1 MALVE O, 1991, WATER POLLUTION MODE, P111 MERILAINEN JJ, 1993, J PALEOLIMNOL, V9, P129 MERILAINEN JJ, 1993, PROC INT ASSOC THEOR, V25, P1079 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V45, P159 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V44, P141 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V43, P203 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V42, P129 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V41, P235 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOL SOC FINLAND, V40, P151 MOLDER K, 1967, B GEOLOGICAL SOC FIN, V39, P199 NURMI P, 1998, SUOMEN YMPARISTO, V172, P1 NYGAARD G, 1956, FOLIA LIMNOL SCAND, V8, P32 OLANDER H, 1999, HOLOCENE, V9, P279 OLANDER H, 1997, J PALEOLIMNOL, V18, P45 OLDFIELD F, 1984, LAKE SEDIMENTS ENV H, P93 RASANEN M, 1992, J PALEOLIMNOL, V7, P107 REINIKAINEN P, 1997, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V48, P1009 RENBERG I, 1982, AMBIO, V11, P30 RENBERG I, 1984, VERH INT VER THEOR A, V22, P712 SAARNISTO M, 1986, HDB HOLOCENE PALAEOE, P343 SAETHER OA, 1975, B FISH RES BD CAN, V193, P1 SAETHER OA, 1979, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V2, P65 SALONEN VP, 1992, BOREAS, V21, P253 SIMOLA H, 1996, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V322, P283 TERBRAAK CJF, 1988, CANOCO FORTRAN PROGR TYNNI R, 1975, B GEOL SURV FINLAND, V274, P1 TYNNI R, 1975, GEOL SURV FINLAND B, V284, P1 TYNNI R, 1975, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FI, V312, P1 TYNNI R, 1975, GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FI, V296, P1 VANDAM H, 1994, NETHERLANDS J AQUATI, V28, P117 WALKER IR, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P1010 WARWICK WF, 1980, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V206, P1 WARWICK WF, 1975, VERH INT VER LIM, V19, P3134 WIEDERHOLM T, 1983, ENT SCAND S, V19, P1 WIEDERHOLM T, 1980, J WATER POLL CONTROL, V52, P537 WILLEN E, 1991, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V62, P69 English Article 366BU J PALEOLIMNOL' Univ Jyvaskyla, Inst Environm Res, POB 35 YAD, FIN-40351 Jyvaskyla, Finland Univ Jyvaskyla, Inst Environm Res, FIN-40351 Jyvaskyla, Finland W Finland Reg Environm Ctr, FIN-60101 Vaasa, Finland Merilainen JJ Univ Jyvaskyla, Inst Environm Res, POB 35 YAD, FIN-40351 Jyvaskyla, Finland6D54e* Lesser, M. P. 1996Acclimation of phytoplankton to UV-B radiation: Oxidative stress and photoinhibition of photosynthesis are not prevented by UV-absorbing compounds in the dinoflagellate Prorocentrum micans$Marine Ecology-Progress Series 132 1-3287-297 FebMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.ISI:A1996UD22300027UV-B radiation; oxidative stress; photoinhibition; phytoplankton; photosynthesis MIDDLE ULTRAVIOLET-RADIATION; GREAT-BARRIER-REEF; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL-WATERS; ACTION SPECTRA; AMINO-ACIDS; OZONE; INHIBITION; IRRADIANCE; PENETRATION$Experiments on the temperate marine dinoflagellate Prorocentrum micans showed that cultures acclimated to moderate intensities (120 mu mol quanta m(-2) s(-1)) of visible radiation and supplemental ultraviolet (UV) radiation exhibited significant inhibition of photosynthesis. This inhibition of photosynthesis caused a significant 30 % decrease in specific growth rates for those cells exposed to UV radiation by the end of the 21 d culture. The mechanism for this decrease in chlorophyll specific photosynthetic rate does not appear to have been damage to photosystem II, as suggested for many acute exposure experiments. Rather, significant decreases in chlorophyll per cell and the specific activities of the carboxylating enzyme, Rubisco, explain the observed decrease in photosynthesis. The decrease in cellular chlorophyll and Rubisco activities occurs despite the presence and accumulation of mycosporine-like amino acids, whose UV absorbing properties have been suggested as an important protective mechanism against the deleterious effects of UV radiation. Our results also implicate oxidative stress, most likely a result of photodynamic interactions, as the cause for the decrease in Rubisco activities. Action spectra generated from these experiments show a significant decrease in the wavelength-dependent effects of UV radiation in cultures exposed to UV radiation, suggesting that UV-absorbing compounds do provide some, if not complete, protection. Previous predictions about specific changes in the shape of action spectra were centered around the absorption maximum of individual UV-absorbing compounds. The observed changes in the overall shape of the UV action spectra for photosynthesis in P. micans can be attributed to the broad overlapping absorption spectra of the suite of UV-absorbing compounds.pjTimes Cited: 43 Cited Reference Count: 75 Cited References: ASADA K, 1987, PHOTOINHIBITION, P228 BAKER KS, 1980, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V32, P367 BEHRENFELD MJ, 1994, MAR BIOL, V118, P523 BLUMTHALER M, 1990, SCIENCE, V248, P206 BRADFORD MM, 1976, ANAL BIOCHEM, V72, P248 CALDWELL MM, 1971, PHOTOPHYSIOLOGY, V6, P131 CALDWELL MM, 1986, STRATOSPHERIC OZONE, P87 CARRETO JI, 1990, J PLANKTON RES, V12, P909 CARRETO JI, 1989, RED TIDES BIOL ENV S, P333 CARRETO JI, 1990, TOXIC MARINE PHYTOPL, P275 COOHILL TP, 1989, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V50, P451 CULLEN JJ, 1991, MAR BIOL, V111, P183 CULLEN JJ, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P646 DOHLER G, 1986, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOPH, V11, P115 DORSEY J, 1989, CYTOMETRY, V10, P622 DUBINSKY Z, 1992, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P31 DUNLAP WC, 1986, CORAL REEFS, V5, P153 DUNLAP WC, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V104, P239 FLEISCHMANN EM, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1623 FREDERICK JE, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P438 FREEMAN BA, 1982, LAB INVEST, V47, P412 GALLAGHER JC, 1985, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V94, P233 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1993, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V59, P163 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1993, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V59, P170 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1704 GLOVER HE, 1989, INT REV CYTOL, V115, P67 GLOVER HE, 1979, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V24, P510 GUILLARD RRL, 1975, CULTURE MARINE INVER, P29 HELBLING EW, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V80, P89 HELBLING EW, 1994, ULTRAVIOLET RAD ANTA, P207 HIRATA Y, 1979, PURE APPL CHEM, V51, P1875 HOLMHANSEN O, 1993, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V58, P567 JERLOV NG, 1950, NATURE, V116, P111 JOKIEL PL, 1982, B MAR SCI, V32, P301 JOKIEL PL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P192 JONES LW, 1966, PLANT PHYSIOL, V41, P1037 KARENTZ D, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P326 KARENTZ D, 1991, MAR BIOL, V108, P157 KOBZIK L, 1990, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V47, P295 LESSER MP, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P183 LESSER MP, 1989, MAR BIOL, V102, P243 LEWIS MR, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P99 LORENZEN CJ, 1979, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V24, P1117 NAKAMURA H, 1981, CHEM LETT, V28, P1413 NEALE PJ, 1994, ULTRAVIOLET RAD ANTA, P125 NEALE PJ, 1993, US ANTARCT J, V27, P122 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 RENGER G, 1989, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V49, P97 RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 RICHTER M, 1990, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V24, P237 RODRIGUEZ JM, 1991, NATURE, V352, P134 RUNDEL RD, 1983, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V58, P360 SCELFO GM, 1984, CORAL REEF POPULATIO, V37, P440 SETLOW RB, 1974, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V71, P3363 SHIBATA K, 1969, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V10, P325 SHICK JM, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V90, P139 SHICK JM, 1991, SYMBIOSIS, V10, P145 SIVALINGAM PM, 1974, BOT MAR, V17, P23 SMITH RC, 1989, OCEANOGRAPHY, V2, P4 SMITH RC, 1989, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V50, P459 SMITH RC, 1980, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V31, P585 SMITH RC, 1979, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V29, P311 SMITH RC, 1982, ROLE SOLAR ULTRAVIOL, P509 SMITH RC, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P952 SOLOMON S, 1988, REV GEOPHYS, V26, P131 STOLARSKI R, 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P342 STRID A, 1990, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1020, P260 TAKANO S, 1978, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V26, P2299 VALENZENO DP, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P270 VERNET M, 1989, MAR BIOL, V103, P365 VERNET M, 1994, ULTRAVIOLET RAD ANTA, P143 VINCENT WF, 1993, ENV REV, V1, P1 VINCENT WF, 1984, J PHYCOL, V20, P201 VU CV, 1984, ENVIRON EXP BOT, V24, P131 WOOD WF, 1989, AQUAT BOT, V33, P41 English Article UD223 MAR ECOL-PROGR SER'60BIGELOW LAB OCEAN SCI,W BOOTHBAY HARBOR,ME 04575 Lewis, M. R. Smith, J. C. 1983~wA small volume, short incubation time method for the measurement of photosynthesis as a function of incident irradiance\Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser.b13 99-102*$Lewis, M. R. Cullen, J. J. Platt, T. 1984f_Relationships between vertical mixing and photoadaptation of phytoplankton: similarity criteriaMar. Ecol. Prog. Ser.t15141-149HALewis, M. R. Horne, E. P. W. Cullen, J. J. Oakey, N. S. Platt, T.s 1984TMTurbulent motions may control phytoplankton photosynthesis in the upper ocean Nature 311 5981 49-50 92-98 & Lewis, M. R. Ulloa, O. Platt, T.{Photosynthetic Action, Absorption, and Quantum Yield Spectra for a Natural-Population of Oscillatoria in the North-Atlantica Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.0 1988331T"Article JAN LIMNOL OCEANOGRVISI:A1988M521700008P*$Li, W.K.W. Glover, H.E. Morris, I. 1980VPhysiology of carbon photoassimilation by Oscillatoria thiebautii in the Caribbean Sea * A Limnol. Oceanogr.253447-456y  1941-19595$Williams, P. J. L. Lefevre, D.zAlgal C-14 and total carbon metabolisms .1. Models to account for the physiological processes of respiration and recycling"Journal of Plankton Research F ?A consistent set of equations has been written to describe the net rate of algal (CO2)-C-14 uptake (and where appropriate respiration and photosynthesis) which take into account separately complications due to respiration of the labelled photosynthetic products and the recycling of respiratory CO2. Written specifically into the equations is the concept of 'new' and 'old' carbon, the coefficient q is used in the respiration model to allow for the differential respiration of organic material from the 'new' and 'old' carbon pools. Analytical integrals have been found for respiration and recycling models, and the behaviour of the models studied over periods of 12 h (i.e. up to 70% of the intrinsic generation time). The rate constant for respiration has a greater effect on the behaviour of the recycling than the respiration model. Over short time courses (up to 30% of the intrinsic generation time), the effects of respiration and recycling on net (CO2)-C-14 uptake are quite distinct, especially at high P/R ratios, and not complicated by assumptions over the value of q. Although the value of q will have a time-dependent secondary effect on the modelled total carbon-specific respiration rate, this was found not to give rise to major problems of interpretation. Beyond 50% of the intrinsic generation time, the separate treatment of respiration and recycling in the models becomes less satisfactory. It was concluded that the present equations, which are not constrained by mass balance considerations, would not be appropriate for a model that combines the two processes. The pattern of recycling at low P/R values is identified as one of the major uncertainties in producing models of C-14 uptake. The effect of the release of dissolved organic material can be anticipated in a general way. The models have been used to define an experimental strategy to establish the separate effects of respiration and recycling on the time course of net C-14 uptake. The initial rates give the dearest resolution of the two processes and it would appear that with photosynthetic rates in the region of 1 day(-1),incubation periods up to 3-6 h would be suitable to determine the importance of recycling in controlling net C-14 uptake. With the present models, only in the absence of recycling could the effect of respiration be studied and the value of q established.J. Plankton Res. 19961810 Article OCT J PLANKTON RESISI:A1996VU40900012"Wright, S. W. Shearer, J. D. 1984ZSRapid extraction and HPLC of chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine phytoplanktonp J. Chrom.u 294\281-295f 1-20("Behrenfeld, M. J. Falkowski, P. G.RKPhotosynthetic rates derived from satellite-based chlorophyll co109-139 Baumert, H.\piOn the theory of photosynthesis and growth in phytoplankton .1. Light limitation and constant temperature,6/Internationale Revue Der Gesamten HydrobiologiePmodelling; photosynthesis; growth; photoadaptation; photoinhibition MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; MECHANISTIC MODEL; SHADE ADAPTATION; STEADY-STATE; UNIT AREA; PHOTOADAPTATION; OCEAN; DEPENDENCE; PHOTOINHIBITIONXQAssuming constant temperature and light limitation, for reversible photoinhibition and photoadaptation in phytoplankton two new modelling approaches are presented. The first follows an idea of JONES and KoK (1966) and describes photoinhibition as a consequence of the serial structure of the Z-scheme. The second interpretes photoadaptation as a dynamic equilibrium of the intracellular synthesis and dilution of Chlorophyll by other carbon compounds during cell growth. Together both ideas form a closed system of equations for the dynamical description of photosynthesis, photoadaptation, reversible photoinhibition and growth in phytoplankton. To determine the seven bulk parameters of the model from measured data for a given species and temperature, three quasi-steady, fully adapted light curves are needed: the P-l, gamma-I and mu-I curves (P: specific photosynthetic rate [gC (gChl)(-1)s(-1)], gamma: Chl-carbon ratio, mu: carbon-specific growth rate [s(-1)], I: light intensity). Given these curves, at compensation light intensity their initial slopes alpha, beta, delta and the (maximum) value of gamma have to be estimated; at saturation level the (minimum) value of gamma is needed. The last bulk parameters of the model are the compensation light intensity and the optimum- growth light intensity. The model performs well compared with laboratory measurements of quasi-steady, fully adapted populations. Its dynamic transient behavior exhibits features which are known from semi-quantitative studies in the field and in the laboratory. In particular, the striking asymmetry observed in shift-up and shift-down adaptation experiments is explained by the equations. In an appendix a detailed comparison between target and queuing theory is given and it is shown that the former appears to be more adequate for describing the primary reactions of photosynthesis.$Int. Rev. Gesamten Hydrobiol. 1996811(!Review INT REV GESAMTEN HYDROBIOLISI:A1996UF20200008lnLimnol. Oceanogr.u451u159-173t.(Richardson, K. Beardall, J. Raven, J. A. 1983NHAdaptation of unicellular algae to irradiance: an analysis of strategies New Phytol.a93157-171i431-440.4-Richardson, T. L. Gibson, C. E. Heaney, S. I.ZTTemperature, growth and seasonal succession of phytoplankton in Lake Baikal, SiberiaFreshwater Biology Freshw. Biol.y 2000443oJUL FRESHWATER BIOLISI:000088556500006>oZ 1427-1438S*$Pan, Y. L. Rao, D. V. S. Mann, K. H.~Acclimation to low light intensity in photosynthesis and growth of Pseudo-nitzschia multiseries Hasle, a neurotoxigenic diatom"Journal of Plankton ResearchDINOFLAGELLATE GONYAULAX-POLYEDRA; PHAEODACTYLUM-TRICORNUTUM; PHYSIOLOGICAL-RESPONSES; PHYTOPLANKTON GROWTH; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; SKELETONEMA-COSTATUM; DOMOIC ACID; IRRADIANCE; PUNGENS; CULTURE Pseudo-nitzschia multiseries, a neurotoxigenic diatom, was grown in batch culture at light intensities between 53 and 1100 mu mol m(-2) s(-1). Cellular contents of carbon, nitrogen and chlorophyll a, and the relationship between photosynthesis and light levels, were studied during exponential (day 4) and stationary phases (day 12). In the stationary phase at low light, there was an increase in cellular chlorophyll a and the initial slope of P-I curves (alpha(B)), which permitted a photosynthetic assimilation of energy equivalent to that of cells grown at high light. In past incidents of domoic acid poisoning, this may have facilitated domoic acid production at low light intensities.J. Plankton Res. 1996188 Article AUG J PLANKTON RESISI:A1996VE80800011 7-19&Parkhill, K. L. Gulliver, J. S.WLEApplication of photorespiration concepts to whole stream productivityc Hydrobiologiac Hydrobiologia 1998 389 1-3 HYDROBIOLOGIArISI:000080235400002LFPayri, Claude E. Stephane Maritorena Christhophe Bizeau Michel Rodiere 2001}Photoacclimation in the tropical coralline alga Hydrolithon onkodes (Rhodophyta, corallinaceae) from a French Polynesian reef0DJournal of Phycology37223-234  J. Phycol.*#Perry, M. Talbot, M. Alberte, R. S. 1981RLPhotoadaptation in marine phytoplankton: response of the photosynthetic unit Mar. Biol.62 91-101Peters, E. Thomas, D. N. 1996JDProlonged darkness and diatom mortality .1. Marine Antarctic species82Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 207l 1-2b 25-41 Dec 15J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol.ISI:A1996VZ49600003Antarctic; diatoms; darkness; growth; phytoplankton distribution BACILLARIOPHYCEAE RESTING CELLS; ANOXIC SEDIMENTS; DOUGLAS LAKE; SURVIVAL; PHYTOPLANKTON; REJUVENATION; SEA; TEMPERATURE; MICROSCOPY; MICHIGAN.'The effect of prolonged periods of darkness (up to 10 months) was investigated in the diatom species Thalassiosira antarctica Comber, T. tumida (Janisch) Hasle, Porosira pseudodenticulata (Hustedt) Joust, Proboscia inermis (Castracane) Jordan and Ligowski and Fragilariopsis kerguelensis (O'Maera) Hustedt isolated from the Southern Ocean. Sudden darkness did not induce resting spore formation. All species survived in their vegetative stage. High levels of photosynthesis were resumed in T. antarctica, T. tumida and P. inermis upon re-exposure to light at all times tested during a 3 month dark period. Cellular chlorophyll a, carbon and nitrogen decreased at the beginning of the dark period and remained more or less stable suggestive of a low maintenance respiration. Species specific survival times varied from less than 4 months up to 9 months. After returning to the former light regime during the species specific survival times T. antarctica, T. tumida, P. pseudodenticulata and P. inermis began growing at rates similar to those in the pre-dark phase.Times Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 47 Cited References: ANDERSON OR, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P272 ANDERSON OR, 1975, KLIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P452 ANTIA NJ, 1976, MICROBIAL ECOL, V3, P41 ANTIA NJ, 1970, PHYCOLOGIA, V9, P179 BUNT JS, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P458 CHEN ST, 1991, BOT MAR, V34, P505 DEHNING I, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P509 DOOLITTLE WF, 1974, J BACTERIOL, V119, P677 DOUCETTE GJ, 1983, MAR BIOL, V78, P1 DUPREEZ DR, 1992, BOT MAR, V35, P315 ELSAYED SZ, 1971, ANTARCT RES SER, V17, P301 EVANS CA, 1987, BIOMASS, V8 FRENCH FW, 1980, MAR BIOL LETT, V1, P185 FRYXELL GA, 1990, P 11 DIAT S, P437 GOULD SJ, 1994, 8 LITTLE PIGGIES REF GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANK RES, V7, P197 HARGRAVES PE, 1975, NOVA HEDWIGIA, V53, P229 HARGRAVES PE, 1983, SURVIVAL STRATEGIES, P49 HART TJ, 1942, DISCOVERY REP, V21, P263 HART TJ, 1934, DISCOVERY REP, V8, P3 HOBAN MA, 1980, J PHYCOL, V16, P591 KARSTEN G, 1905, WISS EGEBN DTSCH TIE LUND JWG, 1954, J ECOL, V42, P151 MALONE TC, 1973, J PHYCOL, V9, P482 MALONE TC, 1980, PHYSL ECOLOGY PHYTOP, P433 MARRA J, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V19, P197 NOTHIG EM, 1989, MAR CHEM, V35, P325 NOTHIG EM, 1988, UNTERSUCHUNGEN OKOLO PALMISANO AC, 1983, CAN J MICROBIOL, V29, P157 PLATT T, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V10, P105 RAVEN JA, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P55 ROUND JH, 1990, DIATOMS, P52 SAKSHAUG E, 1985, MARINE LIVING SYSTEM, P1 SCHAREK R, 1994, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V41, P1231 SICKOGOAD L, 1986, J PHYCOL, V22, P22 SICKOGOAD L, 1986, J PHYCOL, V22, P28 SICKOGOAD L, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P375 SMAYDA TJ, 1974, MAR BIOL, V25, P195 SMETACEK V, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P228 SMETACEK VS, 1985, MAR BIOL, V84, P239 TILZER MM, 1977, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P84 TILZER MM, 1986, POLAR BIOL, V5, P105 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 VONBODUNGEN B, 1986, DEEP-SEA RES, V33, P171 VONSTOSCH HA, 1964, HELGOL WISS MEERESUN, V11, P209 WAITE AM, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P468 WHITAKER TM, 1982, P R SOC LONDON B, V214, P169 English Article VZ496 J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL'ALFRED WEGENER INST POLAR & MARINE RES,HANDELSHAFEN 12,D-27570 BREMERHAVEN,GERMANY Peters E ALFRED WEGENER INST POLAR & MARINE RES,HANDELSHAFEN 12,D-27570 BREMERHAVEN,GERMANY$Platt, Trevor Jassby, Alan D.g 1976piThe relationship between photosynthesis and light for natural assemblages of coastal marine phytoplanktoni J. Phycol.12421-430 y!hzShumway, S. E.Siegel, David A. Sigee, D. Sigee, D. C. Slack, R. B. Smith, J. C.Smith, Thomas M. Smol, John P. Soeder, C. J.Sokal, Robert R. Soohoo, J. B.Stauber, J. L.Steinberg, C. E. W. Stengel, E.Stokes, Diane C. Stramski, D.Straskraba, M. Strbac, D.Strickland, J. D. H.Strutton, P. G. Stuart, V. Sturm, B. Sukenik, A.Sullivan, C. W. Suzuki, Y.Sweeney, B. M. Takahashi, M. Talbot, M.Talling, J. F.Tang, E. P. Y. Taylor, C. D. Teppo, A. Terzic, S. Tessier, A.Tester, Patricia A.Thebault, J. M.Theriot, E. C.Therriault, J. C.Therriault, J.C. Thiele, D. Thomas, D. N.Thompson, P. A. Tichy, L. Tichy, V. Tillmann, U. Tilzer, M. M.Toole, Dierdre Torke, B. G. Torres, M. Trabalon, M. Trees, C.Tremblay, J. E. Tremblin, G.Trevena, A. J. Trost, PaoloTrussell, R. RhodesTucker, Compton J. Tucker, J. Tuji, A. Turpie, Kevin Turpin, D. H. Ulloa, O.van den Enden, R. L.van der Heever, J. A.van Leeuwe, M. A.vanderHeever, J. A.Vandevelde, T.vanDuin, E. H. S. Vesk, M. Viarouge, P. Videau, C. Vidussi, F.Vincent, W. F.Vinyard, Bryan T. Virtanen, M.Volkman, J. K. Wagner, A.Wainman, B. C.Wallace, B. B. Walsby, A. E. Walsh, I. D.Wardlaw, V. E. Watanabe, Y. Waters, R. L. Webb, Iii T. Webb, R. S.Weissing, F. J. Welch, R.Welschmeyer, N.Welschmeyer, N.A. Wen, Y. H.Wernand, M. R.Wierenga, R. E.Wiesenburg, D. A.Wiiest, Alfred Wilhelm, C.Williams, P. J. L. Winkler, R. Wirick, C.D. Woehler, E.Wood, A. Michelle Wood, B. Woods, J. D. Wright, S. Wright, S. W. Wright, S.W. Wyman, K. Wyman, K. D. Wyman, Kevin Yamamoto, T.Yamazaki, HidekatsuYentsch, C. M.Yentsch, C. S. Yoder, J. A.Yoneshigue-Valentin, Y. Zapata, M.ZarZar, Jerrold H.Zelt, Ronald B. Zlotnik, I. Zonneveld, C. Zucchi, M. R. !&.'Keller, A. A. Oviatt, C. A. Hawk, J. D. 1999Predicted impacts of elevated temperature on the magnitude of the winter-spring phytoplankton bloom in temperate coastal waters: A mesocosm studyY Limnology and oceanography442 344 1999 0024-3590155-168g"Kelly, J. R. Doering, P. H. jdMonitoring and modeling primary production in coastal waters: Studies in Massachusetts Bay 1992-1994$Marine Ecology-Progress Seriesprimary production; monitoring; modeling; Massachusetts Bay; Boston Harbor ESTIMATING PHYTOPLANKTON PRODUCTIVITY; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PARAMETERS; LIGHT; METABOLISM; MESOCOSMS; ESTUARINE; EXCHANGE; SYSTEM; C-14 During 1992-1994, we made shipboard incubations suitable for determining rates of primary production in water from Boston Harbor, Massachusetts Bay, and Cape Cod Bay (Massachusetts, USA). These measurements were part of an extensive baseline monitoring program to characterize water quality prior to diversion of effluent from Boston Harbor directly into Massachusetts Bay via a submarine outfall diffuser; Production (P) was measured using whole-water samples exposed to irradiance (I) levels from similar to 5 to 2000 mu E m(-2) s(- 1). P-I incubations were performed on 6 surveys a year, spaced to capture principal features of the annual production cycle. The number of stations and depths examined varied between years. There were 10 stations and 2 depths sampled in 1992- 1993. In 1994, we performed in-depth studies at 2 stations (Boston Harbor's edge and western Massachusetts Bay) by sampling 4 depths. Using depth-intensive 1994 data a simple empirical regression model, using information on chlorophyll biomass, incident daily light, and the depth of the photic zone, predicted integrated primary production rates derived from P-I incubations. The regression model was virtually the same as described for other coastal waters, giving confidence in general use of the model as an extrapolation tool. Using the 1994-based empirical model, we obtained favorable comparisons with production rates modeled from 1992-1993 P-I incubations. Combining the regression model with data on chlorophyll, Light, and the photic zone collected on frequent hydrographic surveys (up to 16 yr(-1)), annual primary production was estimated for 1992-1994. Primary production in an intensively studied region of western Massachusetts Bay (21 hydrographic profile stations in an area similar to 100 km(2)) ranged from 386 to 468 g C m(- 2) yr(-1). For a station at the edge of Boston Harbor near Deer Island extrapolations suggested production rates of 263 to 546 g C m(-2) yr(-1). Based on 2 stations in central Cape Cod Bay (1992-1993 only), model extrapolations suggested an annual production of 527 to 613 g C m(-2) yr(-1). Analyses using incubation and modeling results suggested that production variability was strongly related to fluctuations in incident irradiance, especially at daily to seasonal time scales. Chlorophyll variability secondarily influenced production, especially at seasonal to annual time scales. Finally, we provide a case where equivalent production was achieved in environments with contrasting water quality (nutrient and chlorophyll concentrations) because of variations in the depth of the photic zone (controlled by both chlorophyll and non- chlorophyll turbidity). Comparative analyses showed that our study estimates of primary production were consistent with the literature on nutrient-rich shelf environments. In conclusion, our study validated an empirical modeling approach to determining primary production in coastal marine waters.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1997 148 1-3$Article MAR MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1997WW71400015because of variations in the depth of the photic zone (controlled by both chlorophyll and non- chlorophyll turbidity). Comparative analyses showed that our study estimates of primary production were consistent with the literature on nutrient-rich shelf environments. In conclusion, our study validated an empirical modeling approach to determining primary production in coastal marine waters.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1997 148 1-3$Article MAR MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1997WW71400015Z Kolber20010Kolmakov1999 Kompare2000 Koponen1999 Kotzabasis1990n Kozitskaya1992n Kraay2000 Kraay2000 Krishnamurthy1998Krivtsov1998Krivtsov2000Krivtsov2000Kromkamp1993bKromkamp19977 Kroon1992 Kroon1992O Kroon1992 Kroon1994 Kudela20001 Kudo2000 Kudoh1997 Kuhl1997  Kuring2000 Kyewalyanga1997 L'Helguen1998&La Roche19911 Laborde1989Lagadeuc1998= Lamoureux19992 Lande1989i Lande1989 Lande1989 Landry19999 Lang19888 Langdon1987 Larkin19999` Larsen20000` Larsen20000 Lasca1993 Lasca1993 Lassen1997 Latasa1992 Latasa1992 Latasa19989 Laws1980w3 Laws1990< Lazzara1987j Lazzara1996 Lean19848 Lean19877 Lean19969 Leboulanger2001 Lee1999y Lefevre1996[Legendre19866Legendre1988Legendre19898rLegendre19909Legendre1993Legendre19933YLegendre19949ZLegendre1994Legendre1995WLegendre1995XLegendre1995Legendre19977VLegendre1997ULegendre1999TLegendre2000 Leglize2000 Leitao2000 Lembi2000jLemoalle19944p Lemoine19967 Leroi1993O Leshkevich1993V Leshkevich1999 Lesser1996` Lesser20002e Lewis19834 Lewis19845 Lewis1984 Lewis1988 Lewis19882 Lewis1989 Lewis19896 Li1980i Li19899. Lignell1992tLijklema19955 Limbeek1993. Lindqvist1992 Lintelmann1997W Livezey1996 Lizon1998 Llewellyn1983D Llewellyn1991> Llewellyn1997x Lohr19969w Lohr1997eh Lohr1999 Lohrenz1992 Lohrenz20007 Lomas2000Lorenzen1967 Los2001, Lott19737P Lou2000 Lowe19999 Lund19911 Lund19941N Lund19941 Maass2000 Maberly1994N Maberly1994 Macedo1998# MacIntyre1997c MacIntyre1998X MacIntyre2000k MacIntyre2000? Mackey1996? Mackey1996l Mackey1998l Mackey19988] Mackey200001 Maita2000A Malej1998 Mann1996Mantoura19838Mantoura1991DMantoura19910Mantoura1997<Mantoura1997>Mantoura199774Mantoura19989Mantoura1998AMantoura19985Mantoura1999m Maranon1999  Maritorena2000 Maritorena2000o Maritorena2001 Markager1999\8 Marra19789 Marra1980% Marra1997 Marra1999 Marrase1996:Martin-Jezequel2000 Marty1999 Maske1996F Masojidek2001@ Matlick1980 McClain2001 McNaughton2001U Meadows1989U Meadows1989 Menzel19633 Merilainen2000Q Meyer? Meyer-Reil19999 Meyercordt1999Michalke19979U Michaud1999` Middelburg2000Mike Behrenfeld2000 Miller1988; Millie1997Y Mingelbier19941Miyamoto2000 Moore1999n Morancais1999 Morand19909nMorant-Manceau1999 Morel1977 Morel1983< Morel1987 Morel1991 Morel1991 Morel1992 Morel1993Y Morel1996 Morel1997= Morin19996 Morris1980kMortainbertrand1990RMortimer1983 Mouget1995W Mouget1995/X Mouget1995/n Mouget1999O Muhr19939V Muhr1999hw Muller1997 Munoz1999 Mur1992O Mur1992 Mur1994 Mur`19921U Murthy1989 Nair19961 Narain19981 Neale1987 Neale1991 Neale1991 Neale1998 Necchi2001f Necsoiu2001L Nedbal19951J Nedbal19961 Neori1990 Neveux1990 Nicol2000 Niell19911 Noiri2000& Norberg1997  O' Reilly2000 O' Reilly20005 Oakey1984' Obata1996J Oconnor1997$Odonohue1997\ Ojala1993 Ojala1996` Olson2000or Dorota Kolber2000 Ortner1984 Osborne1986! Oviatt1999f Owens1980S Packard1988 Paerl1985 Palmisano1987Palomaki20000 Pan1996 Pandey19981 Parker1996KK Parker1996)Parkhill1998 Parslow1997 Parsons1972 Patterson1996a Patterson2000 Pauly2000o Payri2001F Pechar20012 Peeters1988 Peeters1993 Perry1981 Perry1998 Perry1998 Peters1996 Phinney1988.Piccinin1980) Pilson1994f* Pistocchi2000> Platt1976 Platt1980) Platt19824 Platt19845 Platt1984 Platt1986 Platt1988 Platt1991 Platt1997 Platt2000 Platt2000 Platt2000 Pollack20014 Pond199819 Pond19989 Popel'nitskii1999 Post1984w Post1984w Post1984w274-286rJDDescy, J. P. Higgins, H. W. Mackey, D. J. Hurley, J. P. Frost, T. M.NGPigment ratios and phytoplankton assessment in northern Wisconsin lakesJournal of Phycology Nine lakes in northern Wisconsin were sampled from February through September 1996, and HPLC analysis of water column pigments was carried out on epilimnetic seston, pigment distributions were evaluated throughout the water column during summer in Crystal Lake and Little Rock Lake. The purpose of our study was to investigate the use of phytopigments as markers of the main taxonomic groups of algae, As a first approach, multiple regression of marker pigments against chlorophyll a (chl a) was used to derive the best linear combination of the main xanthophylls (peridinin, fucoxanthin, alloxanthin, lutein, and zeaxanthin), A significant regression equation (r(2) = 0.98) was obtained for epilimnion data. The good fit indicates that the chi a:xanthophyll ratios were fairly constant in the epilimnion of the nine lakes over time. Chlorophyll a recalculated from the main xanthophylls in each sample showed good agreement with measured chi a in epilimnetic waters, A second approach used the CHEMTAX program to analyze the same data set. CHEMTAX provided estimates of chi a biomass for all algal classes and allowed distinction between diatoms and chrysophytes, and between chlorophytes and euglenophytes. These results showed a reasonably good agreement with biomass estimates from microscope counts, despite uncertainties associated with differences in sampling procedure. Changes of pigment ratios over time in the epilimnetic waters were also investigated, as well as differences between surface and deep samples of Little Rock Lake and Crystal Lake. We found evidence that changes i667-683 Cullen, J. J.N>7On Models of Growth and Photosynthesis in PhytoplanktonG<6Deep-Sea Research Part a-Oceanographic Research Papers 1990374L0)Article APR DEEP-SEA RES PT A-OCEANOG RES,ISI:A1990DF55700009 H B 2V D595-601"://1997XZ09100020LFTremblay, J. E. Klein, B. Legendre, L. Rivkin, R. B. Therriault, J. C.LFEstimation of f-ratios in oceans based on phytoplankton size structure Limnology and OceanographyMARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; NITROGEN UPTAKE; ORGANIC-MATTER; PACIFIC- OCEAN; VERTICAL FLUX; DEEP OCEAN; TEMPERATURE; ATLANTIC; NUTRIENT; BIOMASSSeveral equations to estimate the vertical export of particulate organic carbon from the ocean's euphotic zone (POC,) use variables that are determined at sea or are derived from remote sensing. One of the approaches requires reliable estimates off-ratios (NO3- uptake/total N uptake) that can be either determined directly from N uptake by phytoplankton or derived from total phytoplankton Chi a biomass or production (P-T) or from NO3- concentrations. By using a combination of theoretical considerations and field measurements, we show that f-ratios are linear functions of size-fractionated (>5 mu m/total) phytoplankton production (P-L/P-T) and biomass. Comparison of our model with the more usual f-ratio = f(P-T) shows that the large residuals are spread over the range of P- L/P-T in the former, whereas they are concentrated at low P-T in the latter. Because P-T is low in most of the world oceans most of the time, use of our model may significantly improve the estimates off-ratio and thus of POCE.nLimnol. Oceanogr.  1997 May 423,'UNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,QUEBEC CITY,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA MEM UNIV NEWFOUNDLAND,CTR OCEAN SCI,ST JOHNS,NF A1C 5S7,CANADA MINIST PECHES & OCEANS,INST MAURICE LAMONTAGNE,MONT JOLI,PQ G5H 3Z4,CANADA Tremblay JE UNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,QUEBEC CITY,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA zsTimes Cited: 11 Cited Reference Count: 27 Cited References: BAINES SB, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P213 BETZER PR, 1984, DEEP-SEA RES, V31, P1 BRONK DA, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1943 CHISHOLM SW, 1992, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P213 COLLOS Y, 1987, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V38, P275 DAUCHEZ S, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V135, P215 DUGDALE RC, 1989, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V94, P18119 DUGDALE RC, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P1678 DUGDALE RC, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P673 DUGDALE RC, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P196 EPPLEY RW, 1979, NATURE, V282, P677 HARRISON WG, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P235 HARRISON WG, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P468 KAMYKOWSKI D, 1986, DEEP-SEA RES, V33, P89 LEGENDRE L, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1374 MARTIN JH, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P1793 MOREL A, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1545 OWENS NJP, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES, V40, P679 PACE ML, 1987, NATURE, V325, P803 PARSONS TR, 1984, MANUAL CHEM BIOL MET PLATT T, 1993, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V98, P14561 PLATT T, 1989, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V52, P77 PLATT T, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P1613 RIEBESELL U, 1993, NATURE, V361, P249 RIVKIN RB, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1163 TREMBLAY JE, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P2004 WASSMANN P, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P464 English Article XZ091 LIMNOL OCEANOGR ISI:A1997XZ09100020T265-273$://000089555600010D>Trevena, A. J. Jones, G. B. Wright, S. W. van den Enden, R. L.b\Profiles of DMSP, algal pigments, nutrients and salinity in pack ice from eastern AntarcticaJournal of Sea Researchdimethylsulphoniopropionate; ice algae; chlorophyll-a; carotenoids; nutrients SEA-ICE; DIMETHYL SULFIDE; SOUTHERN-OCEAN; DIMETHYLSULPHONIOPROPIONATE; DIMETHYLSULFONIOPROPIONATE; PHYTOPLANKTON; WATERS; COMMUNITY; CHEMTAX; PROGRAM$Concentrations of dimethylsulphoniopropionate (DMSP) were measured in seven pack ice cores from three sites in eastern Antarctica to determine their relation to algal pigments, nutrients (nitrate, silicate and phosphate) and bulk salinity. The algal groups haptophytes, dinoflagellates and diatoms were identified in surface, interior and bottom assemblages in the pack ice cores using the photosynthetic marker pigments 19'- hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin (HEX), peridinin (PER) and fucoxanthin (FUC), respectively. DMSP concentrations were significantly correlated (P < 0.01, Pearson) with chlorophyll-a (r = 0.58), HEX (r = 0.75), PER (r = 0.79) and FUC (r = 0.63) concentrations. The pool of DMSP within the pack ice (mean 107 nM) was contributed mainly by interior and bottom algal assemblages (mean 94 and 268 nM, respectively), whilst the surface algal assemblages were minor contributors (mean 18 nM). DMSP production and/or accumulation appears to differ between surface, interior and bottom pack ice algal assemblages due to differences in biomass, class composition, and possibly the unique environmental conditions experienced by each assemblage. In pack ice, diatoms appear to be important producers of DMSP, due to their dominance of algal assemblages. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. J. Sea Res. 2000 Aug43 3-4Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 24 Cited References: ACKLEY SF, 1994, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V41, P1583 AYERS GP, 1991, NATURE, V349, P404 CHARLSON RJ, 1987, NATURE, V326, P655 CURRAN MAJ, 1998, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V103, P16677 DITULLIO GR, 1988, ANTARCT RES SER, V73, P139 ERIKSEN R, 1997, PRACTICAL MANUAL DET, P39 GARRISON DL, 1991, AM ZOOL, V31, P17 GARRISON DL, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V75, P161 GARRISON DL, 1986, POLAR BIOL, V6, P237 GIBSON JAE, 1990, MAR BIOL, V104, P339 JEFFREY SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P343 JONES GB, 1998, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V103, P16691 KARSTEN U, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V12, P603 KELLER MD, 1989, BIOGENIC SULFUR ENV, P167 KIRST GO, 1993, DIMETHYLSULFIDE OCEA, P23 KIRST GO, 1991, MAR CHEM, V35, P381 LEVASSEUR M, 1994, MAR BIOL, V121, P381 MACKEY MD, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P265 STEFFEN K, 1986, ATLAS SEA ICE TYPES, P7 TANGEN K, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P389 TURNER SM, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V42, P1059 TURNER SM, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P364 WRIGHT SW, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P285 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P327 Article 358JU J SEA RESISI:000089555600010659-661rTuji, A.The effect of irradiance on the growth of different forms of freshwater diatoms: Implications for succession in attached diatom communitiesJournal of Phycology J. Phycol. 2000364 AUG J PHYCOLISI:000089178700004r281-286$://000074691500012.'van der Heever, J. A. Grobbelaar, J. U.rkIn vivo chlorophyll A fluorescence of Selenastrum capricornutum as a screening bioassay in toxicity studies<6Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology0)PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; MECHANISMSA method for the estimation of the effect of specific toxins on phytoplankton photosynthesis tinder of toxicity) was investigated using in vivo chlorophyll a fluorescence. No meaningful results were obtained with the following substances; copper, cadmium, mercury, and gusathion, within a 4-h exposure period. It can, therefore, be concluded that in vivo chlorophyll a fluorescence an not a simple bioassay tool, due to the complexity of its origins, but a complex research tool.n&Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.c 1998 Auga352i' Univ Orange Free State, Dept Bot & Genet, POB 339, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa Univ Orange Free State, Dept Bot & Genet, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa van der Heever JA Univ Orange Free State, Dept Bot & Genet, POB 339, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South AfricaTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 19 Cited References: *US EPA, 1976, QUAL CRIT WAT ARNDT U, 1972, CHEMOSPHERE, V5, P187 BASTIAN MV, 1985, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V35, P258 BENECKE G, 1982, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V28, P385 CULLEN JJ, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P1364 DELCOURT A, 1978, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V20, P145 DUYSENS LNM, 1963, STUDIES MICROALGAE P, P353 FALKOWSKI P, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P715 HEANEY SI, 1978, FRESHWATER BIOL, V8, P115 HIPKINS MF, 1986, PHOTOSYNTHESIS ENERG, P51 HORTON P, 1990, PERSPECTIVES BIOCH G, P145 ISHIMARU T, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P679 MILLER WE, 1978, 660978018 EPA MORELAND DE, 1980, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V31, P597 NYHOLM N, 1992, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V11, P157 SCHMIDT C, 1986, B ENVIRON CONTAM TOX, V36, P801 VANDERHEEVER JA, 1996, WATER SA, V22, P183 VINCENT WF, 1980, J PHYCOL, V16, P568 ZUNG JB, 1990, INT J ENVIRON AN CH, V41, P149 English Article ZZ058 ARCH ENVIRON CONTAM TOXICOLISI:000074691500012    &8+ AB c t'P s  3 > 7 } _  #   $n %XHp 19  P$, Tb0 3 b ag  q 9  IJv   ) |    U " X}  4Fh   ( 3 Mf,f 211-222M>7Huisman, J. Jonker, R. R. Zonneveld, C. Weissing, F. J.d]Competition for light between phytoplankton species: Experimental tests of mechanistic theoryoEcologyrAccording to recent competition theory, the population dynamics of phytoplankton species in monoculture can be used to make a priori predictions of the dynamics and outcome of competition for light. The species with lowest "critical light intensity" should be the superior light competitor. To test this theory, we ran monoculture experiments and competition experiments with two green algae (Chlorella vulgaris and Scenedesmus protuberans) and two cyanobacteria (Aphanizomenon pos-aquae and a Microcystis strain) in light-limited continuous cultures. We used the monoculture experiments to estimate the critical light intensities of the species. Scenedesmus had by far the highest critical light intensity. The critical light intensities of Chlorella, Aphanizomenon, and Microcystis were rather similar. According to observation, Aphanizomenon had a slightly lower critical light intensity than Chlorella and Microcystis. However, according to a model tit to the monoculture experiments, Chlorella had a slightly lower critical light intensity than Microcystis, which in turn had a slightly lower critical light intensity than Aphanizomenon. These subtle differences between observed and fitted critical light intensities could be attributed to differences in the light absorption spectra of the species. The competition experiments were all consistent with the competitive ordering of the species according to the fitted critical light intensities: Chlorella displaced all three other species. Microcystis displaced both Aphanizomenon and Scenedesmus, and Aphanizomenon only displaced Scenedesmus. Not only the final outcomes, but also the time courses of competition predicted by the theory, were in excellent agreement with the experimental results for nearly all species combinations.Ecology 1999801Article JAN ECOLOGYISI:0000780456000160*Ibelings, B. W. Kroon, B. M. A. Mur, L. R. 1994Acclimation of photosystem II in a cyanobacterium and an eukaryotic green-alga to high and fluctuating photosynthetic photon flux densities, simulating light regimes induced by mixing in lakes New Phytol.  128n407-424f Imberger, Jorg 1998,&Physical processes in lakes and oceans 2,Bowman, Malcom J. Mooers, Christopher, N. K.$Coastal and Estuarine Studies\ Washington, D. C.s American Geophysical Union54 1-668L 0-87590-268-54.Interlandi, S. J. Kilham, S. S. Theriot, E. C. 1999tnResponses of phytoplankton to varied resource availability in large lakes of the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem Limnology and Oceanography443668-682g MayLimnol. Oceanogr.ISI:000080326300018d|NATURAL PHYTOPLANKTON; LIMITED GROWTH; COMPETITION; MICHIGAN; DIATOMS; SILICON; PHOSPHORUS; LIMITATION; ALGAE; STOICHIOMETRYWe assessed phytoplankton dynamics in three lakes in the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem to better understand the connections between changing environmental conditions and aquatic communities. This work primarily describes the connections between resource availability and phytoplankton seasonal succession in these lakes. We hypothesized that algal species efficient at utilizing a given resource (including N, P, Si, and light) would be correlated with low relative concentrations of those resources. The lakes generally exhibited moderate resource limitation, which is characteristic of lakes in subalpine and subarctic regions. Although in proximity, the lakes all exhibited different resource relationships: Lewis Lake was most P limited, Jackson Lake was most N limited, and Yellowstone Lake exhibited a moderate degree of N limitation along with periodic Si limitation. Mixing depths and light penetration were also variable among lakes. In 1996, spring diatom biomass was dominated by Stephanodiscus minutulus, Asterionella formosa, Aulacoseira subarctica, and Synedra sp. Relative abundances and dominance varied among the lakes. A. formosa and Synedra sp. abundances were positively correlated with total N:total P (TN:TP) levels in an analysis of data from all three lakes. A. subarctica was negatively correlated with TN:TP and all light: nutrient ratios. Species exhibiting late season maxima included Cyclotella bodanica, Fragilaria crotonensis, and Stephanodiscus niagarae. C. bodanica abundances corresponded to high- light/low-N situations, whereas S, niagarae maxima were found in high-TN: TP/low-light conditions. F. crotonensis abundances were most strongly positively correlated with total Si:TP and TN:TP. Environmental correlations were generally in good agreement with the measured physiological requirements of these species. Additionally, local population maxima of major species of diatoms never coincided.OHBTimes Cited: 4 Cited Reference Count: 38 Cited References: *AM PUBL HLTH ASS, 1995, STAND METH EX WAT WA BENSON NG, 1961, 56 US FISH WILDL SER BREZINSKI MA, 1985, J PHYCOL, V21, P347 CONLEY DJ, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P205 CONWAY HL, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P537 DUGDALE RC, 1998, NATURE, V391, P270 GRIMM NB, 1995, LINKING SPECIES ECOS, P5 HASSETT RP, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V42, P648 HECKY RE, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P709 HUTCHINSON GE, 1961, AM NAT, V95, P137 INTERLANDI SJ, 1998, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V38, P139 KILHAM SS, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P351 KILHAM SS, 1984, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V22, P435 KILHAM SS, 1990, LARGE LAKES ECOLOGIC, P403 KILHAM SS, 1996, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V41, P1052 KREEGER DA, 1997, FRESHWATER BIOL, V38, P539 LAMPBERT W, 1997, LIMNOECOLOGY LUND JWG, 1954, J ECOL, V42, P151 MECHLING JA, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P199 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P REYNOLDS CS, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P529 RHEE GY, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P649 SOMMER U, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1680 SOMMER U, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P838 SOMMER U, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P335 STAINTON MP, 1977, MISC SPEC PUBL CAN F, V25 STERNER RW, 1994, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V25, P1 STERNER RW, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P535 TALLING JF, 1987, ARCH HYDROBIOL ERGEB, V25, P229 TAYOR SM, 1994, THESIS DREXEL U THERIOT EC, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P304 TILMAN D, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V106, P473 TILMAN D, 1981, ECOLOGY, V62, P802 TILMAN D, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P338 TILMAN D, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P375 TILMAN D, 1982, RESOURCE COMPETITION VANDONK E, 1990, J PHYCOL, V26, P40 WETZEL RG, 1983, LIMNOLOGY English Article 196UQ LIMNOL OCEANOGR'Drexel Univ, Sch Environm Sci Engn & Policy, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA Drexel Univ, Sch Environm Sci Engn & Policy, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA Univ Texas, Texas Mem Museum, Austin, TX 78705 USA Interlandi SJ Drexel Univ, Sch Environm Sci Engn & Policy, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USAGeneral Introduction 1989B://1994MV70100002Maberly, S. C. Hurley, M. A. Butterwick, C. Corry, J. E. Heaney, S. I. Irish, A. E. Jaworski, G. H. M. Lund, J. W. G. Reynolds, C. S. Roscoe, J. V.xqThe Rise and Fall of Asterionella-Formosa in the South Basin of Windermere - Analysis of a 45-Year Series of DataFreshwater BiologyhbLONG-TERM CHANGES; POPULATION-DYNAMICS; PHYTOPLANKTON; FLUCTUATIONS; MAXIMUM; DIATOM; LAKES; CYCLE 1. The changes in abundance of Asterionella formosa in the South Basin of Windermere between 1946 and 1990 are described and analysed. The average seasonal cycle for the 45-year period shows an overwintering population of about 10 cell ml(-1) which increases with an exponential rate of 0.09 log(e) day(-1) to an annual maximum of 4000 cell ml(-1) by about Day 124. There is then a rapid decline at an exponential rate of loss of 0.29 log(e) day(-1) to values which typically are less than 0.01 cell ml(-1) in mid-summer. By about Day 240 a second period of rapid increase occurs with an exponential rate of increase of 0.18 log(e) day(-1) to a plateau of about 7 cell ml(-1) in late autumn and early winter. 2. This average pattern is subject to considerable year-to-year variation. The timing and extent of the increase in the autumn was particularly variable. The rate of increase in the spring was strongly positively correlated, and that in the autumn strongly negatively correlated, with the day at which the exponential phase started. Rates for these two phases of increase were not statistically different when expressed in terms of time from mid-summer, which reinforces earlier conclusions that light availability is the main factor governing the rate of spring increase and suggests that this is also the case for the autumn increase. 3. Eight descriptors of seasonal development showed statistically significant changes over the 45 years. Early winter populations declined from 27 to 4 cell ml(-1), and linked to this the day at which cell concentrations exceeded 50 cell ml(-1) occurred later by 24 days from Day 54 in 1946 to 78 in 1990. The lower early winter population appears to be linked to a lower end of year population as this decreased between 1946 and 1968 from 46 to 2 cell ml(-1), and then increased slightly to 7 cell ml(-1) in 1990. The start of the spring exponential increase occurred on Day 57 in 1946 and started earlier by 19 days in 1968 but then occurred later, at Day 76, in 1990. The duration of the spring increase got shorter by 23 days, from 67 days in 1946 to 44 days in 1990. The maximum rate of increase rose from 0.065 log(e) day(-1) in 1946 to 0.112 log(e) day(-1) in 1990. The annual maximum declined from 9863 cell ml(-1) in 1946 to 2278 cell ml(-1) in 1968 and then increased to 6159 cell ml(-1) in 1990. The annual geometric mean decreased from 61 cell ml(-1) in 1946 to 5 cell ml(-1) in 1968 and remained nearly constant subsequently. 4. In many cases, the precise underlying causes of these changes were not apparent. However, the increase with time of rate of increase in the spring appeared to be linked to a later start and hence growth under higher light. There was no significant cyclical change in any of the descriptors studied. Freshw. Biol. 1994 Feb311rlTimes Cited: 9 Cited Reference Count: 39 Cited References: BLOOMFIELD P, 1976, FOURIER ANAL TIME SE CANTER HM, 1991, FRESHWATER FORUM, V1, P39 CANTER HM, 1948, NEW PHYTOL, V47, P238 ELLIOTT JM, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P1 ELLITT JM, 1983, SOME METHODS STATIST, V25 GEORGE DG, 1985, NATURE, V316, P536 GIBSON CE, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P605 GOLDMAN CR, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P310 GRAY JS, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P87 HAYS JD, 1976, SCIENCE, V194, P1121 HEANEY SI, 1986, BRIT PHYCOL J, V21, P330 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1978, FRESHWATER BIOL, V8, P115 HEANEY SI, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P133 JASSBY AD, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V246, P195 JEWSON DH, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P856 JEWSON DH, 1992, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V336, P191 JOHNSON RK, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P1596 JONES MC, 1992, AM STAT, V46, P140 LUND JWG, 1979, HYDROBIOL J, V14, P6 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1964, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V15, P37 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1972, P R SOC LOND B, V180, P371 LUND JWG, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P255 MANN DG, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P384 MARDIA KV, 1979, MULTIVARIATE ANAL MIKHEYEV TM, 1984, HYDROBIOL J, V20, P1 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P751 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P761 PENNINGTON W, 1943, NEW PHYTOL, V452, P1 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P REYNOLDS CS, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P25 REYNOLDS CS, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P561 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V268, P65 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 WILLEN E, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P575 Article MV701 FRESHWATER BIOLISI:A1994MV701000024  781-796Berthon, J. F. Morel, A.Validation of a Spectral Light-Photosynthesis Model and Use of the Model in Conjunction with Remotely Sensed Pigment Observations  Limnology and OceanographyOCEANIC PRIMARY PRODUCTION; SATELLITE CHLOROPHYLL; MARINE PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON GROWTH; SURFACE CHLOROPHYLL; CONTINENTAL-SHELF; QUANTUM YIELD; SARGASSO SEA; WATERS; TEMPERATUREThe predictions of a spectral light-photosynthesis model are compared with field data. The model calculations are based on pigment (chlorophyll and pheophytin) and temperature profiles and, when available, on irradiance recorded on deck. The agreement between computed and measured production values is satisfying over the full range (10(-4)-1 g C m-3 d-1 or 0.03-10 g C m-2 d-1). It is better when C-14 fixation has been measured via the in situ method; a small bias appears when production was measured on deck (simulated in situ method). In both cases however the standard deviation remains similar and computed and measured column production agrees within a factor of approximately-3. The same data set is also used to predict column production from pigment concentration within only the top layer, as supposedly remotely sensed. The model is run in combination with pigment profiles, which are "reconstructed" (in magnitude and shape) as a function of the upper layer concentration with statistical relationships previously established. The agreement between computed and measured production (within a factor 3.3 at 1 SD) is encouraging. The model uses mean and constant physiological parameters, which actually vary in the natural environment. Among these parameters, the Chl-specific absorption by phytoplankton algae and, to a lesser extent, the maximum quantum yield for growth are crucial. Very likely their variations are the main causes of divergence between predicted and field values.Limnol. Oceanogr.P 1992374L"Article JUN LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1992JR68300008 259-266"://1992HY69800002$Bolgrien, D. W. Brooks, A. S.PIAnalysis of Thermal Features of Lake-Michigan from Avhrr Satellite Images&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchLAKE MICHIGAN; GREAT LAKES; AVHRR; REMOTE SENSING; THERMAL FRONTS; THERMAL PLUMES; UPWELLING; SATELLITE SEA-SURFACE TEMPERATURE; RIVER PLUME TRANSPORT; GREEN BAY; WATER-QUALITY; PLANKTONThe seasonal dynamics of thermal features in Lake Michigan were studied using numerous sea surface temperature images acquired from the NOAA Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer from May-December, 1990. In southern Lake Michigan, the vernal thermal front moved offshore and to the north between 7 May 1990 and 11 June 1990. Inshore of the front, surface temperatures were > 10.0-degrees-C while offshore surface temperatures remained < 4.5-degrees-C. In northern Lake Michigan, thermal fronts were not prevalent until late June. Southern Green Bay consistently contained the warmest water in Lake Michigan and exceeded 15.0-degrees-C in May. Warm bay- water frequently mixed with cooler lake-water through the channels at the north end of the bay. Warm water plumes remained intact for several days with S/SW winds but were quickly obliterated by a N/NE wind. Upwelling was most conspicuous along the eastern shore of the lake. Depending on wind direction, upwelled water formed broad continuous nearshore bands or isolated patches of relatively cold water. Evidence of upwelling 1-3 days after the instigating wind event suggested oscillations of internal waves. Our study shows that the frequent acquisition of satellite images is useful to describe significant thermal features in a large lake.J. Gt. Lakes Res. 1992182Times Cited: 12 Cited Reference Count: 18 Cited References: BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P634 CHURCH PE, 1945, 18 U CHIC I MET MISC DUNSTALL TG, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P1434 KIDWELL KB, 1991, NOAA POLAR ORBITER D LATHROP RG, 1990, J GREAT LAKES RES, V16, P471 LATHROP RG, 1989, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V55, P349 LATHROP RG, 1986, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V52, P671 LATHROP RG, 1987, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V22, P297 MINNETT PJ, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V95, P13497 MORTIMER CH, 1968, 1 U WISC MILW CTR GR MORTIMER CH, 1971, 12 U WISC MILW CTR G MORTIMER CH, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P203 NOBLE VE, 1970, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V15, P289 RUSS JC, 1990, COMPUTER ASSISTED MI SCAVIA D, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P103 SCHWAB DJ, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P247 THOMAS AC, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V93, P15733 WEAKS ML, 1988, 4TH P INT C INT INF Article HY698 J GREAT LAKES RESISI:A1992HY69800002259-266"://1992HY69800002$Bolgrien, D. W. Brooks, A. S.PIAnalysis of Thermal Features of Lake-Michigan from Avhrr Satellite Images&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchLAKE MICHIGAN; GREAT LAKES; AVHRR; REMOTE SENSING; THERMAL FRONTS; THERMAL PLUMES; UPWELLING; SATELLITE SEA-SURFACE TEMPERATURE; RIVER PLUME TRANSPORT; GREEN BAY; WATER-QUALITY; PLANKTONThe seasonal dynamics of thermal features in Lake Michigan were studied using numerous sea surface temperature images acquired from the NOAA Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer from May-December, 1990. In southern Lake Michigan, the vernal thermal front moved offshore and to the north between 7 May 1990 and 11 June 1990. Inshore of the front, surface temperatures were > 10.0-degrees-C while offshore surface temperatures remained < 4.5-degrees-C. In northern Lake Michigan, thermal fronts were not prevalent until late June. Southern Green Bay consistently contained the warmest water in Lake Michigan and exceeded 15.0-degrees-C in May. Warm bay- water frequently mixed with cooler lake-water through the channels at the north end of the bay. Warm water plumes remained intact for several days with S/SW winds but were quickly obliterated by a N/NE wind. Upwelling was most conspicuous along the eastern shore of the lake. Depending on wind direction, upwelled water formed broad continuous nearshore bands or isolated patches of relatively cold water. Evidence of upwelling 1-3 days after the instigating wind event suggested oscillations of internal waves. Our study shows that the frequent acquisition of satellite images is useful to describe significant thermal features in a large lake.J. Gt. Lakes Res. 1992182Times Cited: 12 Cited Reference Count: 18 Cited References: BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P634 CHURCH PE, 1945, 18 U CHIC I MET MISC DUNSTALL TG, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V47, P1434 KIDWELL KB, 1991, NOAA POLAR ORBITER D LATHROP RG, 1990, J GREAT LAKES RES, V16, P471 LATHROP RG, 1989, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V55, P349 LATHROP RG, 1986, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V52, P671 LATHROP RG, 1987, REMOTE SENS ENVIRON, V22, P297 MINNETT PJ, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V95, P13497 MORTIMER CH, 1968, 1 U WISC MILW CTR GR MORTIMER CH, 1971, 12 U WISC MILW CTR G MORTIMER CH, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P203 NOBLE VE, 1970, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V15, P289 RUSS JC, 1990, COMPUTER ASSISTED MI SCAVIA D, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P103 SCHWAB DJ, 1992, J GREAT LAKES RES, V18, P247 THOMAS AC, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V93, P15733 WEAKS ML, 1988, 4TH P INT C INT INF Article HY698 J GREAT LAKES RESISI:A1992HY69800002 3-18JDBouman, H. A. Platt, T. Kraay, G. W. Sathyendranath, S. Irwin, B. D.XQBio-optical properties of the subtropical North Atlantic. I. Vertical variability$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.o 2000 200MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:0000886514000020 1101-1121"://1991GD75200011*#Ganf, G. G. Heaney, S. I. Corry, J.Light-Absorption and Pigment Content in Natural-Populations and Cultures of a Non-Gas Vacuolate Cyanobacterium Oscillatoria- Bourrellyi (= Tychomema-Bourrellyi)"Journal of Plankton ResearchSUB-SURFACE MAXIMA; BUOYANCY REGULATION; MICROCYSTIS- AERUGINOSA; STRATIFIED LAKE; FLOW-CYTOMETRY; PHYTOPLANKTON; GROWTH; CELLS; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ATTENUATION . 'Vertical profiles of temperature, the flux density and spectral composition of irradiance and the vertical distribution of Oscillatoria bourrellyi were measured in the North and South Basins of Windermere in the English Lake District. At the population maximum (8-14 m) the photon flux was 0.3-14-mu-mol m-2 s-1 with the waveband 512-580 nm contributing 54-60% of the photosynthetically active irradiance. Samples of O.bourrellyi taken concurrently from 0 and 12 m were analysed to determine the absorption properties of the populations and the phycoerythrin-related fluorescence of individual filaments. The 12 m populations were distinguished from the surface populations by higher beam absorption coefficients at all wavelengths throughout the visible spectrum. These differences were accentuated when the absorption characteristics were calculated using in situ irradiance profiles. The deeper populations consistently absorbed a greater fraction of the available irradiance than the shallow populations. This was due to an overall increase in the total pigment per cell rather than the differential synthesis of phycobiliprotein pigments. These observations were confirmed by both laboratory and field experiments using cultures of O.bourrellyi. In these experiments low white light was sufficient to induce the synthesis of both phycoerythrin and phycocyanin as well as chlorophyll. Mean individual filament fluorescence also distinguished populations from different depths. These measurements further demonstrated that filaments within a population located at a discrete depth have a wide range of fluorescence. This variation increased with decreasing light intensity and suggests that phycoerythrin could be used as a cellular marker to determine the provenance of individual filaments. The benefits of photo-adaptation in O.bourrellyi are analysed in relation to the variable underwater light climate of Windermere, UK. Their ecological significance for this alga during periods of intense but intermittent stratification in a nutrient-limited environment are discussed. The ecological implications of both intra- and inter-specific variations in the absorption properties of phytoplankton are discussed in relation to the use of simple community or populations means as the data entry points for models of photosynthetic production.J. Plankton Res. 1991 Sep135`YTimes Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 43 Cited References: 1951, SMITHSONIAN METEOROL ANAGNOSTIDIS K, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V80, P327 DAVEY MC, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1185 DEMARSAC NT, 1977, J BACTERIOL, V130, P92 FOY RH, 1982, BR PHYCOL J, V17, P183 GANF GG, 1989, AUST J MAR FRESH RES, V40, P595 GANF GG, 1974, OECOLOGIA, V15, P17 GIBSON CE, 1982, BIOL CYANOBACTERIA, PCH18 GIBSON CE, 1987, BR PHYCOL J, V22, P187 HEANEY SI, 1986, BRIT PHYCOL J, V21, P330 HEANEY SI, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1169 HEANEY SI, 1987, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V49, P384 JEWSON DH, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P259 KIRK JTO, 1979, AUST J MAR FRESH RES, V30, P81 KIRK JTO, 1980, AUST J MAR FRESHWATE, V31, P387 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS KIRK JTO, 1986, PHOTOSYNTHESIS CONTR, P295 KLEMER AR, 1976, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V78, P343 KONOPKA A, 1982, BRIT PHYCOL J, V17, P427 LARKUM AWD, 1983, ADV BOT RES, V10, P1 LUND JWG, 1955, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V7, P219 MEFFERT ME, 1971, MITT INT VER THEOR, V19, P189 MOREL A, 1981, DEEP-SEA RES, V28, P1375 MOREL A, 1974, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V19, P591 OLESEN TD, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V108, P55 OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 OLIVER RL, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V223, P511 OLSON FCW, 1950, T AM MICROSC SOC, V59, P272 OLSON RJ, 1988, DEEP-SEA RES, V35, P425 PERRY MJ, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1727 POST AF, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P487 RAVEN JA, 1984, ENERGETICS TRANSPORT, P123 REYNOLDS CS, 1989, TOXIC ASSESS, V4, P229 ROBARTS RD, 1984, J ECOL, V72, P1001 ROBARTS RD, 1987, NZ J MAR FRESHWATER, V21, P391 SHEAR H, 1975, BRIT PHYCOL J, V10, P241 SKULBERG OM, 1982, ARE OSCILLATORIA BOR SOSIK HM, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1749 TALLING JF, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P203 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TETT P, 1985, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V65, P487 UTKILEN HC, 1985, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V104, P407 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1970, P IBP PP TECHNICAL M Article GD752 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1991GD75200011335-343"://1996WP39700009,&Grobbelaar, J. U. Nedbal, L. Tichy, V.Influence of high frequency light/dark fluctuations on photosynthetic characteristics of microalgae photoacclimated to different light intensities and implications for mass a 1169-1184M"://1989AZ05100005.(Heaney, S. I. Davey, M. C. Brooks, A. S.f_Formation of Sub-Surface Maxima of a Diatom within a Stratified Lake and in a Laboratory Columnf"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1989 Novo116 Times Cited: 10 Cited Reference Count: 40 Cited References: BIGGS WW, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P121 BOOKER MJ, 1981, BR PHYCOL J, V17, P69 BOOKER MJ, 1979, BRIT PHYCOL J, V14, P141 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 CULLEN JJ, 1982, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V39, P791 DAVEY MC, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V112, P321 DAVEY MC, 1986, DIATOM RES, V1, P1 DAVEY MC, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1185 EISENREICH SJ, 1975, ENVIRON LETT, V9, P45 EPPLEY RW, 1968, J PHYCOL, V4, P333 FAHNENSTIEL GL, 1983, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V68, P605 GEORGE DG, 1978, J ECOL, V66, P133 GESSNER F, 1948, ECOLOGY, V29, P386 GIBBS MM, 1984, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V99, P489 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1980, FRESHWATER BIOL, V10, P163 HEANEY SI, 1980, J ECOL, V68, P75 HEANEY SI, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P331 HERBERT D, 1971, METHODS MICROBIOLO B, V5, P209 HILTON J, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V141, P269 JAWORSKI GHM, 1981, BR PHYCOL J, V16, P395 JERLOW NG, 1959, DEEP-SEA RES, V5, P173 KLEMER AR, 1985, CONTRIBUTIONS MARI S, V27, P153 LUND JWG, 1959, BRIT PHYCOL B, V7, P1 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P255 MACKERETH FJH, 1978, SCI PUBLS FRESHWATER, V36 OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 OLIVER RL, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P285 REYNOLDS CS, 1975, BIOL REV, V50, P437 STEELE JH, 1960, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V39, P217 TALLING JF, 1966, J ECOL, V54, P99 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TILMAN D, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P883 TILMAN D, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P869 WILSON AL, 1965, ANALYST, V90, P270 WOLFF DA, 1975, METHOD CELL BIOL, V10, P85 YAMAOKA R, 1984, EXPERIENTIA, V40, P80 Article AZ051 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1989AZ05100005dN@ 19-34"://1994MV70100002Maberly, S. C. Hurley, M. A. Butterwick, C. Corry, J. E. Heaney, S. I. Irish, A. E. Jaworski, G. H. M. Lund, J. W. G. Reynolds, C. S. Roscoe, J. V. xqThe Rise and Fall of Asterionella-Formosa in the South Basin of Windermere - Analysis of a 45-Year Series of Data Freshwater BiologyhbLONG-TERM CHANGES; POPULATION-DYNAMICS; PHYTOPLANKTON; FLUCTUATIONS; MAXIMUM; DIATOM; LAKES; CYCLE 1. The changes in abundance of Asterionella formosa in the South Basin of Windermere between 1946 and 1990 are described and analysed. The average seasonal cycle for the 45-year period shows an overwintering population of about 10 cell ml(-1) which increases with an exponential rate of 0.09 log(e) day(-1) to an annual maximum of 4000 cell ml(-1) by about Day 124. There is then a rapid decline at an exponential rate of loss of 0.29 log(e) day(-1) to values which typically are less than 0.01 cell ml(-1) in mid-summer. By about Day 240 a second period of rapid increase occurs with an exponential rate of increase of 0.18 log(e) day(-1) to a plateau of about 7 cell ml(-1) in late autumn and early winter. 2. This average pattern is subject to considerable year-to-year variation. The timing and extent of the increase in the autumn was particularly variable. The rate of increase in the spring was strongly positively correlated, and that in the autumn strongly negatively correlated, with the day at which the exponential phase started. Rates for these two phases of increase were not statistically different when expressed in terms of time from mid-summer, which reinforces earlier conclusions that light availability is the main factor governing the rate of spring increase and suggests that this is also the case for the autumn increase. 3. Eight descriptors of seasonal development showed statistically significant changes over the 45 years. Early winter populations declined from 27 to 4 cell ml(-1), and linked to this the day at which cell concentrations exceeded 50 cell ml(-1) occurred later by 24 days from Day 54 in 1946 to 78 in 1990. The lower early winter population appears to be linked to a lower end of year population as this decreased between 1946 and 1968 from 46 to 2 cell ml(-1), and then increased slightly to 7 cell ml(-1) in 1990. The start of the spring exponential increase occurred on Day 57 in 1946 and started earlier by 19 days in 1968 but then occurred later, at Day 76, in 1990. The duration of the spring increase got shorter by 23 days, from 67 days in 1946 to 44 days in 1990. The maximum rate of increase rose from 0.065 log(e) day(-1) in 1946 to 0.112 log(e) day(-1) in 1990. The annual maximum declined from 9863 cell ml(-1) in 1946 to 2278 cell ml(-1) in 1968 and then increased to 6159 cell ml(-1) in 1990. The annual geometric mean decreased from 61 cell ml(-1) in 1946 to 5 cell ml(-1) in 1968 and remained nearly constant subsequently. 4. In many cases, the precise underlying causes of these changes were not apparent. However, the increase with time of rate of increase in the spring appeared to be linked to a later start and hence growth under higher light. There was no significant cyclical change in any of the descriptors studied. Freshw. Biol. 1994 Feb311'FRESHWATER BIOL ASSOC,AMBLESIDE LA22 0LP,CUMBRIA,ENGLAND INST FRESHWATER ECOL,WINDERMERE LAB,AMBLESIDE LA22 0LP,CUMBRIA,ENGLAND MABERLY SC FRESHWATER BIOL ASSOC,AMBLESIDE LA22 0LP,CUMBRIA,ENGLANDztTimes Cited: 9 Cited Reference Count: 39 Cited References: BLOOMFIELD P, 1976, FOURIER ANAL TIME SE CANTER HM, 1991, FRESHWATER FORUM, V1, P39 CANTER HM, 1948, NEW PHYTOL, V47, P238 ELLIOTT JM, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P1 ELLITT JM, 1983, SOME METHODS STATIST, V25 GEORGE DG, 1985, NATURE, V316, P536 GIBSON CE, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P605 GOLDMAN CR, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P310 GRAY JS, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P87 HAYS JD, 1976, SCIENCE, V194, P1121 HEANEY SI, 1986, BRIT PHYCOL J, V21, P330 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1978, FRESHWATER BIOL, V8, P115 HEANEY SI, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P133 JASSBY AD, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V246, P195 JEWSON DH, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P856 JEWSON DH, 1992, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V336, P191 JOHNSON RK, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P1596 JONES MC, 1992, AM STAT, V46, P140 LUND JWG, 1979, HYDROBIOL J, V14, P6 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1964, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V15, P37 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1972, P R SOC LOND B, V180, P371 LUND JWG, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P255 MANN DG, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P384 MARDIA KV, 1979, MULTIVARIATE ANAL MIKHEYEV TM, 1984, HYDROBIOL J, V20, P1 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P751 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P761 PENNINGTON W, 1943, NEW PHYTOL, V452, P1 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P REYNOLDS CS, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P25 REYNOLDS CS, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P561 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V268, P65 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 WILLEN E, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P575 English Article MV701 FRESHWATER BIOLISI:A1994MV70100002 i4Z 141-146LBerner, T. Sukenik, A.TNPhotoacclimation in photosynthetic microorganisms: An ultrastructural response& Israel Journal of Plant SciencesIsr. J. Plant Sci. 1998462ISRAEL J PLANT SCIISI:000075969100011141-146$://000075969100011Berner, T. Sukenik, A.TNPhotoacclimation in photosynthetic microorganisms: An ultrastructural response& Israel Journal of Plant SciencesIsr. J. Plant Sci. 1998462120RA ISRAEL J PLANT SCIISI:000075969100011*$Berry, Holly Adrian Lembi, Carole A. 2000Effects of temperature and irradiance on the seasonal variation of a Spirogyra (Chlorophyta) population in a midwestern lake (U.S.A.)%EN J. Phycol.365 841-a-851October 1, 2000! J. Phycol.vpAlthough Spirogyra Link (1820) is a common mat-forming filamentous alga in fresh waters, little is known of its ecology. A 2-year field study in Surrey Lake, Indiana, showed that it grew primarily in the spring of each year. The population consisted of four morphologically distinct filamentous forms, each exhibiting its own seasonal distribution. A 45-m-wide filament was present from February to late April or early May, a 70-m-wide form was present from late April to mid-June, a 100-m-wide form was present from February to mid-June, and a 130-m-wide form appeared only in February of 1 of 2 study years. The 70- and 100-m-wide forms contributed to the peak amount of biomass observed in late May and early June. Multiple regression analysis indicated that the presence of the 45-, 70-, and 100-m-wide forms was negatively correlated with temperature. Presence of the 130-m-wide form was negatively correlated with irradiance. Isolates of these filament forms were exposed to temperature (15, 25, and 35 C)/irradiance (0, 60, 200, 400, 900, and 1500 molm-2s-1) combinations in the laboratory. Growth rates of the 45-m-wide form were negative at all irradiances at 35 C, suggesting that this form is susceptible to high water temperatures. However, growth rates of the other forms did not vary at the different temperatures or at irradiances of 60 molm-2s-1 or above. Net photosynthesis was negative at 35 C and 1500 molm-2s-1 for the 100- and 130-m-wide forms but positive for the 70-m-wide form. All forms lost mat cohesiveness in the dark, and the 100- and 130-m-wide forms lost mat cohesiveness under high irradiances and temperature. Thus, the morphological forms differed in their responses to irradiance and temperature. We hypothesize that the rapid disappearance of Spirogyra populations in the field is due to loss of mat cohesiveness under conditions of reduced net photosynthesis, for example, at no to low light for all forms or at high light and high temperatures for the 100- and 130-m-wide forms. Low light conditions can occur in the interior of mats as they grow and thicken or under shade produced by other algae.:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/841(S.l Ojala, A. 1993voEffects of Light and Temperature on the Cell-Size and Some Biochemical-Components in 2 Fresh-Water CryptophytestNordic Journal of Botany136f697-705f Nord. J. Bot.fISI:A1993MU26300011GROWTH IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIP; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; INTERSPECIFIC DIFFERENCES; SKELETONEMA-COSTATUM; CHEMICAL- COMPOSITION; WATER; ADAPTATION; ALGAE; ULTRASTRUCTURE; MICROALGAEhaThe effects of light and temperature on cell size and cellular composition (chlorophyll, protein, carbohydrate) of two freshwater cryptophytes were studied with batch cultures. Neither of the species had a constant cell size but the size varied with growth conditions. At each temperature the smallest cells were recorded at the lowest experimental photon flux density. The smallest cells of Cryptomonas 979/67 had an average volume of 232 mum3 and the largest ones 1 020 mum3. In Cryptomonas 979/62 the smallest and largest cells measured 4 306 mum3 and 12 450 mum3. Both species increased their cellular chlorophyll content when PFD dropped below 110-120 mumol m-2 s- 1. The highest and lowest chlorophyll contents of 979/67 were 7.45 fg mum-3 and 0.55 fg mum-3 respectively. For 979/62 the corresponding values were 10.23 fg mum-1 and 0.93 fg mum-3. In both species the protein content remained stable at PFDs higher than 110-120 mumol m-2 s-1. The highest content of protein measured in 979/67 was 638 fg mum-3 and the lowest 147 fg mum- 3. For 979/62 these values were 1 036 fg mum-3 and 148 fg mum-3 respectively. The carbohydrate results were less clear and no pattern either in response to photon flux density or temperature was obvious. The lowest and highest contents recorded for 979/67 were 62 fg mum-3 and 409 fg mum-3 and for 979/62, 36 fg mum-3 and 329 fg mum-3.T Times Cited: 2 Cited Reference Count: 42 Cited References: AHLGREN G, 1990, J PLANKTON RES, V12, P809 ARVOLA L, 1991, BRIT PHYCOL J, V26, P361 BEAKES GW, 1988, CAN J BOT, V66, P1054 BROWN MR, 1991, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V145, P79 CLAUSTRE H, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V40, P167 COOK JR, 1963, J PROTOZOOL, V10, P436 DORTCH Q, 1982, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V61, P243 DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350 FALKOWSKI PG, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P311 FALKOWSKI PG, 1980, PLANT PHYSIOL, V66, P592 GAVRIELE J, 1984, THESIS SWISS FEDERAL GIBSON CE, 1985, BRIT PHYCOL J, V20, P155 HEALEY FP, 585 FISH MAR SERV RE INFANTE A, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P1053 KLAVENESS D, 1989, BIOL OCEANOGR, V6, P257 KNISELY K, 1986, OECOLOGIA, V69, P86 LANGDON C, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1291 LANGDON C, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P459 LOWRY OH, 1951, J BIOL CHEM, V193, P265 LUND JWG, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P57 MAY L, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P1217 MOAL J, 1987, OCEANOL ACTA, V10, P339 MORGAN K, 1975, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V19, P2734 MORGAN KC, 1979, J PHYCOL, V15, P127 MORIMOTO H, 1969, EXP CELL RES, V58, P55 MORRIS I, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P83 MYKLESTAD S, 1974, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V15, P261 OJALA A, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P17 OJALA A, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P278 OJALA A, 1993, PHYCOLOGIA, V32, P22 OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 PARSONS TR, 1961, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V18, P1001 PERRY MJ, 1981, MAR BIOL, V62, P91 PREZELIN BB, 1979, TOXIC DINOFLAGELLATE, P101 RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 ROBINSON N, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V26, P411 SAKSHAUG E, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P619 SICKOGOAD L, 1977, PROTOPLASMA, V93, P147 SKOGSTAD A, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P503 STRICKLAND JDH, 1968, B FISH RES BOARD CAN, V167 THINH LV, 1983, PHYCOLOGIA, V22, P7 WETZEL RG, 1979, LIMNOLOGICAL ANAL English Article MU263 NORD J BOT'>7INST FRESHWATER ECOL,AMBLESIDE LA22 OLP,CUMBRIA,ENGLAND599-608"://1996UY079000094.Ojala, A. Heaney, S. I. Arvola, L. Barbosa, F.tnGrowth of migrating and non-migrating cryptophytes in thermally and chemically stratified experimental columnsFreshwater BiologyDIEL VERTICAL MIGRATION; DINOFLAGELLATE CERATIUM-HIRUNDINELLA; FRESH-WATER CRYPTOMONAS; SPECIES COMPOSITION; HUMIC LAKE; PHYTOPLANKTON; TEMPERATURE; PATTERNS; LIGHT; PHOTOORIENTATIONGrowth rates of migrating and non-migrating populations of two strains of freshwater cryptophytes, CCAP 979/67 and 979/62, under different light and nutrient regimes were calculated from experiments conducted in laboratory columns which were thermally stratified. During the experiments, cellular carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, carbohydrate and protein were also analysed. The intention was that the populations would become either phosphorus- or nitrogen-depleted following a period of growth. 2. In all experiments, populations of cryptophytes grew but growth appeared of short duration. In a phosphorus depletion experiment with Cryptomonas 979/67, there was a period of rapid growth starting on day 2 and finishing on day 8, during which the estimated growth rate was c. 0.9 div.day(- 1). In a nitrogen depletion experiment, the period of rapid growth of C. 979/67 lasted only for 2-3 days with a growth rate of c. 0.85 div.day(-1). 3. In a phosphorus depletion experiment with C. 979/62, the onset of a period of rapid growth coincided with the commencement of diel vertical migration. The highest growth rate was estimated as c. 1.0 div.day(-1). In a nitrogen depletion experiment, C. 979/62 did not migrate and attained a growth rate of only 0.28 div.day(-1). 4. For C. 979/67 the highest observed growth rate was lower than the maximum potential growth rate of 1.38 div.day(-1) estimated in batch culture. For C. 979/62 the maximum growth rate in the column was similar to the maximum potential growth rate of 0.87 div.day(-1) in batch culture experiments. 5. The results suggest that some migrating cryptophytes under favourable conditions in stratified water columns can attain high growth rates supporting the hypothesis of Raven & Richardson (1984) that, based on cost-benefit analysis, diel vertical migrations could increase the growth rate of flagellates. Such growth appears of short duration and its ecological importance still requires further verification. Freshw. Biol. 1996 Jun353 r lTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 50 Cited References: ARVOLA L, 1987, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V109, P89 ARVOLA L, 1991, BRIT PHYCOL J, V26, P361 ARVOLA L, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P390 BIGGS WW, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P125 BURNS NM, 1980, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V25, P855 CULLEN JJ, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P135 CULLEN JJ, 1981, MAR BIOL, V62, P81 DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350 EPPLEY RW, 1968, J PHYCOL, V4, P330 FREMPONG E, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P919 GUILLARD RRL, 1973, HDB PHYCOLOGICAL MET, P289 HADER DP, 1989, BOT ACTA, V102, P236 HADER DP, 1990, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V5, P105 HADER DP, 1987, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V1, P115 HAPPEYWOOD CM, 1976, BRIT PHYCOL J, V11, P355 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1980, FRESHWATER BIOL, V10, P163 HEANEY SI, 1980, J ECOL, V68, P75 HEANEY SI, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1169 HEANEY SI, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P331 JONES RI, 1991, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V120, P257 JONES RI, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P75 KAMYKOWSKI D, 1981, MAR BIOL, V62, P57 KLEMER AR, 1985, CONTRIBUTIONS MARI S, V27, P153 KOHATA K, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V100, P209 LOWRY OH, 1951, J BIOL CHEM, V193, P265 LUND JWG, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P57 MORRIS AW, 1963, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V29, P272 MURPHY J, 1962, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V27, P31 OJALA A, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P17 OJALA A, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P278 OJALA A, 1993, NORD J BOT, V13, P697 OJALA A, 1993, PHYCOLOGIA, V32, P22 OJALA A, 1991, THESIS LOUGHBOROUGH OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 RAVEN JA, 1984, NEW PHYTOL, V98, P259 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P SALONEN K, 1984, FRESHWATER BIOL, V14, P431 SAMUELSSON G, 1982, MAR BIOL, V70, P21 SMOLANDER U, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P89 SOMMER U, 1985, CONTRIBUTIONS MARI S, V27, P166 SOMMER U, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P137 TAYLOR WD, 1988, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V45, P1093 THOMPSON AS, 1988, CULTURE COLLECTION A TILZER MM, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V18, P15 TRANVIK LJ, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V78, P473 UEMATSUKANEDA H, 1982, PLANT CELL PHYSL, V23, P1377 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 WATANABE M, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P22 WETZEL RG, 1979, LIMNOLOGICAL ANAL Article UY079 FRESHWATER BIOLISI:A1996UY07900009*$Packard, Gary C. Boardman, Thomas J. 1988PJThe misuse of ratios, indices and percentages in ecophysiological researchPhysiological Zoology\611\ 1-9Physiol. Zool.299-306.4.Palmisano, A. C. Soohoo, J. B. Sullivan, C. W.vpEffects of 4 Environmental Variables on Photosynthesis- Irradiance Relationships in Antarctic Sea-Ice MicroalgaeMarine Biology Mar. Biol. 1987942HArticle MAR BIOLISI:A1987G49320001886&91-113"://1992JV93700008"Brown, M. R. Jeffrey, S. W.Biochemical-Composition of Microalgae from the Green Algal Classes Chlorophyceae and Prasinophyceae .1. Amino-Acids, Sugars and Pigments82Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and EcologyAMINO ACID; CHLOROPHYTE; MARICULTURE; MICROALGA; PIGMENT; SUGAR OYSTER CRASSOSTREA-VIRGINICA; AMERICAN OYSTER; FATTY-ACID; DIETS; PHYTOPLANKTON; MARICULTURE; LARVAE; GROWTH; PRASINOXANTHIN 91-113"://1992JV93700008"Brown, M. R. Jeffrey, S. W.Biochemical-Composition of Microalgae from the Green Algal Classes Chlorophyceae and Prasinophyceae .1. Amino-Acids, Sugars and Pigments82Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and EcologyAMINO ACID; CHLOROPHYTE; MARICULTURE; MICROALGA; PIGMENT; SUGAR OYSTER CRASSOSTREA-VIRGINICA; AMERICAN OYSTER; FATTY-ACID; DIETS; PHYTOPLANKTON; MARICULTURE; LARVAE; GROWTH; PRASINOXANTHIN; CHROMATOGRAPHY4.The biochemical composition of 10 species of green microalgae was determined. The species examined included 3 marine chlorophytes (Chlorella sp. (CS-247), Chlorella sp. (CS-195) and Stichococcus sp.), and 6 marine prasinophytes (Pyramimonas cordata, Tetraselmis chui, a temperate and a tropical strain of Micromonas pusilla, Pycnococcus provasolii, and one unidentified coccoid prasinophyte (CS-126)). Pigment composition (e.g. presence of the chlorophyll c-like pigment Mg 2,4 divinyl pheoporphyrin a5 monomethyl ester (Mg 2,4 D); and lutein, prasinoxanthin or siphonaxanthin-like carotenoids) assisted in the taxonomy of the new strains. One freshwater chlorophyte (Chlorella protothecoides) was included for comparison. The protein content of all species ranged from 15.2-25.6% of dry weight except for the tropical M. pusilla (5.5%), and carbohydrate ranged from 10.8-16.7% for all species except Chlorella sp. (CS-195) (5.9%). Total lipid varied from 8.5-18.4% of dry weight among the species; chlorophyll a from 0.23-1.54% of dry weight. Amino acid profiles showed only minor variations between species, with the exception of tryptophan and arginine. Two species, Chlorella protothecoides and Chlorella sp. (CS-195) had lower proportions of tryptophan (< 0.5% of total amino acids) compared to the other species (1.0- 1.8%) while arginine showed large variations across all species ranging from 4.7% (tropical M. pusilla) to 15.0% (T. chui). Glucose was the dominant sugar in the polysaccharide fraction of eight of the species. Galactose was the major sugar in the unidentified prasinophyte (CS-126) accounting for 54% of sugars. A wide range of sugars was found in Chlorella sp. (CS- 195) with glucose making up only 19.3%. The possible use of the species in mariculture, based on their biochemical composition, is also discussed.J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 1992 16101C Times Cited: 23 Cited Reference Count: 55 Cited References: BIDLINGMEYER BA, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V336, P93 BLAKENEY AB, 1983, CARBOHYD RES, V113, P291 BROWN MR, 1991, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V145, P79 BRUTON C, 1986, INT LAB, V16, P30 CHAU YK, 1967, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V47, P543 CHU FLE, 1982, AQUACULTURE, V29, P241 COWEY CB, 1983, WORLD MARICULTURE SO, V2, P13 DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350 DUNSTAN GA, 1992, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V161, P115 DYPENAFLORIDA V, 1989, SEAFDEC ASIAN AQUACU, V11, P6 ENRIGHT CT, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V96, P1 ENRIGHT CT, 1986, J EXPT MARINE BIOL E, V96, P14 EPIFANIO CE, 1979, AQUACULTURE, V18, P1 FABREGAS J, 1984, AQUACULTURE, V42, P207 FOOKES CJR, 1989, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, V23, P1827 FOSS P, 1984, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V23, P1629 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 GUILLARD RRL, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P39 HANDA N, 1969, MAR BIOL, V4, P197 HARRISON C, 1975, VELIGER, V18, P189 HAVEN DS, 1970, BIOL BULL, V139, P248 HAYASHI T, 1986, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V52, P337 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P13 JEFFREY SW, 1980, CSIRO1977 1979 DIV F, P22 JEFFREY SW, 1992, IN PRESS 1991 P NATL JEFFREY SW, 1977, J PHYCOL, V13, P271 KANAZAWA A, 1981, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V47, P1375 KRISTENSEN JH, 1972, MAR BIOL, V14, P130 LANGDON CJ, 1981, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V61, P431 LAZARUS W, 1973, J CHROMATOGR, V87, P169 LEGER P, 1985, J WORLD MARICULT SOC, V16, P354 LOEBLICH AR, 1968, LIPIDS, V3, P5 LUBITZ JA, 1963, J FOOD SCI, V28, P229 MACKIE IM, 1960, J CHEM SOC, P2381 MARUYAMA I, 1986, JAP J PHYCOL, V34, P319 NICHOLS HW, 1973, HDB PHYCOLOGICAL MET ONISHI T, 1985, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V51, P301 OSER BL, 1951, J AM DIET ASSOC, V27, P396 PARSONS TR, 1961, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V18, P1001 RICKETTS TR, 1970, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V9, P1835 RIISGARD HU, 1980, OPHELIA, V19, P37 SMAYDA TJ, 1978, UNESCO MONOGRAPHS OC, P273 STONE CJ, 1989, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V132, P17 TAKEDA H, 1988, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V27, P3823 TESHIMA S, 1986, AQUACULTURE, V51, P225 VOLKMAN JK, 1989, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V128, P219 WALNE PR, 1970, FISH INVEST MIN AGR, V25, P1 WATANABE T, 1983, AQUACULTURE, V34, P115 WEBB KL, 1983, WORLD MARICULTURE SO, V2, P272 WHEELER PA, 1977, J PHYCOL, V13, P193 WHYTE JNC, 1989, AQUACULTURE, V78, P333 WHYTE JNC, 1987, AQUACULTURE, V60, P231 WRIGHT SW, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V77, P183 YANG CY, 1985, J CHROMATOGR, V346, P413 Article JV937 J EXP MAR BIOL ECOLISI:A1992JV93700008,is Document St. Petersburg, Floridag <6Marine Science Department, University of South Florida version 5 1-45 26 April 1999p6/http://modarch.gsfc.nasa.gov/Data/ATBDs/#OCEANS .'Chaturvedi, N. Narain, A. Pandey, P. C.i 1998HAPhytoplankton pigment/temperature relationship in the Arabian Sea\(!Indian journal of marine sciencess27 3/4 286Y 1998179-207 0)Chen, X. Lohrenz, S. E. Wiesenburg, D. A.lfDistribution and controlling mechanisms of primary production on the Louisiana-Texas continental shelf Journal of Marine Systemso J. Mar. Syst.l 20002520JUN J MARINE SYSTISI:000088177700005 Clark, Dennis K. 1997,%Bio-optical algorithms: case 1 waterseD=MODIS Ocean Science Team Algorithm Theoretical Basis Document2 Washington, D.C. 6/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administrations version 1.2s 30 Jan 1997Clark, Darren R.^WGrowth rate relationships to physiological indices of nutrient status in marine diatomso 2001 J. Phycol. J. Phycol.249-256372:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/37/2/249 April 1, 2001i,&The growth of two species of marine diatom, Thalassiosira weissflogii (Grunow) and Thalassiosira pseudonana (Hustedt), was followed in batch cultures at four concentrations of dissolved inorganic carbon from N- and C-replete lag phase into N- and/or C-deplete stationary phase. Results describe the relationship between carbon-specific growth rate (C) and chl a:carbon (chl a:C) and glutamine:glutamate (gln:glu) ratios with changes in the cells' nutritional status (N:C), during the utilization of either NO3- or NH4+. The use of the gln:glu ratio as an index of N:C requires further clarification. For both species and N sources, N stress resulted in a decrease in C, chl a:C, and N:C relative to Cmax values, whereas C stress resulted in a decrease in C and an increase in chl a:C and N:C relative to Cmax values. Both species attained a chl a:C ratio of approximately 15 gg-1 at Cmax using either N source. However, this value was not necessarily an indicator of maximal growth rate. NC colimitation resulted in decreased C to values less than 20% of Cmax with only minor changes in chl a:C and N:C relative to Cmax values. Chl a:C results suggest a similarity between the light stress and C stress responses of marine diatoms. The potential for C stress in the marine environment needs to be addressed.4bh  ^751-760"://1991GH83900009NHNeale, P. J. Talling, J. F. Heaney, S. I. Reynolds, C. S. Lund, J. W. G.~xLong-Time Series from the English Lake District - Irradiance- Dependent Phytoplankton Dynamics During the Spring Maximum Limnology and OceanographyXQSUB-SURFACE MAXIMA; STRATIFIED LAKE; GROWTH; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; LIGHT; DIATOM; OCEAN9We analyzed rates of phytoplankton increase and decline during the spring maximum via long-term (25 yr) records of biomass (Chl a) and abundance of the dominant diatom, Asterionella formosa, sampled from the surface waters of Windermere (English Lake District). Average rates of net increase in early spring (i.e. up until the end of March) are best correlated with the logarithm of surface irradiance (r2 = 0.71-0.87). Average spring growth rates in late February and March (weeks 6-13 of the year) defined by this analysis significantly exceed rates predicted from calculations of integrated production with existing physiological data for A. formosa but are similar to the predicted growth rates at the mean irradiance in the mixed layer. In late spring (April-May), stratification becomes well established and the rate of population increase lessens. This decrease occurs before dissolved silicate is depleted to growth-limiting concentrations during increasing average irradiance in the surface layer. Near exhaustion of dissolved silicate and rapid loss of A. formosa from the surface layer follow. P limitation, enhanced sedimentation, and photoinhibition are factors that may slow net diatom accumulation before the onset of silicate limitation.OLimnol. Oceanogr.E 1991 JunI364 Times Cited: 16 Cited Reference Count: 35 Cited References: CULLEN JJ, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P667 DAVEY MC, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V112, P321 DAVEY MC, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1185 DENMAN KL, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P801 FALKOWSKI PG, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P311 GEIDER RJ, 1985, J PHYCOL, V21, P609 GIBSON CE, 1987, BR PHYCOL J, V22, P187 GOLDMAN CR, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P310 HEANEY SI, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1169 HITCHCOCK GL, 1977, BAY LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P126 LIST RT, 1968, SMITHSONIAN METEROLO LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1964, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V15, P37 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1947, PHIL T R SOC B, V246, P255 MACKERETH FJ, 1953, J EXP BOT, V4, P296 MARRA J, 1978, MAR BIOL, V46, P191 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P761 NEALE PJ, 1985, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V26, P113 NEALE PJ, 1987, PHOTOINHIBITION, P39 PLATT T, 1988, DEEP-SEA RES, V35, P855 PLATT T, 1977, SEA, V6, P807 REYNOLDS CS, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P41 SAKSHAUG EK, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P203 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1955, ANN BOT, V19, P329 TALLING JF, 1974, IBP HDB, V12, P22 TALLING JF, 1966, J ECOL, V54, P99 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TALLING JF, 1957, NEW PHYTOL, V56, P29 TALLING JF, 1957, NEW PHYTOL, V56, P1303 TALLING JF, 1960, WETTER LEBEN, V12, P235 TILMAN D, 1982, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V13, P349 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P1 Note GH839 LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1991GH83900009 761-768"://1991GH839000104-Neale, P. J. Heaney, S. I. Jaworski, G. H. M.ZSResponses to High Irradiance Contribute to the Decline of the Spring Diatom Maximum Limnology and OceanographySUB-SURFACE MAXIMA; PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; FRESHWATER PHYTOPLANKTON; STRATIFIED LAKE; CHLOROPHYLL-A; PHOTOINHIBITION; FLUORESCENCE; SINKING; INHIBITIONThe effect of high irradiance was studied with cultures and samples from natural populations of the colonial diatom Asterionella formosa Hass. The fluorescence ratio F-nu:F(m), where F-nu is the difference between DCMU-enhanced fluorescence (F(m)) and normal, dark-adapted fluorescence (F0), was used as a relative measure of photosynthetic performance. A. formosa grown in batch culture displayed a 70-80% decrease in F-nu:F(m) during 1 h of exposure to 1,60-mu-mol quanta m-2 s-1. In addition, sinking rate increased from a mean of 0.23 m d-1 in controls to 0.43 after high irradiance. A. formosa populations were sampled in May, the later stage of the spring abundance maximum in the north basin of Windermere (English Lake District). Diatoms in the upper 1-3 m exhibited low F-nu:F(m) (0.1-0.2) during near-surface stratification (four of five dates) but no depression of F-nu:F(m) on the one occasion of sunny weather and strong surface winds. Near-surface cell abundances were also significantly lower during high- irradiance, stratified conditions. The results suggest that high irradiance lowers production rates and increases sedimentation of diatom populations during the later stages of the spring maximum.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1991 Jun364Times Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 31 Cited References: ALLDREDGE AL, 1989, DEEP-SEA RES, V36, P159 ANDERSEN LWJ, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P539 BELAY A, 1978, J PHYCOL, V14, P341 BELAY A, 1981, NEW PHYTOL, V89, P61 DAVEY MC, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V112, P321 DAVEY MC, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1185 DUYSENS LNM, 1963, STUDIES MICROALGAE P, P353 ELSER JJ, 1985, J PHYCOL, V21, P419 FOGG GE, 1987, ALGAL CULTURES PHYTO FREMPONG E, 1983, FRESHWATER BIOL, V13, P89 HARRIS GP, 1980, J PLANKTON RES, V2, P109 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1978, FRESHWATER BIOL, V8, P115 HEANEY SI, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1169 JAWORSKI GHM, 1981, BR PHYCOL J, V16, P395 LUND JWG, 1964, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V15, P37 LUND JWG, 1964, PHIL T R SOC B, V246, P255 MOED JR, 1973, INT VER THEOR ANGEW, V18, P1367 NEALE PJ, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P167 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P751 NEALE PJ, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1739 NEALE PJ, 1987, PHOTOINHIBITION, P39 PUTT M, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P2144 REYNOLDS CS, 1972, BR PHYCOL J, V20, P227 REYNOLDS CS, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P561 SMETACEK VS, 1985, MAR BIOL, V84, P239 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1955, ANN BOT, V19, P329 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TITMAN D, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P409 VINCENT WF, 1984, J PHYCOL, V20, P201 Note GH839 LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1991GH83900010433-448 .'Neale, P. J. Cullen, J. J. Davis, R. F. Inhibition of marine photosynthesis by ultraviolet radiation: Variable sensitivity of phytoplankton in the Weddell-Scotia Confluence during the austral spring Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.0 1998433MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGRSISI:000074215500006S$Necsoiu, Marius Turpie, Kevin 2001jcHomepage for NASA Goddard Space Flight Center Ocean Primary Productivity Science Computing Facilitye 30 Nov 2000 webpage http://opp.gsfc.nasa.gov/Neveux, J. D. Delmas, J. C. Romano, J. C. Algarra, P. L. Ignatiades A. Herbland P. Morand A. Neori D. Bonin J. Barbe A. Sukenik T. Berman  1990Comparison of chlorophyll and pheopigment determinations by spectrophotometric, fluorometric, spectrofluorometric and HPLC methods Marine Microbial Food Webs42217-238504-507.haNicol, S. Pauly, T. Bindoff, N. L. Wright, S. Thiele, D. Hosie, G. W. Strutton, P. G. Woehler, E.ZTOcean circulation off east Antarctica affects ecosystem structure and sea-ice extent Nature Nature 2000 4060 6795 AUG 3 NATUREISI:000088538000043  2.-,8439-450 82Han, B. P. Virtanen, M. Koponen, J. Straskraba, M.f`Predictors of light-limited growth and competition of phytoplankton in a well-mixed water column$Journal of Theoretical BiologyJ. Theor. Biol.0 1999 197E4APR 21 J THEOR BIOL0ISI:000079760600002T(!Harris, Graham P. John N. A. Lott 1973@9Light Intensity and photosynthetic rates in phytoplanktono4-Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canadar30 12, pt. 1  1171-1178Harris, Graham P.l 1973LEDiel and annual cycles of net plankton photosynthesis in Lake Ontario4-Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canadao30 12, pt. 1b 1179-1787*#Harris, Graham P. B. Beryl Piccinint 1980Physical variability and phytoplankton communities: IV. Temporal changes in the phytoplankton community of a physically variable lake:Arch. Hydrobiol.894447-473; Hawes, I. 1990b[The effects of light and temperature on photosynthate in Antarctic freshwater phytoplankton"Journal of plankton research123 513t 1990 0142-7873 1169-11841"://1989AZ05100005.(Heaney, S. I. Davey, M. C. Brooks, A. S.f_Formation of Sub-Surface Maxima of a Diatom within a Stratified Lake and in a Laboratory Column "Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1989 NovC116 Times Cited: 10 Cited Reference Count: 40 Cited References: BIGGS WW, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P121 BOOKER MJ, 1981, BR PHYCOL J, V17, P69 BOOKER MJ, 1979, BRIT PHYCOL J, V14, P141 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 CULLEN JJ, 1982, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V39, P791 DAVEY MC, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V112, P321 DAVEY MC, 1986, DIATOM RES, V1, P1 DAVEY MC, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1185 EISENREICH SJ, 1975, ENVIRON LETT, V9, P45 EPPLEY RW, 1968, J PHYCOL, V4, P333 FAHNENSTIEL GL, 1983, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V68, P605 GEORGE DG, 1978, J ECOL, V66, P133 GESSNER F, 1948, ECOLOGY, V29, P386 GIBBS MM, 1984, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V99, P489 HEANEY SI, 1985, CONTRIB MAR SCI S, V27, P114 HEANEY SI, 1980, FRESHWATER BIOL, V10, P163 HEANEY SI, 1980, J ECOL, V68, P75 HEANEY SI, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P331 HERBERT D, 1971, METHODS MICROBIOLO B, V5, P209 HILTON J, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V141, P269 JAWORSKI GHM, 1981, BR PHYCOL J, V16, P395 JERLOW NG, 1959, DEEP-SEA RES, V5, P173 KLEMER AR, 1985, CONTRIBUTIONS MARI S, V27, P153 LUND JWG, 1959, BRIT PHYCOL B, V7, P1 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1950, J ECOL, V38, P1 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P255 MACKERETH FJH, 1978, SCI PUBLS FRESHWATER, V36 OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 OLIVER RL, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P285 REYNOLDS CS, 1975, BIOL REV, V50, P437 STEELE JH, 1960, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V39, P217 TALLING JF, 1966, J ECOL, V54, P99 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TILMAN D, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P883 TILMAN D, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P869 WILSON AL, 1965, ANALYST, V90, P270 WOLFF DA, 1975, METHOD CELL BIOL, V10, P85 YAMAOKA R, 1984, EXPERIENTIA, V40, P80 Article AZ051 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1989AZ05100005 ] *8$  1185-1199o"://1989AZ05100006 Davey, M. C. Heaney, S. I.tnThe Control of Sub-Surface Maxima of Diatoms in a Stratified Lake by Physical, Chemical and Biological Factors"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1989 Novm116hTimes Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 33 Cited References: BIENFANG PK, 1980, MAR BIOL, V61, P69 BOOKER MJ, 1979, BRIT PHYCOL J, V14, P141 DAVEY MC, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V112, P321 DAVEY MC, 1986, DIATOM RES, V1, P1 EISENREICH SJ, 1975, ENVIRON LETT, V9, P45 FAHNENSTIEL GL, 1983, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V68, P605 GANF GG, 1982, J ECOL, V70, P829 GEORGE DG, 1978, J ECOL, V66, P133 GESSNER F, 1948, ECOLOGY, V29, P386 HEANEY SI, 1986, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V71, P441 HEANEY SI, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1169 HERBERT D, 1971, METHODS MICROBIOLO B, V5, P209 HILTON J, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V141, P269 KIEFER DA, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P418 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P255 MACKERETH FJ, 1953, J EXP BOT, V4, P296 MACKERETH FJH, 1978, SCI PUBL FRESHWATER, V30 MOLL RA, 1982, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V94, P425 MUNAWAR M, 1978, J GREAT LAKES RES, V4, P415 OLIVER RL, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P879 OLIVER RL, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P285 OLSON TA, 1966, PUBL GT LAKES RES I, V15, P109 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P RILEY GA, 1949, B BINGHAM OCEANOGR C, V12, P1 SMITH IR, 1982, FRESHWATER BIOL, V12, P445 STEELE JH, 1960, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V39, P217 TALLING JF, 1966, J ECOL, V54, P99 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TALLING JF, 1957, NEW PHYTOL, V56, P29 WATSON NHF, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P682 WILSON AL, 1965, ANALYST, V90, P270 WOLFF DA, 1975, METHOD CELL BIOL, V10, P85 Article AZ051 J PLANKTON RES ISI:A1989AZ05100006 189-204I2,Delagiraudiere, I. Laborde, P. Romano, J. C.VPHplc Determination of Chlorophylls and Breakdown Products in Surface MicrolayersMarine Chemistry Mar. Chem. 1989263LArticle APR MAR CHEMISI:A1989U531400002C285-297"://1991FF35600015.(Denant, V. Saliot, A. Mantoura, R. F. C.vpDistribution of Algal Chlorophyll and Carotenoid-Pigments in a Stratified Estuary - the Krka River, Adriatic SeaMarine ChemistryDISSOLVED ORGANIC-CARBON; HPLC ANALYSIS; SPRING BLOOM; EUPHOTIC ZONE; AMAZON RIVER; NORTH-SEA; PHYTOPLANKTON; MATTER; PARTICULATE; WATERSThe detailed distribution of algal chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments was determined around the halocline (freshwater- seawater interface) in the Krka Estuary on the east coast of the Adriatic Sea, in May 1988. After collection of water along the estuary, particulate matter was extracted and analyzed for pigments by high-performance liquid chromotography coupled with absorbance and fluorescence detection. Bottom marine waters were characterized by lower chlorophyll a (chl a) concentration than encountered in surface waters, decreasing downstream from 0.50-mu-g l-1 to 0.16-mu-g l-1 at the marine end-member. The highest concentrations of chl a (up to 26.34-mu-g l-1) were found in the interfacial layer, an particularly at one station located off the city of Sibenik, where high inputs of nutrients supported the accumulation of living algae at the halocline. Fucoxanthin was the most abundant carotenoid, which indicates a euryhaline dominance of diatoms in the estuary, whereas the dinoflagellate-derived carotenoid peridinin was confined to the interfacial and bottom saline waters of the inner estuary. High concentrations of alloxanthin and chl b were found in the interfacial layer, which also suggests an accumulation of Cryptophyceae and green algae in the inner estuary. Phaeophorbides showed higher concentrations in bottom waters than in surface waters, whereas the highest concentrations occurred in the interfacial layer. These high levels could reflect a density trapping of dead cells in an early degradation state, as suggested by the importance of allomerized chl a and chlorophyllide a vs. total chl a, or of faecal pellets originating from zooplankton grazing in the interfacial layer. Mar. Chem. 1991 Mar32 2-4Times Cited: 18 Cited Reference Count: 39 Cited References: BOGORAD L, 1976, CHEM BIOCH PLANT PIG, V1, P64 BURKILL PH, 1987, MAR BIOL, V93, P581 CADEE GC, 1982, NETH J SEA RES, V15, P228 CUKER BE, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P840 DENANT V, 1990, IN PRESS DIVERSITY E DENANT V, 1988, THESIS U P M CURIE ERTEL JR, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P739 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GIESKES WWC, 1978, NETH J SEA RES, V12, P195 GOODWIN TW, 1976, CHEM BIOCH PLANT PIG, V1, P225 HEDGES JI, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P717 INCZE L, 1981, ESTUARINE COASTAL MA, V13, P547 JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 JEFFREY SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V35, P293 JOHANSEN JE, 1974, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V13, P2261 KLEIN B, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V37, P265 LEE JAH, 1988, PIGMENT CELL, V9, P1 LIAAENJENSEN S, 1977, MARINE NATURAL PRODU, P239 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V47, P1293 MANTOURA RFC, 1987, NATURE, V328, P589 MORRIS AW, 1978, NATURE, V274, P678 RELEXANS JC, 1988, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V27, P625 RIDOUT PS, 1985, MAR BIOL, V87, P7 SALIOT A, 1988, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V27, P645 SEKULIC B, 1989, NATIONAL PARK KRKA S, V2, P153 SHOLKOVITZ ER, 1976, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V40, P831 SKRIVANIC A, 1986, LONG TERM PROGRAMME SVETLICIC V, 1991, MAR CHEM, V32, P253 TANGEN K, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P389 VERNET M, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P352 VILICIC D, 1989, AQUAT SCI, V51, P31 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P1 WOLLAST R, 1983, MAJOR BIOGEOCHEMICAL, P285 WRIGHT SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V38, P259 ZUTIC V, 1987, NATURE, V328, P612 Article FF356 MAR CHEM ISI:A1991FF35600015B274-286rJDDescy, J. P. Higgins, H. W. Mackey, D. J. Hurley, J. P. Frost, T. M.NGPigment ratios and phytoplankton assessment in northern Wisconsin lakesJournal of Phycology Nine lakes in northern Wisconsin were sampled from February through September 1996, and HPLC analysis of water column pigments was carried out on epilimnetic seston, pigment distributions were evaluated throughout the water column during summer in Crystal Lake and Little Rock Lake. The purpose of our study was to investigate the use of phytopigments as markers of the main taxonomic groups of algae, As a first approach, multiple regression of marker pigments against chlorophyll a (chl a) was used to derive the best linear combination of the main xanthophylls (peridinin, fucoxanthin, alloxanthin, lutein, and zeaxanthin), A significant regression equation (r(2) = 0.98) was obtained for epilimnion data. The good fit indicates that the chi a:xanthophyll ratios were fairly constant in the epilimnion of the nine lakes over time. Chlorophyll a recalculated from the main xanthophylls in each sample showed good agreement with measured chi a in epilimnetic waters, A second approach used the CHEMTAX program to analyze the same data set. CHEMTAX provided estimates of chi a biomass for all algal classes and allowed distinction between diatoms and chrysophytes, and between chlorophytes and euglenophytes. These results showed a reasonably good agreement with biomass estimates from microscope counts, despite uncertainties associated with differences in sampling procedure. Changes of pigment ratios over time in the epilimnetic waters were also investigated, as well as differences between surface and deep samples of Little Rock Lake and Crystal Lake. We found evidence that changes in the ratio of photoprotective pigments to chi a occurred as a response to changes in light climate. Changes were also observed for certain light-harvesting pigments. The comparison between multiple regression and CHEMTAX analyses for inferring chl a biomass from concentrations of marker pigments highlighted the need to take account of variations in pigment ratio, as well as the need to acquire additional data on the pig ment composition of planktonic algae. J. Phycol. 2000362Article APR J PHYCOLISI:000086802300003T\ \$&Salencon, M. J. Thebault, J. M.r 1996~wSimulation model of a mesotrophic reservoir (Lac de Pareloup, France): melodia, an ecosystem reservoir management model9Ecological Modelling841e 163-187(25) January 1996$Elsevier Science 0304-3800$Satpathy, K. K. Nair, K. V. K. 1996PIOccurrence of phytoplankton bloom and its effect on coastal water quality&Oceanographic Literature Review4312 1238-1239(2) December 1996$Elsevier Science 0967-0653 Sayer, C. D. 2001xqProblems with the application of diatom-total phosphorus transfer functions: examples from a shallow English lake\Freshwater Biology466r 743-757(15) June 2001$(!Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK 0046-5070 47-55"://1987G689700003"Schulze, P. C. Brooks, A. S.HBThe Possibility of Predator Avoidance by Lake-Michigan Zooplankton Hydrobiologia  Hydrobiologia 1987 Mar 10 1461XRTimes Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 31 Cited References: BEETON AM, 1960, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V17, P517 BOWERS JA, 1982, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V93, P121 BOWERS JA, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P767 BRANDT SB, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P1557 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 COOPER SD, 1980, CANADIAN J FISHERIES, V37, P909 CROWDER LB, 1984, T AM FISH SOC, V113, P694 EVANS MS, 1985, T AM MICROSC SOC, V104, P223 GEORGE DG, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P457 GROSSNICKLE NE, 1978, THESIS U WISCONSIN M HARDING GC, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P952 HERMAN AW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P709 JANSSEN J, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P177 KIBBY HV, 1973, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V18, P1457 LAMPERT W, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P68 MCNAUGHT DC, 1966, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V16, P194 MITTELBACH GG, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P499 MORGAN MD, 1978, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V35, P1165 PAFFENHOFER GA, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P15 POWER ME, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P523 RICE JA, 1985, THESIS U WISCONSIN M RICHARDS RC, 1975, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V19, P835 RYAN TA, 1976, MINITAB STUDENT HDB RYBOCK JR, 1978, THESIS U CALIFORNIA SCHINDLER DW, 1969, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V26, P1948 SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, FISH RES BD CAN B, V167 TERAGUCHI M, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P2989 THRELKELD ST, 1980, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY ZO, P555 WARREN GJ, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P537 WELLS L, 1960, US FISH WILDL SERV F, V60, P343 Article G6897 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1987G689700003 47-55"://1987G689700003"Schulze, P. C. Brooks, A. S.HBThe Possibility of Predator Avoidance by Lake-Michigan Zooplankton Hydrobiologial Hydrobiologia 1987 Mar 10 1461XRTimes Cited: 8 Cited Reference Count: 31 Cited References: BEETON AM, 1960, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V17, P517 BOWERS JA, 1982, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V93, P121 BOWERS JA, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P767 BRANDT SB, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P1557 BROOKS AS, 1977, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V34, P2280 COOPER SD, 1980, CANADIAN J FISHERIES, V37, P909 CROWDER LB, 1984, T AM FISH SOC, V113, P694 EVANS MS, 1985, T AM MICROSC SOC, V104, P223 GEORGE DG, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P457 GROSSNICKLE NE, 1978, THESIS U WISCONSIN M HARDING GC, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P952 HERMAN AW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P709 JANSSEN J, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P177 KIBBY HV, 1973, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V18, P1457 LAMPERT W, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P68 MCNAUGHT DC, 1966, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V16, P194 MITTELBACH GG, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P499 MORGAN MD, 1978, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V35, P1165 PAFFENHOFER GA, 1983, J PLANKTON RES, V5, P15 POWER ME, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P523 RICE JA, 1985, THESIS U WISCONSIN M RICHARDS RC, 1975, INT VEREINIGUNG THEO, V19, P835 RYAN TA, 1976, MINITAB STUDENT HDB RYBOCK JR, 1978, THESIS U CALIFORNIA SCHINDLER DW, 1969, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V26, P1948 SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, FISH RES BD CAN B, V167 TERAGUCHI M, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P2989 THRELKELD ST, 1980, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY ZO, P555 WARREN GJ, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P537 WELLS L, 1960, US FISH WILDL SERV F, V60, P343 Article G6897 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1987G689700003515-529"://1987M110000008"Schwab, D. J. Bennett, J. R.ngLagrangian Comparison of Objectively Analyzed and Dynamically Modeled Circulation Patterns in Lake Erie&Journal of Great Lakes ResearchJ. Gt. Lakes Res. 1987134Times Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 17 Cited References: BENNETT JR, 1987, J COMP PHYS, V67, P262 BENNETT JR, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P272 BUSINGER JA, 1971, J ATMOS SCI, V28, P181 CHARNOCK H, 1955, QUART J ROY METEOROL, V81, P639 FREELAND HJ, 1976, DEEP SEA RES S, V16, P58 GALT JA, 1980, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V10, P1984 LAM DCL, 1981, APPL MATH NOTES, V6, P20 MURTHY CR, 1981, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V11, P1567 RAO DB, 1981, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V11, P739 SAUNDERS PM, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P1416 SAYLOR JH, 1987, J GREAT LAKES RES, V13, P487 SCHWAB DJ, 1983, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V13, P2213 SCHWAB DJ, 1978, MON WEA REV, V106, P1476 SCHWAB DJ, 1981, NOAA ERL GLERL38 GRE SIMONS TJ, 1980, CAN B FISH AQUATIC S, V203 SIMONS TJ, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P371 SIMONS TJ, 1985, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V15, P1191 Article M1100 J GREAT LAKES RESISI:A1987M110000008A*1$dR("Rakaj, M. Hindak, F. Hindakova, A. 2000XQPhytoplankton species diversity of the Albanian part of Lake Shkodra in 1998-1999lBiologia5545329-3420 AugfBiologiaISI:000089732200003g>7phytoplankton; species diversity; Lake Shkodra; Albania0The results of phytoplankton species diversity studies of the Albanian part of Lake Shkodra in 1998-1999 are presented. Lake Shkodra is the largest lake in the Balkan Peninsula situated transboundary between the Yugoslavian Federal Republic (Montenegro) and Albania. It is a large, but shallow lake of an oligotrophic character. In material collected from 9 sampling stations altogether 142 genera with 455 species and infraspecific taxa were determined; majority of them (255) have not been recorded in the Montenegro part of Lake Shkodra by PETKOVIC (1981). The highest number of species and infraspecific taxa were found in Bacillariophyceae (242) and Chlorophyceae (97), followed by Conjugatophyceae (35), Euglenophyceae (35) and Cyanophyceae (24); other groups were represented only by some taxa. In spite of a relatively rich phototrophic microflora, Lake Shkodra according to the phytoplankton species composition can be classified oligotrophic. Diatoms dominated in most samples, with Cyclotella ocellata, C. distinguenda, Asterionella formosa, Fragilaria ulna, Aulacoseira ambigua, Cymbella affinis, Gomphonema acuminatum, Navicula capitatoradiata. From other algal groups belonged to the characteristic species of Lake Shkodra phytoplankton: Ceratium hirundinella from Dinophyta, Dinobryon sociale and D. divergens from Chrysophyceae, Merismopedia glauca, Microcystis aeruginosa and Radiocystis aphanothecoidea from Cyanophyta, Pediastrum simplex, P. duplex var. gracillimum, Coelastrun polychordum, and Scenedesmus perforatus from Chlorophyceae.XQTimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 32 Cited References: BEKA I, 1995, PHYSIC CHEM CHARACTE, V2, P13 BEKTESHI A, 1997, THESIS SHKODER BREHME V, 1905, VERH K K ZOOL BOT GE, V55, P47 ETTL H, 1983, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V9, P1 FORTI A, 1902, ATTI R I VEN LETT AR, V61, P703 HINDAK F, 1988, BIOL PR BRATISLAVA, V34, P1 HINDAK F, 1977, BIOL PR BRATISLAVA, V23, P1 HINDAK F, 1990, BIOL PRACE, V36 HINDAK F, 1984, BIOL PRACE, V30 HINDAK F, 1980, BIOL PRACE, V26 HINDAK F, 1978, SLADKOVODNE RIASY HINDAK F, 1975, SLOVENSKE PEDAGOGICK HUBERPESTALOZZI G, 1955, BINNENGEWASSER, V16, P1 KASHTA L, 1984, B SHKENCAVE NATYRORE, V1, P63 KOMAREK J, 1983, PHYTOPLANKTON SUSSWA, V7, P1 KOMAREK J, 1999, SUSSWASSSERFLORA MIT, V19, P1 KORSHIKOV OA, 1953, VIZN PRISNOVODN VODO, V5, P1 KRAMMER K, 1991, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P1 KRAMMER K, 1988, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P1 KRAMMER K, 1986, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V2, P1 MILOVANOVIC D, 1965, ZBORNIK RADOVA, V8, P1 NEDELJKOVIC R, 1959, POSEBNO IZD BIOL I, V4, P1 PANO N, 1984, HIDROLOGJIA SHQIPERI, P96 PANO N, 1967, STUDIME HIDROMETEORO, V4, P102 PETKOVIC S, 1981, BIOTA LIMNOLOGY LAKE PETROVIC G, 1975, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V19, P1326 POPOVSKY J, 1990, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V6, P1 RAKAJ M, 1999, AK SHK SHQIPERISE TI, P107 RAKAJ M, 1999, SEKTORI BIOEKOLOGJIS, V2, P3 ROTT E, 1999, INDIKATIONLISTEN A 2 RUCI B, 1985, B SHK NAT TIRANE, V3, P109 STARMACH K, 1966, FLORA SLODKOWODNA PO, V2, P1 English Article 361PV BIOLOGIAO'Univ Shkodra Luigj Gurakuqi, Dept Biol, Shkoder, Albania Univ Shkodra Luigj Gurakuqi, Dept Biol, Shkoder, Albania Rakaj M Univ Shkodra Luigj Gurakuqi, Dept Biol, Shkoder, Albania 65-71$://A1990EF41000010 Ramus, J.>7A Form-Function Analysis of Photon Capture for Seaweeds Hydrobiologia Hydrobiologia  1990 Sep 28 204Y'~xDUKE UNIV,DEPT BOT,BEAUFORT,NC 28516 DUKE UNIV,MARINE LAB,BEAUFORT,NC 28516 RAMUS J DUKE UNIV,DEPT BOT,BEAUFORT,NC 28516xqTimes Cited: 9 Cited Reference Count: 17 Cited References: BRICAUD A, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P816 BRITZ SJ, 1976, PLANT PHYSIOL, V58, P22 COLOMBO PM, 1977, PHYCOLOGIA, V16, P9 DUBINSKY Z, 1986, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V27, P1335 EHLERINGER J, 1981, OECOLOGIA, V49, P366 FALKOWSKI PG, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P311 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS LAPOINTE BE, 1984, MAR BIOL, V80, P161 LATIMER P, 1983, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V38, P731 MOREL A, 1981, DEEP-SEA RES, V28, P1375 OSBORNE BA, 1986, BIOL REV, V61, P1 PREZELIN BB, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P1 RAMUS J, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P518 RAMUS J, 1983, J PHYCOL, V19, P173 RAMUS J, 1978, J PHYCOL, V14, P352 SAFFO MB, 1987, BIOSCIENCE, V37, P654 VOGELMANN TC, 1986, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V68, P704 English Article EF410 HYDROBIOLOGIA ISI:A1990EF41000010I Raven, J. A. 1991Physiology of inorganic C acquisition and implications for resource use efficiency by marine phytoplankton: relation to increased CO2 and temperature: commissioned review"Plant, cell and environment1487 7791 1991 0140-77910*Raven, J. A. Johnston, A. M. Turpin, D. H. 1993Influence of changes in CO2 concentration and temperature on marine phytoplankton 13C/12C ratios: an analysis of possible mechanisms"Global and planetary change8 1/2Z1 1993 0921-81814. Ravens, Thomas M. Kocsis, Otti Wiiest, Alfred 2000@9Small-scale turbulence and vertical mixing in Lake BaikalnLimnol. Oceanogr.u451u159-173t.(Richardson, K. Beardall, J. Raven, J. A. 1983NHAdaptation of unicellular algae to irradiance: an analysis of strategies New Phytol.a93157-171iP R,297-314"://1990CW951000052+Grobbelaar, J. U. Soeder, C. J. Stengel, E.XQModeling Algal Productivity in Large Outdoor Cultures and Waste Treatment SystemsBiomass 1990214'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,LIMNOL UNIT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICA KFA JULICH GMBH,BIOTECHNOL 3,W-5170 JULICH 1,GERMANY GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,LIMNOL UNIT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9301,SOUTH AFRICAb[Times Cited: 14 Cited Reference Count: 33 Cited References: BERNER T, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P659 BIRMINGHAM BC, 1982, PLANT PHYSIOL, V69, P259 FOGG GE, 1965, ALGAL CULTURES PHYTO GOLDMAN JC, 1979, WATER RES, V13, P119 GROBBELAAR JU, 1984, 282 KERN FORSCH ANL GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 GROBBELAAR JU, 1981, UOFS PUBL C, V3, P173 GROBBELAAR JU, 1988, WATER RES, V22, P1459 GROBBELAAR JU, 1982, WATER SA, V8, P79 GROENEWEG J, 1986, 2057 KERN FORSCH ANL HARRIS GP, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V10, P1 HARRIS GP, 1980, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V37, P877 HARTIG P, 1988, BIOMASS, V15, P211 HELLEBUST JA, 1974, BOTANICAL MONOGRAPHS, V10, P838 HILL DT, 1981, AGR WASTES, V3, P43 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS KRAUT H, 1966, WESTDEUTSCHER, V1 LLOYD D, 1974, BOTANICAL MONOGRAPHS, V10, P505 MARKL H, 1980, ALGAE BIOMASS, P361 OSWALD WJ, 1970, PREDICTION MEASUREME, P473 SCHULTZ G, 1963, Z NATURFORSCH B, V18, P946 SCOTT WE, 1981, U OFS PUBL C, V3, P103 SHELEF G, 1975, 2ND SHERM ENV ENG RE SHELEF G, 1981, COMBINED SYSTEMS ALG SOEDER CJ, 1967, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V33, P127 SOEDER CJ, 1984, ARCH MICROBIOL, V137, P85 SOEDER CJ, 1967, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V56, P106 SOEDER CJ, 1980, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V72, P197 SOEDER CJ, 1970, JARB 1970 LANDESAMTE, P419 SOROKIN C, 1958, PLANT PHYSIOL, V33, P109 STENGEL E, 1970, BER DEUT BOT GES, V83, P589 TIWARI JL, 1978, ECOLOGICAL MODELLING, V4, P3 TOERIEN DF, 1981, U OFS PUBL C, V3, P168 English Article CW951 BIOMASSISI:A1990CW95100005189-194"://1991GL14200020Grobbelaar, J. U.VPThe Influence of Light Dark Cycles in Mixed Algal Cultures on Their ProductivityBioresource TechnologyALGAL BIOTECHNOLOGY; SCENEDESMUS; CHLORELLA; PRODUCTIVITY; LIGHT DARK FLUCTUATIONS; TURBULENCE; MASS ALGAL CULTURES PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON; RESPIRATION; SYSTEMIn mass algal cultures, some form of agitation is usually provided, which amongst others, moves the organisms though an optically dense profile. During this transport, fluctuations in the light energy supply are perceived by the algae, which are of the order of 1 Hz and less. Additional to these variations the cultures are subject to diurnal, seasonal and climatic light variations. It has been suggested that turbulence with the resultant light/dark cycles enhances their productivity. However, turbulence has two major influences on an organism, i.e. it facilitates fluctuating light regimes and decreases the boundary layer which results in an increased exchange rate between the organism and its environment. With the aid of oxygen liberation measurements, the influence of fluctuating light regimes on productivity was measured. No simple relation existed, but no enhancement of productivity could be shown at cycles of 1-0.0038 Hz. Short term physiological changes were found to influence productivity severely.Bioresour. Technol. 199138 2-3'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICA GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICAyTimes Cited: 14 Cited Reference Count: 16 Cited References: CULLEN JJ, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1039 DOTY MS, 1957, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V2, P37 DUBINSKY Z, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P607 FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 FRIEDRICKSON AG, 1970, PREDICTION MEASUREME, P519 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 KOK B, 1953, ALGAL CULTURE LAB PI, P63 LAWS EA, 1983, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V25, P2319 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 PORCELLO DB, 1970, 708 U CAL SERL REP RICHMOND A, 1980, ALGAE BIOMASS PRODUC, P65 RICHMOND A, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V11, P274 SARTORY DP, 1984, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V114, P177 SOROKIN C, 1957, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V10, P659 TERRY KL, 1986, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V28, P988 English Article GL142 BIORESOURCE TECHNOLISI:A1991GL14200020ipated in a general way. The models have been used to define an experimental strategy to establish the separate effects of respiration and recycling on the time course of net C-14 uptake. The initial rates give the dearest resolution of the two processes and it would appear that with photosynthetic rates in the region of 1 day(-1),incubation periods up to 3-6 h would be suitable to determine the importance of recycling in controlling net C-14 uptake. With the present models, only in the absence of recycling could the effect of respiration be studied and the value of q established.J. Plankton Res. 19961810 Article OCT J PLANKTON RESISI:A1996VU40900012jdWright, S.W. Jeffrey, S.W. Mantoura, R.F.C. Llewellyn, C.A. Bjornland, T. Repeta, D. Welschmeyer, N.LFImproved HPLC method for the analysis of cholorophylls and carotenoids"Wright, S. W. Shearer, J. D. 1984ZSRapid extraction and HPLC of chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine phytoplanktonp J. Chrom.u 294\281-295f Yamamoto, T. 1993hbLatitudinal differences in temperature adaptation pattern of phytoplankton photosynthetic activity82Proceedings of the NIPR Symposium on Polar Biology6Z 171 1993 0914-563XZ.(Yamazaki, Hidekatsu Kamykowski, Daniel 1991TNThe vertical trajectories of motile phytoplankton in a wind-mixed water columnDeep-Sea Research382t219-241l"Yentsch, C. S. Menzel, D. W. 1963b[A method for the determination of phytoplankton chlorophyll and phaeophytin by fluorescenceeDeep Sea Researchu10221-231f Deep Sea Res.N Yoder, J. A. Bishop, S. S. 1985xrEfects of mixing-induced irradiance fluctuations on photosynthesis of natural assemblages of coastal phytoplankton Mar. Biol.90 87-93 ZardZelt, Ronald B.t 1991F@GIS technology used to manage and analyse hydrologic information GIS World August 70-73Zlotnik, I. Dubinsky, Z. 1989LEThe effect of light and temperature on DOC excretion by phytoplanktonu Limnology and oceanography345t 831  1989& 0024-3590 Copyright 2001 ingenta 55-701 Zonneveld, C.PIA cell-based model for the chlorophyll a to carbon ratio in phytoplanktonEcological Modelling Ecol. Model. 1998 113 1-3cNOV 2 ECOL MODELISI:000077929300006115-123 Zonneveld, C.pXRPhotoinhibition as affected by photoacclimation in phytoplankton: a model approach$Journal of Theoretical BiologyJ. Theor. Biol. 1998 193a1JUL 7 J THEOR BIOLISI:000074909400010NZucchi, M. R. Necchi, O. 2001~xEffects of temperature, irradiance and photoperiod on growth and pigment content in some freshwater red algae in culturePhycological Research492 103-114(12)Z June 2001Z$(!Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK2 1322-0829V4 X767-788P Barkmann, W. Woods, J. D.nrlOn using a Lagrangian model to calibrate primary production determined from in vitro incubation measurements"Journal of Plankton ResearchMIXED LAYER; UPPER OCEAN; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHOTOADAPTATION; SIMULATION; IRRADIANCE; INTENSITY; QUALITY,This paper discusses an observing system simulation experiment which reveals the difference in primary production of (i) phytoplankton moving freely in the turbulent mixed layer of the upper ocean and (ii) a sample of the same population held in a bottle at fixed depths. The results indicate the tendency of incubation measurements to overestimate phytoplankton production rates by up to 40%. Differences in primary production depend to a first approximation on the vertical extent of mixing and on water turbidity. A simple model was constructed leading to a non-linear calibration function which relates the difference in primary production to surface irradiance, mixing depth and to the depth of the euphotic zone. This function has been applied to calibrate the production rates simulated at fixed depths, and the corrected values were verified by comparisons with productivities in the turbulent environment. The calibration function was found to be capable of reducing the differences significantly.J. Plankton Res. 1996185 Article MAY J PLANKTON RESISI:A1996UN94500009 15-22$://000072166500003PJBarlow, R. G. Mantoura, R. F. C. Cummings, D. G. Pond, D. W. Harris, R. P.B;Evolution of phytoplankton pigments in mesocosm experiments*#Estuarine Coastal and Shelf Sciencepigments; biominerals; mesocosms; diatoms; coccolithophores SPRING BLOOM; ATLANTIC; HPLC; SEA; COCCOLITHOPHORE; VARIABILITY; SIGNATURES; CARBON; OCEANChanges in pigments, biominerals and particulate organic carbon (POC) were investigated in nutrient controlled mesocosms dominated by diatoms and Emiliania huxleyi. A rapid increase in pigments was observed in the first 3-6 days of the experiment after the mesocosms were enriched with nitrate, phosphate and silicate (N/P/Si), or nitrate and phosphate only (N/P). Pigment concentrations then declined steadily to Day 17-19, after which a secondary increase was again monitored in the final 10 days. High concentrations of fucoxanthin were measured in all the mesocosms that were sampled, and the data indicated that the E. huxleyi cells were producing significant levels of fucoxanthin in addition to hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin. There were concomitant increases and decreases in POC and CaCO3, and in SiO2 in the N/P/Si-enriched mesocosms. Phytoplankton-carbon/POC ratios showed that the phytoplankton accounted for 60-90% of the POC during exponential growth, whereas this proportion was < 50% in the decline phase. High fucoxanthin/ hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin (fuc/hex) ratios in the N/P/Si-enriched mesocosms suggested that a significant fraction of the biomass increase was due to diatoms, while the smaller ratios in the N/P-enriched mesocosms were associated with the dominance of coccolithophores. Mean rates of increase in pigments, POC and biominerals were estimated for each mesocosm and compared with the rate of uptake of nutrients. (C) 1998 Academic Press Limited. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 1998 Feb46Times Cited: 2 Cited Reference Count: 22 Cited References: ANDERSEN RA, 1996, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V43, P517 BALCH WM, 1992, CONT SHELF RES, V12, P1353 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P459 BARLOW RG, 1997, IN PRESS DEEP SEA RE, V2 BARLOW RG, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V125, P279 BIDIGARE RR, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V60, P113 BUMA AGJ, 1991, NETH J SEA RES, V27, P173 CLAUSTRE H, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT 1, V42, P1475 EVERITT DA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P975 FERNANDEZ E, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V97, P271 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1980, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V3, P285 LETELIER RM, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 MANTOURA RFC, 1994, PHOTOSNTHETIC PIGMEN ONDRUSEK ME, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P243 PARSONS TR, 1984, MANUAL CHEM BIOL MET POLLEHNE F, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES, V40, P737 POND DW, 1997, ESTUARINE COASTAL SA, V46, P61 VERARDO DJ, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P157 WILLIAMS PJL, 1998, ESTUAR COAST SHELF A, V46, P3 WRIGHT SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V38, P259 Article A YY620 ESTUAR COAST SHELF SCIISI:00007216650000356677-699$://00007959270000860Barlow, R. G. Mantoura, R. F. C. Cummings, D. G.ZTMonsoonal influence on the distribution of phytoplankton pigments in the Arabian Sea@9Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in OceanographyNORTHWESTERN INDIAN-OCEAN; DIVINYL CHLOROPHYLL-A; SUBTROPICAL NORTH-ATLANTIC; PROCHLOROCOCCUS-MARINUS; FLOW-CYTOMETRY; SYNECHOCOCCUS; VARIABILITY; PROKARYOTE; IRRADIANCE; GROWTH Variations in the distribution of chemotaxonomic pigments were monitored in the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Oman at the end of the SW monsoon in September 1994 and during the inter-monsoon period in November/December 1994 to determine the seasonal changes in phytoplankton composition. The Gulf of Oman was characterized by sub-surface chlorophyll maxima at 20-40 m during both seasons, and low levels of divinyl chlorophyll a indicated that prochlorophytes did not contribute significantly to the total chlorophyll a. Prymnesiophytes (19'- hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin), diatoms (fucoxanthin) and chlorophyll b containing organisms accounted for most of the phytoplankton biomass in September, while prymnesiophytes dominated in November/December. In the Arabian Sea in September, high total chlorophyll a concentrations up to 1742 ngl(-1) were measured in the coastal upwelling region and a progressive decline was monitored along the 1670 km offshore transect to oligotrophic waters at 8 degrees N. Divinyl chlorophyll a was not detected along this transect except at the two most southerly stations where prochlorophytes were estimated to contribute 25-30% to the total chlorophyll a. Inshore, the dominance of fucoxanthin and/or hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin indicated that diatoms and prymnesiophytes generally dominated the patchy phytoplankton community, with zeaxanthin-containing Synechococcus also being important, especially in surface waters. At the southern oligotrophic localities, Synechococcus and prochlorophytes dominated the upper 40 m and prymnesiophytes were the most prominent at the deep chlorophyll maximum. During the inter- monsoon season, total chlorophyll a concentrations were generally half those measured in September and highest levels were found on the shelf (1170 ngl(-1)). Divinyl chlorophyll a was detected at all stations along the Arabian Sea transect, and we estimated that prochlorophytes contributed between 3 and 28% to the total chlorophyll a, while at the two oligotrophic stations this proportion increased to 51-52%. While procaryotes were more important in November/December than September, eucaryotes still accounted for > 50% of the total chlorophyll a. Pigment/total chlorophyll a ratios indicated that 19'- hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin-containing prymnesiophytes were the dominant group, although procaryotes accounted for 65% at the two southerly oligotrophic stations. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.0*Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. 199946 3-4jdTimes Cited: 16 Cited Reference Count: 36 Cited References: ANDERSEN RA, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P701 BARLOW RG, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V44, P833 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P459 BARLOW RG, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V125, P279 BURKILL PH, 1999, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V46, P529 BURKILL PH, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P643 BURKILL PH, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P773 CHISHOLM SW, 1992, ARCH MICROBIOL, V157, P297 CLAUSTRE H, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT 1, V42, P1475 CLAUSTRE H, 1994, J MAR RES, V52, P711 CURRIE RI, 1992, OCEANOL ACTA, V15, P43 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GOERICKE R, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P425 GOERICKE R, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V101, P307 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 KANA TM, 1988, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V33, P1623 KREY J, 1973, BIOL INDIAN OCEAN, P115 KREY J, 1973, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 LETELIER RM, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 MANTOURA RFC, 1993, DEEP SEA RES 2, V40, P651 MCMANUS GB, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V113, P199 MOREL A, 1993, J MAR RES, V51, P617 ONDRUSEK ME, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P243 OWENS NJP, 1993, DEEP SEA RES 2, V40, P697 PARSONS TR, 1978, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V32, P285 PARTENSKY F, 1993, PLANT PHYSIOL, V101, P285 POLLEHNE F, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES, V40, P737 SASTRY JS, 1972, INDIAN J MAR SCI, V1, P17 SIMON N, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P922 SMITH RL, 1977, VOYAGE DISCOVERY, P291 SWALLOW JC, 1984, DEEP-SEA RES, V31, P639 VELDHUIS MJW, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V44, P425 VELDHUIS MJW, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V68, P121 VELDHUIS MJW, 1993, NETH J SEA RES, V31, P135 WOODWARD EMS, 1999, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V46, P571 Article 184CW DEEP-SEA RES PT II-TOP ST OCEISI:0000795927000088,|H7601-612"://1993ME94100006\UBrown, M. R. Dunstan, G. A. Jeffrey, S. W. Volkman, J. K. Barrett, S. M. Leroi, J. M.rlThe Influence of Irradiance on the Biochemical-Composition of the Prymnesiophyte Isochrysis Sp (Clone T-Iso)Journal of PhycologyD>AMINO ACID; FATTY ACID; ISOCHRYSIS SP (CLONE T-ISO); LIGHT; MARICULTURE; MICROALGA; PIGMENTS; PRYMNESIOPHYCEAE; SUGARS FATTY-ACID COMPOSITION; MARINE UNICELLULAR ALGAE; LIGHT- INTENSITY; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PIGMENTS; CRASSOSTREA-VIRGINICA; CHEMICAL-COMPOSITION; LIPID-COMPOSITION; CELLULAR CARBON; DIEL CHANGES; AMINO-ACIDSThe effect of irradiance on the biochemical composition of the prymnesiophyte microalga, Isochrysis sp. (Parke; clone T-ISO) a popular species for mariculture, were examined. Cultures were grown under a 12:12 h light:dark (L:D) regime at five irradiances ranging from 50 to 1000 mu E.m(-2).s(-1) and harvested at late-logarithmic phase for analysis of biochemical composition. Gross composition varied over the range of irradiances. The highest levels of protein were present in cells from cultures grown at 100 and 250 mu E.m(-2).s(-1), and minimum levels of carbohydrate and lipid occurred at 50 mu E.m(-2).s(-1). Because the cell dry weight was reduced at lower irradiances, different trends were evident when results were expressed as percentage of dry weights. Protein percentages were highest at 50 and 100 mu E.m(-2).s(-1) and carbohydrate at 100 mu E.m(-2).s(-1) The composition of amino acids did not differ over the range of irradiances. Glutamate and aspartate were always present in high proportions (9.0-13.5%) histidine, methionine, tryptophan, cystine, and hydroxy-proline were minor constituents (0.0-2.6%). Glucose was the predominant sugar in all cultures, ranging from 23.0% (50 mu E.m(-2).s(-1)) to 45.0% (100 mu E.m(-2).s(-1)) of total polysaccharide. No correlation was found between the proportion of any of the sugars and irradiance. The proportions of the lipid class components and fatty acids showed little change with irradiance. The main fatty acids were 14:0, 16:0, 16:1(n-7), 18:1(n-9), 18:3(n-3), 18:4(n-3), 18:5(n-3), and 22:6(n-3). Proportions of 22:6(n-3) increased, whereas 18:3(n-3), 18:3(n-6), and 18:4(n-3) decreased, with increasing irradiance. Pigment concentrations were highest in cultures grown at 50 mu E.m(-2).s(-1), except for fucoxanthin and diadinoxanthin (100 mu E.m(-2).s(-1)). The concentrations of accessory pigments correlated with chlorophyll a, which decreased in concentration with increasing irradiance. J. Phycol. 1993 Oct295 x rTimes Cited: 20 Cited Reference Count: 61 Cited References: BENAMOTZ A, 1985, J PHYCOL, V21, P72 BENAMOTZ A, 1987, MAR BIOL, V95, P31 BIDLINGMEYER BA, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V336, P93 BLAKENEY AB, 1983, CARBOHYD RES, V113, P291 BLIGH EG, 1959, CAN J BIOCH PHYSL, V37, P911 BRAND LE, 1981, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V50, P119 BRASSELL SC, 1986, NATURE, V320, P129 BROWN MR, 1989, CSIRO205 MAR LAB REP BROWN MR, 1993, J APPL PHYCOL, V5, P285 BROWN MR, 1991, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V145, P79 BRUTON C, 1986, INT LAB, V16, P30 CARON L, 1988, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V123, P211 CHAN AT, 1980, J PHYCOL, V16, P428 CHU FLE, 1982, AQUACULTURE, V29, P241 CLAUSTRE H, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V40, P167 COHEN Z, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P328 DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350 DUNSTAN GA, 1993, J APPL PHYCOL, V5, P71 ENRIGHT CT, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V96, P1 FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 FALKOWSKI PG, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P99 GALLAGHER JC, 1984, MAR BIOL, V82, P121 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 JAMES CM, 1989, AQUACULTURE, V77, P337 JEFFREY SW, 1991, 1991 P AQ NUTR WORKS, P164 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1980, CSIRO1977 1979 DIV F, P22 KANAZAWA A, 1984, 1 INT C CULT PEN PRA, P123 KATES M, 1966, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V116, P264 KOHATA K, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P377 KOHATA K, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P58 KRISTENSEN JH, 1972, MAR BIOL, V14, P130 LANGDON CJ, 1981, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V61, P431 LEE RE, 1980, PHYCOLOGY, P155 MARLOWE IT, 1984, BRIT PHYCOL J, V19, P203 ONISHI T, 1985, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V51, P301 PRAHL FG, 1988, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V52, P2303 PRAHL FG, 1987, NATURE, V330, P367 REDALJE DG, 1983, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V68, P59 RENAUD SM, 1991, J APPL PHYCOL, V3, P43 RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 SICKOGOAD L, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P1 STAUBER JL, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P158 SUKENIK A, 1991, AQUACULTURE, V97, P61 SUKENIK A, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P686 THOMPSON PA, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P351 THOMPSON PA, 1990, J PHYCOL, V26, P278 TORO JE, 1989, AQUACULTURE FISHERIE, V20, P249 VESK M, 1990, BIOL MARINE PLANTS, P96 VOLKMAN JK, 1980, ADV ORG GEOCHEM, P219 VOLKMAN JK, 1989, FATS FUTURE, P263 VOLKMAN JK, 1986, J CHROMATOGR, V356, P147 VOLKMAN JK, 1989, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V128, P219 VOLKMAN JK, 1991, JPC-J PLANAR CHROMAT, V4, P19 VOLKMAN JK, 1991, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V30, P1855 WATANABE T, 1983, AQUACULTURE, V34, P115 WEBB KL, 1983, 2ND P INT C AQ NUTR, P272 WHYTE JNC, 1987, AQUACULTURE, V60, P231 WIKFORS GH, 1984, BIOL BULL, V167, P251 WRIGHT SW, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V77, P183 YANG CY, 1985, J CHROMATOGR, V346, P413 Article ME941 J PHYCOLISI:A1993ME94100006301-301"://1987J8401000152+Butterwick, C. Heaney, S. I. Talling, J. F.2,The Influence of Temperature on Algal Growth"British Phycological Journal 1987 Sep.223RLTimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 0 Meeting Abstract J8401 BRIT PHYCOL JISI:A1987J840100015D>Carder, Kendall L. Robert F. Chen Zhongping Lee Steve K. Hawes 1999*$ATBD 19: Case 2 waters Chlorophyll aD=MODIS Ocean Science Team Algorithm Theoretical Basis Document St. Petersburg, Floridag <6Marine Science Department, University of South Florida version 5 1-45 26 April 1999p6/http://modarch.gsfc.nasa.gov/Data/ATBDs/#OCEANS .'Chaturvedi, N. Narain, A. Pandey, P. C.i 1998HAPhytoplankton pigment/temperature relationship in the Arabian Sea\(!Indian journal of marine sciencess27 3/4 286Y 1998179-207 0)Chen, X. Lohrenz, S. E. Wiesenburg, D. A.lfDistribution and controlling mechanisms of primary production on the Louisiana-Texas continental shelf Journal of Marine Systemso J. Mar. Syst.l 20002520JUN J MARINE SYSTISI:000088177700005 Clark, Dennis K. 1997,%Bio-optical algorithms: case 1 waterseD=MODIS Ocean Science Team Algorithm Theoretical Basis Document2 Washington, D.C. 6/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administrations version 1.2s 30 Jan 1997Clark, Darren R.^WGrowth rate relationships to physiological indices of nutrient status in marine diatomso 2001 J. Phycol. J. Phycol.249-256372:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/37/2/249 April 1, 2001i,&The growth of two species of marine diatom, Thalassiosira weissflogii (Grunow) and Thalassiosira pseudonana (Hustedt), was followed in batch cultures at four concentrations of dissolved inorganic carbon from N- and C-replete lag phase into N- and/or C-deplete stationary phase. Results describe the relationship between carbon-specific growth rate (C) and chl a:carbon (chl a:C) and glutamine:glutamate (gln:glu) ratios with changes in the cells' nutritional status (N:C), during the utilization of either NO3- or NH4+. The use of the gln:glu ratio as an index of N:C requires further clarification. For both species and N sources, N stress resulted in a decrease in C, chl a:C, and N:C relative to Cmax values, whereas C stress resulted in a decrease in C and an increase in chl a:C and N:C relative to Cmax values. Both species attained a chl a:C ratio of approximately 15 gg-1 at Cmax using either N source. However, this value was not necessarily an indicator of maximal growth rate. NC colimitation resulted in decreased C to values less than 20% of Cmax with only minor changes in chl a:C and N:C relative to Cmax values. Chl a:C results suggest a similarity between the light stress and C stress responses of marine diatoms. The potential for C stress in the marine environment needs to be addressed. ://1991FF35600015.(Denant, V. Saliot, A. Mantoura, R. F. C.vpDistribution of Algal Chlorophyll and Carotenoid-Pigments in a Stratified Estuary - the Krka River, Adriatic SeaMarine ChemistryDISSOLVED ORGANIC-CARBON; HPLC ANALYSIS; SPRING BLOOM; EUPHOTIC ZONE; AMAZON RIVER; NORTH-SEA; PHYTOPLANKTON; MATTER; PARTICULATE; WATERSThe detailed distribution of algal chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments was determined around theCunningham, A. 1996{Variability of in-vivo chlorophyll fluorescence and its implications for instrument development in bio-optical oceanographyeScientia Marina060309-315f May Sci. Mar.ISI:A1996UZ47800041chlorophyll fluorescence; fluorescence yield; fluorometry; phytoplankton PHOTOSYNTHETIC ENERGY-CONVERSION; PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; QUANTUM EFFICIENCY; GROWTH IRRADIANCE; PHOTOSYSTEM-II; LIMITATION; YIELD; LIGHT; PHOTOINHIBITIONThe yield of in-vivo fluorescence per unit of cellular chlorophyll varies markedly according to phytoplankton species and physiological state, and is also highly sensitive to the configuration of the measuring equipment. This means that great caution has to be excercised in the use of fluorescence sensors for in-situ monitoring of chlorophyll concentrations. On the other hand, the sensitivity of fluorescence yield to biological parameters raises the possibility of combining fluorometry with other optical measurements to produce new probes for monitoring the adaptive response of phytoplankton populations to their changing environment.o|Times Cited: 4 Cited Reference Count: 42 Cited References: AIKEN J, 1977, MAR BIOL, V39, P77 ALPINE AE, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P381 BATES SS, 1985, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V27, P29 BATES SS, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V18, P66 BOLHARNORDENKAM.HR, 1993, PHOTOSYNTHESIS PRODU, P193 BUCHEL C, 1993, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V58, P137 CULLEN JJ, 1988, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V925, P149 DEMERS S, 1985, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V27, P21 DEMMIGADAMS B, 1990, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1020, P1 DUBINSKY Z, 1986, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V27, P1335 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, PLANT PHYSIOL, V68, P969 FORK DC, 1986, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V37, P335 GEIDER RJ, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P1205 GREENE RM, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1061 HOFSTRAAT JW, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V103, P187 HOLMES JJ, 1989, PLANT PHYSIOL, V91, P331 HORTON P, 1990, METHODS PLANT BIOCH, V4, P259 KIEFER DA, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P868 KIEFER DA, 1973, MAR BIOL, V23, P39 KIRK JTO, 1994, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS KOLBER Z, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1646 KOLBER Z, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P72 KOLBER Z, 1992, P OCEAN 92 C, P637 KOLBER Z, 1988, PLANT PHYSIOL, V88, P923 KOLBER ZS, 1994, NATURE, V371, P145 KRAUSE GH, 1991, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V42, P313 LAWLOR DW, 1993, PHOTOSYNTHESIS MOL P, P318 LONG SP, 1994, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V45, P633 LORENZEN CJ, 1966, DEEP-SEA RES, V13, P223 MAUZERALL D, 1989, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V974, P119 MELLIS A, 1989, PHIL T R SOC LOND B, V323, P397 OLAIZOLA M, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P606 OWENS TG, 1991, PARTICLE ANAL OCEANO, P100 PREZELIN BB, 1986, PROG PHYCOL RES, V4, P350 SAMUELSSON G, 1977, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V40, P315 SCHREIBER U, 1993, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V36, P65 SCHREIBER U, 1986, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V10, P51 SLOVACEK RE, 1977, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P919 SOOHOO JB, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P197 STRASS V, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P525 THERRIAULT JC, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V60, P97 WEIS E, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P198 English Article 1 UZ478 SCIENTIA MARINA'UNIV STRATHCLYDE,DEPT PHYS & APPL PHYS,GLASGOW G4 0NG,LANARK,SCOTLAND Cunningham A UNIV STRATHCLYDE,DEPT PHYS & APPL PHYS,GLASGOW G4 0NG,LANARK,SCOTLAND@:Dalaka, A. Kompare, B. Robnik-Sikonja, M. Sgardelis, S. P. 2000yModelling the effects of environmental conditions on apparent photosynthesis of Stipa bromoides by machine learning toolsoP_Ecological Modelling 129O 2-3245-2578 Ecol. Model.ISI:000088261800011tMAY 30 ECOL MODELs Davey, M. C. Heaney, S. I. 1989vpThe control of sub-surface maxima of diatoms in a stratified lake by physical, chemical and biological paramters"Journal of Plankton Research116 1185-1199 r=@PHOTOORIENTATIONI photosynthatePHOTOSYNTHESISLAG$PHOTOSYNTHESIS-IRRADIANCE CURVE,'PHOTOSYNTHESIS-IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPSPHOTOSYNTHETICUBV PHOTOSYNTHETIC ACTION SPECTRAPHOTOSYNTHETIC ACTIVITYE$PHOTOSYNTHETIC CHARACTERISTICS$ PHOTOSYNTHETIC ENERGY-CONVERSIONPHOTOSYNTHETIC PARAMETERSPHOTOSYNTHETIC PIGMENTSESPHOTOSYNTHETIC PRODUCTIONPHOTOSYNTHETIC RATESPHOTOSYSTEM-IIPHOPHOTOTROPHIC PICOPLANKTONPHYSIOLOGICAL-VESPHYSIOLOGICAL-RESPONSESUM phytoplanktonPHYTOPLANKTON GROWTHL PHYTOPLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESISrPHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONSphytoplankton production PHYTOPLANKTON PRODUCTIVITYSZ PICOPLANKTONI PIGMENTNTPIGMENT COMPOSITION C pigments PLANKTONAPLANKTON DYNAMICSPLANKTONIC DIATOMSICUPLANKTONICUM CANTERSI POLLUTION POLYMERICpopulation dynamicsPOPULATION-DYNAMICSPRASINOXANTHINRREPRECAMBRIAN SHIELD LAKES PRIMARYIOprimary productionPRIMARY PRODUCTIVITYAPROCHLOROCOCCUS-MARINUSANprochlorophytesha PRODUCTION PRODUCTIVITYP PROGRAMTY PROKARYOTEYUSPROROCENTRUM-MINIMUMI PROTEINDU PROVASOLIIS-IPRYMNESIOPHYCEAELPULEX PUNGENSNC PYCNOCOCCUS-I QUALITYTY quality model QUANTUMGHQUANTUM EFFICIENCYONY QUANTUM YIELD quenching RADIATIONRAPID-DETERMINATIONNNRATES REACTIVATIONU reactorst RECENTN E regressionlon REJUVENATIONNREMOTE SENSING reservoir RESOLUTIONTON RESPIRATIONSI RESPONSESRIVER PLUME TRANSPORT ROSS SEA-Rostherne Mere SARGASSO SEAD satelliteSATELLITE CHLOROPHYLLscalar irradiance SCATTERINGTON ScenedesmusSCENEDESMUS-OBLIQUUSS SCOTIAN SHELF SCYTONEMINSOLSEAUV sea iceti SEA-ICEtiSEA-SURFACE TEMPERATUREYSEA-SURFACE WAVES seasonaloSEASONAL SUCCESSIONSEASONAL-CHANGEST sedimentcSEDIMENT TRAPSEST SEDIMENTSSHADESHADE ADAPTATIONL SHALLOW LAKES SIGNATURESYHO SILICANTS SILICATEU SILICONNI SIMULATIONATIsimulation model single stagei SINKINGCE$SIZE-FRACTIONATED PHYTOPLANKTONSKELETONEMA-COSTATUMISOLARSOLAR SPECTRAL MODELSOLAR-STIMULATEDI SOUTH BASINAPSOUTHERN LAKE-MICHIGANY SOUTHERN-SOUTHERN-OCEANDEoSOUTHWEST TASMANIA-CHSPECIES COMPOSITIONONspecies diversityspecies successions$ SPECTRAL ABSORPTION-COEFFICIENTSSPECTRAL MODELTAG SPECTRAL SCALAR IRRADIANCESZ SPRINGDET SPRING BLOOMYSTATE TRANSITIONS STEADY-STATET STOICHIOMETRYstrain selectiono STRATEGIESTTISTRATIFICATIONMENSTRATIFIED LAKEIMSUB-SURFACE MAXIMA SUBTROPICALORSUGAR SUGARSSIO SUMMERNMESUNSCREEN ROLECTU SURFACECESURFACE CHLOROPHYLLHL SURVIVALESUSPENDED SEDIMENTENT SYNECHOCOCCUS SYNEDRAAN SYSTEMGEE SYSTEMSIO taxonomyr temperatureon TEMPERATURESe THERMALSETHERMAL PLUMES THIN-LAYER CULTURE SYSTEMSTICtidalTIMEO time stepTIME-SERIES STATIONTOTAL CARBON METABOLISMSTTRANSFER RATESLESTRANSITION ZONEIV trophic state TURBULENCEultraphytoplankton ULTRAPLANKTONULTRASTRUCTURESTA ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION (UV-A)RULTRAVIOLET-B RADIATIONIOULTRAVIOLET-RADIATION UNIT AREA UPPER OCEANNA UPWELLINGUV absorbing compoundUV-B radiation VARIABILITYTI variation VARIATIONSESI VERTICAL FLUX VERTICAL- WADDEN SEAOMYwater WATER COLUMNOwater temperature WATER-OTI WATER-QUALITY WATERSLIOWAVE PREDICTIONDIWEAK LIGHT CONDITIONS WEDDELL SEAMLWEDDELL-SCOTIA SEA PA WESTERN EQUATORIAL PACIFICOGR WHOLE-LAKE GA WINDERMERETONYIELDZONEO ZOOPLANKTONAT$!ZYGORHIZIDIUM-PLANKTONICUM CANTER>\R199-208$://000074811700007 Jones, R. C.jdSeasonal and spatial patterns in phytoplankton photosynthetic parameters in a tidal freshwater river Hydrobiologiaphytoplankton; photosynthesis; light; temperature; tidal freshwater; irradiance COASTAL MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; TRANSITION ZONE; LIGHT; ESTUARY; TEMPERATURE; LAKE; GROWTH; WATER0)The photosynthetic response to irradiance was quantified for phytoplankton from the tidal freshwater Potomac River biweekly to monthly over a period of six years. Samples were collected from two shallow embayments and portions of the deeper river mainstem. Photosynthetic rate was measured in the laboratory at in situ temperature over a range of irradiance levels and photosynthetic parameters were calculated using nonlinear regression. p(max)(B), the maximum photosynthetic rate standardized to chlorophyll a, increased with temperature up to 25 degrees C with a Q(10) of 2.02. Above 25 degrees C, p(max)(B) essentially constant with temperature. Lesser correlation between p(max)(B) and ambient irradiance could be explained by the correlation of irradiance with temperature. alpha, the slope of the P-I curve at low light, was correlated with both ambient irradiance and temperature. Highest alpha values were found in late summer when high temperature and intermediate ambient irradiance were observed. Spring and early summer were characterized by low alpha. Despite low light penetration, I-k and alpha values were indicative of sun limitation possibly due to intermittent high light levels experienced during mixing. I-k showed a clear seasonal trend directly related to days from summer solstice. Spatial patterns were minimal except that I-k was consistently lower in one shallow embayment than in the other two areas. Seasonal patterns in photosynthetic parameters corresponded roughly to changes from a spring diatom population to summer cyanobacterial assemblage. Hydrobiologia 1998 364'George Mason Univ, Dept Biol, Fairfax, VA 22030 USA George Mason Univ, Dept Biol, Fairfax, VA 22030 USA Univ Wisconsin, Trout Lake Biol Stn, Madison, WI USA Jones RC George Mason Univ, Dept Biol, Fairfax, VA 22030 USA\VTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 33 Cited References: *NAT OC ATM ADM, 1984, LOC CLIM DAT MONTHL ARUGA Y, 1965, BOT MAG TOKYO, V78, P360 BINDLOSS ME, 1976, FRESHWATER BIOL, V6, P501 BRUNO SF, 1983, ESTUARIES, V6, P200 CARACO NF, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P588 COLE JJ, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P1608 COLE JJ, 1991, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V24, P1715 COLES JF, 1992, THESIS G MASON U COLLINS CD, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P206 COTE B, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P320 GELIN C, 1975, OIKOS, V26, P121 HICKMAN M, 1979, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V64, P105 JASSBY AD, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P540 JEWSON DH, 1976, FRESHWATER BIOL, V6, P551 JOINT IR, 1981, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V13, P303 JONES RC, 1992, VIRGINIA J SCI, V43, P25 KELLER AA, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P813 LASTEIN E, 1978, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V20, P678 LINDSTROM K, 1984, J PHYCOL, V20, P212 MCINTYRE HL, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V145, P245 MEFERT ME, 1985, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V104, P363 MEGARD RO, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P68 MILLER RL, 1986, J PHYCOL, V22, P339 PARSON TR, 1984, MANUAL CHEM BIOL MET PENNOCK JR, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V34, P143 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 PLATT T, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P421 ROBARTS RD, 1992, J PLANKTON RES, V14, P235 SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY VINCENT WF, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V139, P227 VINCENT WF, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V110, P283 WETZEL RW, 1991, LIMNOLOGICAL METHODS WILLIAMS RB, 1966, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V11, P73 English Article 2 100HX HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:000074811700007ZSJuttner, I. Lintelmann, J. Michalke, B. Winkler, R. Steinberg, C. E. W. Kettrup, A. 1997leThe acidification of the Herrenwieser See, Black Forest, Germany, before and during industrialisationeWater Research315f 1194-1206(13)May 1997$Elsevier Science 0043-1354, V27, P98 TURNER DR, 1995, DEEP SEA RES 2, V42, P907 VERARDO DJ, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P157 WAKEHAM SG, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2239 WAKEHAM SG, 1980, NATURE, V286, P798 Article 100BP DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG RESiISI:000074794300007t<5Fisher, Tamar Berner, Tamar Iluz, David Dubinsky, Zvyl 1998The kinetics of the photoacclimation response of Nannochloropsis sp. (Eustigmatophyceae): A study of changes in ultrastructure and PSU density J. Phycol.34818-824$Flameling, I. A. Kromkamp, J.g 1997qPhotoacclimation of Scenedesmus protuberans (Chlorophyceae) to fluctuating irradiances simulating vertical mixingm+"Journal of Plankton Research198S 1011-1024XJ. Plankton Res.ISI:A1997XT70200005sAUG J PLANKTON RES 1827-1828"://1989CE73200021&Fookes, C. J. R. Jeffrey, S. W.LFThe Structure of Chlorophyll-C3, a Novel Marine Photosynthetic Pigment>7Journal of the Chemical Society-Chemical Communications"J. Chem. Soc.-Chem. Commun. 1989 Dec 123Times Cited: 21 Cited Reference Count: 9 Cited References: DOUGHERTY RC, 1970, J AM CHEM SOC, V92, P2826 FOOKES CJR, 1976, THESIS U NSW HALL LD, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P5703 JEFFREY SW, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P180 JEFFREY SW, 1972, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V279, P15 JEFFREY SW, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V177, P456 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P13 JEFFREY SW, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P349 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P322 Article CE732 J CHEM SOC CHEM COMMUNISI:A1989CE73200021679-68782Frenette, J. J. Demers, S. Legendre, L. Dodson, J.RKLack of Agreement among Models for Estimating the Photosynthetic Parameters Limnology and OceanographyvoPHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS; IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; LIGHT-INTENSITY; OCEAN; VARIABILITY jdComparisons were conducted between estimates of photosynthetic capacity (P(max)) and photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) calculated with different models of the photosynthesis vs. irradiance curve. Values computed on the same data sets are different according to the models used. Estimates for P(max) with the exponential and hyperbolic tangent models (without a term for photoinhibition) are in good agreement (4% difference). The same comparison for a shows poor agreement (24% difference between the two models). When a parameter for the intercept is added to the two models, the lack of agreement increases to 8% for P(max) and 46% for alpha. When the mean photosynthetic parameters calculated with the two models are introduced into various published models for calculating primary production, differences in the resulting estimates range between 20 and 133%. Comparing the exponential model with a term for photoinhibition to the hyperbolic tangent model (without a term for photoinhibition) shows a 24% difference in the estimate of alpha. Equations are given for transforming values calculated with the various models.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1993383Note MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1993LK31400022 (!Frost, T. Hurley, J. Descy, J. P. 1999lfAssessment of grazing by the freshwater copepod Diaptomus minutus using carotenoid pigments: a caution"Journal of Plankton Research211e 127-145(19) January 1999$Oxford University Press 1464-3774aB679-68782Frenette, J. J. Demers, S. Legendre, L. Dodson, J.RKLack of Agreement among Models for Estimating the Photosynthetic Parameters Limnology and OceanographyvoPHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS; IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; LIGHT-INTENSITY; OCEAN; VARIABILITY jdComparisons were conducted between estimates of photosynthetic capacity (P(max)) and photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) calculated with different models of the photosynthesis vs. irradiance curve. Values computed on the same data sets are different according to the models used. Estimates for P(max) with the exponential and hyperbolic tangent models (without a term for photoinhibition) are in good agreement (4% difference). The same comparison for a shows poor agreement (24% difference between the two models). When a parameter for the intercept is added to the two models, the lack of agreement increases to 8% for P(max) and 46% for alpha. When the mean photosynthetic parameters calculated with the two models are introduced into various published models for calculating primary production, differences in the resulting estimates range between 20 and 133%. Comparing the exponential model with a term for photoinhibition to the hyperbolic tangent model (without a term for photoinhibition) shows a 24% difference in the estimate of alpha. Equations are given for transforming values calculated with the various models.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1993383Note MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1993LK31400022 ,  COMMUNITIESON PRODUCTIONNSZ@|3YJouJ. Plankton Res.ton Research@3Y 91-105Felip, M. Catalan, J.The relationship between phytoplankton biovolume and chlorophyll in a deep oligotrophic lake: decoupling in their spatial and temporal maxima"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 2000221yJAN J PLANKTON RESISI:000084903900007`;) &Hinga, K. Arthur, M. Pilson, M. 1994Carbon isotope fractionation by marine phytoplankton in culture: The effects of CO2 concentration, pH, temperature, and species\"Global biogeochemical cycles8[1[91 1994 0886-6236n335-350$://000071606800002.'Hodgson, D. A. Wright, S. W. Davies, N.Mass spectrometry and reverse phase HPLC techniques for the identification of degraded fossil pigments in lake sediments and their application in palaeolimnology Journal of PaleolimnologyVOpalaeolimnology; pigments; mass spectrometry; HPLC; carotenoids; chlorophylls; bacteriochlorophylls; biomarkers FAST-ATOM-BOMBARDMENT; PERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; SOUTHWEST TASMANIA; MEROMICTIC LAKES; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PIGMENTS; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; RAPID-DETERMINATION; CAROTENOID ANALYSIS; BREAKDOWN PRODUCTS; BACTERIAL PIGMENTS9Accurate identification of fossil pigments is essential if they are to be used as biomarker compounds in palaeolimnological studies. In recent years High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) has greatly enhanced the efficiency with which fossil pigments can be characterised and quantified. Using HPLC,undegraded pigments are typically identified through retention times, absorbance spectra and co-chromatography with authentic reference standards. However, lake sediments may also contain degraded pigments for which there are often no standards, and which may be difficult to identify using HPLC alone. In this study, we submitted HPLC fractions of fossil pigments and pigment derivatives collected from a meromictic lake in south west Tasmania, to a combination of Mass Spectrometry (MS) techniques including Electron Impact (EI) and static Liquid Secondary Ion MS (LSIMS) to identify their molecular ion characteristics and organic chemical composition. Mass Spectrometry permitted the detection of specific mass ions which were used to verify the identity of pigments and their derivatives. These included five carotenoids, chlorophyll a and derivatives, three previously described bacteriochlorophyll c derivatives with molecular weights of 770, 784, and 802, and two undescribed derivatives of bacteriochlorophyll c with molecular weights of 766 and 788. With these improved identifications we speculate on the pathways and modes of pigment degradation in the lake and asses the value of the degraded pigments as biomarkers. The use of MS permitted the identification of a greater number of signature pigments of algal and bacterial communities thus increasing the palaeolimnological value of the sediments. These methods are best applied in fossil pigment studies where there are a large number of unknown pigments and pigment degradation products, and where there are no authentic standards for co- chromatography Practical suggestions for pigment MS are included in the discussion. J. Paleolimn. 1997 Dec184Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 88 Cited References: ADAMS MS, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V143, P71 BAKER AL, 1985, FRESHWATER BIOL, V15, P735 BIDIGARE RR, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P432 BOWLING LC, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V107, P53 BOWLING LC, 1984, BIOL CONSERV, V30, P201 BRITTON G, 1995, CARONTEOIDS A, V1 BRITTON G, 1995, CAROTENOIDS B, V1 BROWN LM, 1981, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V38, P205 BROWN SR, 1969, MITT INT VER THEOR, V17, P95 BROWN SR, 1988, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V22, P1357 BUSCH KL, 1988, MASS SPECTROMETRY TE CACCAMESE S, 1990, ORG MASS SPECTROM, V25, P137 CAPLE MB, 1978, J BIOL CHEM, V253, P6730 CAPRIOLI RM, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P2949 CARPENTER SR, 1986, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V31, P112 COTTER RJ, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1767 CROOME RL, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V140, P135 CROOME RL, 1984, J GEN MICROBIOL, V130, P2717 CROOME RL, 1984, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V22, P1216 FLANNERY MS, 1982, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V92, P597 FOX DL, 1944, SCIENCE, V100, P111 GORHAM E, 1974, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V19, P2267 GORHAM E, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P618 GORHAM E, 1960, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V5, P29 GRIFFITHS M, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P777 GUERRERO R, 1978, VERH INT VERH LIMNOL, V20, P2264 GUILIZZONI P, 1983, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V103, P103 GUILIZZONI P, 1988, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V23, P874 HODGSON D, 1997, J PALEOLIMNOL, V18, P313 HODGSON DA, 1996, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V137, P310 HODGSON DA, 1997, IN PRESS J PALEOLIMN HOLT AS, 1966, CAN J CHEM, V44, P88 HURLEY JP, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P2713 HURLEY JP, 1992, FOOD WEB MANAGEMENT, P49 HURLEY JP, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P307 HURLEY JP, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P384 HUTCHINSON G, 1955, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V12, P669 ISLER O, 1971, CAROTENOIDS JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 KING RD, 1983, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V96, P139 KING RD, 1982, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V93, P393 LEAVITT PR, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT S2, V50 LEAVITT PR, 1990, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V74, P1168 LEAVITT PR, 1993, J PALEOLIMNOL, V9, P109 LEAVITT PR, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P520 LEAVITT PR, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P700 LEAVITT PR, 1993, TROPHIC CASCADE LAKE MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 MCLAFFERTY FW, 1983, TANDEM MASS SPECTROM MIRACLE RM, 1991, VERH INT VEREIN LIMN, V24, P1139 MUKAIDA N, 1990, NIPPON KAGAKU KAISHI, V11, P1244 OELZE J, 1985, METHOD MICROBIOL, V18, P257 PARKER RD, 1983, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V105, P53 REPETA DJ, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P1001 REPETA DJ, 1984, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V48, P1265 REPETA DJ, 1989, NATURE, V342, P69 SANGER JE, 1972, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V17, P840 SANGER JE, 1970, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V15, P59 SANGER JE, 1988, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V62, P343 SANGER JE, 1979, QUATERNARY RES, V11, P342 SCHEER H, 1991, CHLOROPHYLLS SCHMITZ HH, 1992, METHOD ENZYMOL, V213, P322 SHUMAN FR, 1975, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V20, P580 STEENBERGEN CLM, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V31, P45 STEENBERGEN CLM, 1994, FEMS MICROBIOL ECOL, V13, P335 SWAIN EB, 1985, FRESHWATER BIOL, V15, P53 TETT P, 1982, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V56, P111 TYLER PA, 1995, PROG PHYCOL, V11, P325 TYLER PA, 1990, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V24, P117 VALLENTYNE J, 1955, CAN J BOT, V35, P304 VALLENTYNE J, 1954, SCIENCE, V119, P605 VANBREEMEN RB, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, PA299 VANBREEMEN RB, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P965 VANBREEMEN RB, 1995, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V42, P384 VANBREEMEN RB, 1991, J CHROMATOGR, V542, P373 VERNON LP, 1966, CHLOROPHYLLS VETTER W, 1985, ORG MASS SPECTROM, V20, P266 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P1 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, MAR BIOL, V90, P75 WETZEL RG, 1970, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V15, P491 WRIGHT SW, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V294, P281 WRIGHT SW, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V77, P183 YACOBI YZ, 1991, FRESHWATER BIOL, V26, P1 YACOBI YZ, 1990, MICROBIAL ECOL, V19, P127 YOUNG A, 1993, CAROTENOIDS PHYTOSYN ZULLIG H, 1989, J PALEOLIMNOL, V2, P23 ZULLIG H, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P970 ZULLIG H, 1985, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V47, P87 Article YT470 J PALEOLIMNOLISI:000071606800002 1435-14564.Hoepffner, N. Sturm, B. Finenko, Z. Larkin, D.zDepth-integrated primary production in the eastern tropical and subtropical North Atlantic basin from ocean colour imagery.'International Journal of Remote SensingInt. J. Remote Sens. 1999207 MAY 10 INT J REMOTE SENSISI:000080480300014Hoffman, B. Senger, H. 1988gKinetics of photosynthesis adaptation in Scenedesmus obliquus to change in irradiance and light quality$)=Photochem. Photobiol.47737-739LFn 57-66$://000167155300007>7Masojidek, J. Grobbelaar, J. U. Pechar, L. Koblizek, M.Photosystem II electron transport rates and oxygen production in natural waterblooms of freshwater cyanobacteria during a diel cycle"Journal of Plankton ResearchLONG-TERM CHANGES; CHLOROPHYLL FLUORESCENCE; QUANTUM YIELD; GREEN-ALGA; IN-VIVO; PHOTOSYNTHETIC ACTIVITY; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; STATE TRANSITIONS; EUKARYOTIC ALGAE; WATER- BLOOMSThe relationship between electron transport rate through PSII and photosynthetic oxygen evolution in cyanobacterial surface waterblooms was followed over a diel cycle. Chlorophyll fluorescence and photosynthetic oxygen evolution (PSOE) measurements were performed in a small-volume incubation chamber an samples taken from a fish pond, Measurement of light-response curves showed a close to linear relationship between electron transport rates (ETR) and PSOE up to irradiancies of 800 pmol quanta m(-2) s(-1), except during mid- morning conditions. At higher irradiances, the relationship was non-linear. The regression coefficient kappa (= PSOE/ETR) exhibited wide variation during the day (3.8-9.2), indicating that the use of ETR as a measure of PSOE in cyanobacterial waterblooms should be approached with caution. The involvement of alternate oxygen-consuming electron transfer pathways is discussed as a possible explanation for this discrepancy.J. Plankton Res. 2001 Jan231'81Acad Sci Czech Republ, Inst Microbiol, Res Ctr Photosynth, Trebon 37981, Czech Republic Acad Sci Czech Republ, Inst Microbiol, Res Ctr Photosynth, Trebon 37981, Czech Republic Univ Orange Free State, Dept Bot & Genet, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa Acad Sci Czech Republ, Inst Bot, CS-37982 Trebon, Czech Republic Inst Landscape Ecol, Res Ctr Photosynth, Nove Hrady 37333, Czech Republic Univ S Bohemia, Appl Ecol Lab, Ceske Budejovice 37005, Czech Republic Masojidek J Acad Sci Czech Republ, Inst Microbiol, Res Ctr Photosynth, Trebon 37981, Czech Republic N GTimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 52 Cited References: ASADA K, 1987, PHOTOINHIBITION, P227 BARTOS J, 1975, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V9, P395 BEHRENFELD MJ, 1998, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V58, P259 BILGER W, 1990, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V25, P173 BUCHEL C, 1993, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V58, P137 CAMPBELL D, 1998, MICROBIOL MOL BIOL R, V62, P667 CAMPBELL D, 1996, PLANT PHYSIOL, V111, P1293 FALKOWSKI PG, 1986, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V849, P183 FLAMELING IA, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P284 FUJITA Y, 1994, MOL BIOL CYANOBACTER, P677 GEEL C, 1997, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V51, P61 GENTY B, 1989, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V990, P87 GILBERT M, 2000, J PLANT PHYSIOL, V157, P307 GOOSNEY DL, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P394 HARTIG P, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V166, P53 HEINZE I, 1996, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V32, P89 HENLEY WJ, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P729 HOCH G, 1963, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V101, P171 HOFSTRAAT JW, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V103, P187 IBELINGS BW, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P408 IBELINGS BW, 1994, NEW PHYTOL, V128, P407 KAPLAN A, 1995, MOL BIOL CYANOBACTER, P469 KOBLIZEK M, 1997, J LUMIN, V72, P589 KOBLIZEK M, 1998, PHOTOSYNTHESIS MECH, P213 KOBLIZEK M, 1999, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V37, P307 KOLBER Z, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1646 KRALL JP, 1991, AUST J PLANT PHYSIOL, V18, P267 KRAUSE GH, 1991, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V42, P313 KROMKAMP J, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V162, P45 KROON BMA, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P841 LICHTENTHALER HK, 1983, BIOCHEM SOC T, V603, P591 LIZON F, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1039 MARRA J, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P1141 OGREN WL, 1984, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V35, P415 PAERL HW, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P212 PECHAR L, 2000, FISHERIES MANAG ECOL, V7, P23 PECHAR L, 1995, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V32, P187 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 PRASIL O, 1996, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V48, P395 REYNOLDS CS, 1975, BIOL REV, V50, P437 ROUAG D, 1994, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V40, P107 SAGERT S, 1997, EUR J PHYCOL, V32, P363 SCHERER S, 1990, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V15, P458 SCHREIBER U, 1995, AUST J PLANT PHYSIOL, V22, P209 SCHREIBER U, 1986, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V10, P51 SUNBERG B, 1997, PLANTA, V201, P138 TING CS, 1992, PLANT PHYSIOL, V100, P367 VANKOOTEN O, 1990, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V25, P147 VANTHOR JJ, 1998, BOT ACTA, V111, P430 VANWIJK KJ, 1991, PLANTA, V186, P135 WALSBY AE, 1992, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V121, P261 WEIS E, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P198 English Article 405JB J PLANKTON RESISI:000167155300007h=<02+Jeffrey, S.W. Mantoura, R.F.C. Wright, S.W. 1997,&Phytoplankton pigments in oceanography.'Monographs on oceanographic methodology Paris F@United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 6611 92-3-103275-5 14-29$://0000734354000030*Jeffrey, S. W. Vesk, M. Mantoura, R. F. C.B://000083848700014.'Jeffrey, S. W. Wright, S. W. Zapata, M.@9Recent advances in HPLC pigment analysis of phytoplankton$Marine and Freshwater ResearchPERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; EMILIANIA-HUXLEYI PRYMNESIOPHYCEAE; DIVINYL CHLOROPHYLL-A; POLYMERIC OCTADECYLSILICA COLUMN; WESTERN EQUATORIAL PACIFIC; RECENT MARINE-SEDIMENTS; ABSORPTION-SPECTRA; NORTH-ATLANTIC; SOUTHERN- OCEAN; EUPHOTIC ZONEZTAnalysis of phytoplankton pigments is central to studies of marine ecology and climate research. This paper summarizes milestones in the development of methods of pigment analysis, and shows the use of HPLC technology in their verification. New advances in HPLC methods are discussed, with key developments being the use of polymeric C-18 and monomeric C-8 columns and pyridine as solvent modifier. These have allowed the resolution of divinyl chlorophylls a and b, and the discovery of new chlorophyll c pigments (both polar and non-polar) and new 4- keto fucoxanthin derivatives. The taxonomic value of pigments and pigment suites is examined. Methods of interpreting the percentage of algal types from field measurements of pigment ratios through the use of computer algorithms are discussed. Finally, prospects for future development are suggested.Mar. Freshw. Res. 1999508Times Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 114 Cited References: AIKEN J, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P579 ALLALI K, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V102, P12413 BARLOW RG, 1997, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V161, P303 BJORNLAND T, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P37 BJORNLAND T, 1989, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V28, P3347 BURKILL PH, 1987, MAR BIOL, V93, P581 CARDER KL, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P68 CHISHOLM SW, 1992, ARCH MICROBIOL, V157, P297 CHISHOLM SW, 1988, NATURE, V334, P340 CIOTTI AM, 1999, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V104, P1559 CLAUSTRE H, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1206 DODGE JD, 1973, FINE STRUCTURE ALGAL EGELAND ES, 1993, P 10 INT S CAR JUN 1, P4 EGELAND ES, 1999, P 12 INT CAR S CAIRN, P38 EVERITT DA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P975 FAWLEY MW, 1989, PLANT PHYSIOL, V91, P727 FOOKES CJR, 1989, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, V23, P1827 GARRIDO JL, 1997, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V44, P43 GARRIDO JL, 1993, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V35, P543 GARRIDO JL, 1993, HRC-J HIGH RES CHROM, V16, P229 GARRIDO JL, 1996, J CHROMATOGR A, V738, P285 GARRIDO JL, 1998, J PHYCOL, V34, P70 GARRIDO JL, 1995, J PHYCOL, V31, P761 GIESKES WW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P757 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WW, 1991, NATO ASI SERIES G, V27, P61 GIESKES WWC, 1989, DEEP-SEA RES, V36, P1127 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GOERICKE R, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P425 GOERICKE R, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V169, P97 GOERICKE R, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V101, P307 GUILLARD RRL, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P412 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1981, MAR BIOL, V61, P107 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V20, P59 HEAD EJH, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P176 HEAD EJH, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V86, P229 HIGGINS HW, IN PRESS DEEP SEA RE HOEPFFNER N, 1993, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V98, P22789 HOEPFFNER N, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P1660 HOEPFFNER N, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V73, P11 HOLMHANSEN O, 1965, J CONSEIL PERMANENT, V301, P3 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P180 JEFFREY SW, 1972, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V279, P15 JEFFREY SW, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V177, P456 JEFFREY SW, 1968, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V162, P271 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P13 JEFFREY SW, 1987, DEEP-SEA RES, V34, P649 JEFFREY SW, 1994, HAPTOPHYTE ALGAE JEFFREY SW, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P374 JEFFREY SW, 1976, MAR BIOL, V37, P33 JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 JEFFREY SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V35, P293 JEFFREY SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P127 JOHNSEN G, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V105, P149 KIRK JTO, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2963, P192 KLEIN B, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P827 KRAAY GW, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P708 LETELIER RM, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P409 LETELIER RM, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 LIAAENJENSEN S, 1985, PURE APPL CHEM, V57, P649 LORENZEN CJ, 1966, DEEP-SEA RES, V13, P223 LORENZEN CJ, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P343 MACKEY DJ, 1998, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V45, P1441 MACKEY MD, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P265 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 MANTOURA RFC, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P307 MANTOURA RFC, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P361 MILLIE DF, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P2513 MILLIE DF, 1993, CURRENT TOPICS BOTAN, V1, P1 MITCHELL BG, 1990, P SOC PHOTOOPT INSTR, V1302, P137 MOORE LR, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V116, P259 NELSON JR, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P761 PARSLOW JS, 1998, P OCEAN OPTICS, V14 PEEKEN I, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V44, P261 PINCKNEY JL, 1998, MAR BIOL, V131, P371 PORRA RJ, 1989, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V975, P384 REPETA DJ, 1989, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V53, P699 REPETA DJ, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P1001 REPETA DJ, 1984, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V48, P1265 REPETA DJ, 1982, NATURE, V295, P51 RICHARDS FA, 1952, J MAR RES, V11, P156 RODRIGUEZ F, 1998, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V48, P677 ROUND FE, 1990, DIATOMS BIOL MORPHOL ROY S, 1987, J CHROMATOGR, V391, P19 SHEDBALKAR VP, 1992, ANAL BIOCHEM, V207, P261 SOURNIA A, 1992, CRYPTOGAMIE ALGOL, V13, P1 STROM SL, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P57 STUART V, 1998, J PLANKTON RES, V20, P187 TAYLOR FJR, 1976, BIBLIO BOT, V132 VANHEUKELEM L, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P867 VANHEUKELEM L, 1994, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V114, P303 VANLEEUWE MA, 1998, POLAR BIOL, V19, P348 VANLENNING K, 1995, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V41, P539 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P322 VIDUSSI F, 1996, J PLANKTON RES, V18, P2377 WATANABE MM, 1990, J PHYCOL, V26, P741 WATANABE MM, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P382 WATERBURY JB, 1979, NATURE, V277, P293 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1986, EOS T AM GEOPHYSICS WRIGHT SW, IN PRESS PHYTOPLANKT WRIGHT SW, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V294, P281 WRIGHT SW, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P285 WRIGHT SW, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V77, P183 WRIGHT SW, 1987, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V77, P183 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P327 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P383 YENTSCH CS, 1963, DEEP-SEA RES, V10, P221 ZAPATA M, 1991, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V31, P589 ZAPATA M, 1987, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V23, P26 ZAPATA M, 1998, HARMFUL ALGAE, P304 ZAPATA M, IN PRESS MARINE ECOL Review 258PZ MAR FRESHWATER RESISI:0000838487000140)Jerome, J. H. Bukata, R. P. Burton, J. E. 1988haUtilizing the components of vector irradiance to estimate the scalar irradiance in natural waters Appl. Opt.27 4012-4018 47-56cJohnsen, G. Sakshaug, E.f`Light Harvesting in bloom-forming marine phytoplankton: Species-specificity and photoacclimationScientia Marina  Sci. Mar.c 199660MAY 1 SCIENTIA MARINAISI:A1996UZ47800006 1719-1743leJohnson, Z. Landry, M. L. Bidigare, R. R. Brown, S. L. Campbell, L. Gunderson, J. Marra, J. Trees, C.ib[Energetics and growth kinetics of a deep Prochlorococcus spp. population in the Arabian Sea @9Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in Oceanography 0*Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. 199946 8-90$DEEP-SEA RES PT II-TOP ST OCEjISI:000081781000008D283-292 2+Vincent, W. F. Bertrand, N. Frenette, J. J.ppiPhotoadaptation to Intermittent Light across to St-Lawrence Estuary Fresh-Water-Saltwater Transition Zone$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriespiWe evaluated 2 competing hypotheses for the photoadaptive characteristics of phytoplankton distributed across the turbid freshwater-saltwater transition zone (TZ) of the St. Lawrence River (Canada): that the communities were photosynthetically adapted to a low mean water column irrad183-196"://1991GV75600008piWright, S. W. Jeffrey, S. W. Mantoura, R. F. C. Llewellyn, C. A. Bjornland, T. Repeta, D. Welschmeyer, N.6f_Improved Hplc Method for the Analysis of Chlorophylls and Carotenoids from Marine-Phytoplankton,$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesPERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; ALGAL CAROTENOIDS; EUPHOTIC ZONE; NORTH-SEA; PELAGOCOCCUS-SUBVIRIDIS; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PIGMENTS; DEGRADATION PRODUCTS; RAPID-DETERMINATION; SPRING BLOOM; ATLANTICpiUsing a ternary gradient system, over 50 carotenoids, chlorophylls and their derivatives were separated from marine phytoplankton. Only 2 pairs of carotenoid pigments (19'- butanoyloxyfucoxanthin and siphonaxanthin, and 19'- hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin and 9'-cis-neoxanthin) and 3 chlorophylls (chlorophylls c1, c2 and Mg 2,4 divinyl pheoporphyrin a5 monomethyl ester [Mg2,4D]) were not resolved. Pigment chromatograms are presented for 12 unialgal cultures from 10 algal classes important in the marine environment: Amphidinium carterae Hulbert (Dinophyceae); Chroomonas salina (Wislouch) Butcher (Cryptophyceae); Dunaliella tertiolecta Butcher (Chlorophyceae); Emiliania huxleyi (Lohmann) Hay et Mohler and Pavlova lutheri (Droop) Green (Prymnesiophyceae); Euglena gracilis Klebs (Euglenophyceae); Micromonas pusilla (Butcher) Manton et Parke and Pycnococcus provasolii Guillard (Prasinophyceae); Pelagococcus subviridis Norris (Chrysophyceae); Phaeodactylum tricornutum Bohlin (Bacillariophyceae); Porphyridium cruentum (Bory) Drew et Ross (Rhodophyceae), and Synechococcus sp. (Cyanophyceae). A chromatogram is also given of a complex mixture of over 50 algal pigments such as might be found in a phytoplankton field sample. This method is useful for analysis of phytoplankton pigments in seawater samples and other instances where separations of complex pigment mixtures are required.GMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.S 1991 NovY77 2-3H F @Times Cited: 263 Cited Reference Count: 63 Cited References: ANDERSEN RA, 1983, J PHYCOL, V19, P289 ARPIN N, 1976, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V15, P529 BARRET J, 1964, PLANT PHYSIOL, V39, P44 BARRETT J, 1971, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V7, P255 BENAMOTZ A, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P529 BERGER R, 1977, BIOCH SYST, V5, P71 BIDIGARE RR, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P432 BJORNLAND T, 1989, CAROTENOIDS CHEM BIO, P21 BJORNLAND T, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P37 BJORNLAND T, 1989, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V28, P3347 CHISHOLM SW, 1988, NATURE, V334, P340 DAVIES BH, 1976, CHEMISTRY BIOCHEMIST, V2, P38 FOOKES CJR, 1989, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, V23, P1827 FOPPEN FH, 1971, CHROMATOGR REV, V14, P133 FOSS P, 1984, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V23, P1629 GIESKES WW, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P757 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GOERICKE R, IN PRESS LIMNOL OCEA GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 GUILLARD RRL, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P39 GUILLARD RRL, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P412 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1985, DEEP-SEA RES, V32, P697 HOLMHANSEN O, 1965, J CONS PERM INT EXPL, V30, P3 HOOKS CE, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P571 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P180 JEFFREY SW, 1968, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V162, P271 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P13 JEFFREY SW, 1980, CSIRO1977 1979 DIV F, P22 JEFFREY SW, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P374 JEFFREY SW, 1981, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V26, P191 JEFFREY SW, 1974, MAR BIOL, V26, P101 JEFFREY SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V35, P293 JOHANSEN JE, 1974, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V13, P2261 KE B, 1970, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V210, P139 LOEBLICH AR, 1968, LIPIDS, V3, P5 LORENZEN CJ, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P343 LORENZEN CJ, 1980, UNESCO TECHNICAL PAP, V35, P1 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 NICHOLS HW, 1973, HDB PHYCOLOGICAL MET, P7 PENNINGTON F, 1988, BIOCHEM SYST ECOL, V16, P589 PENNINGTON FC, 1985, BIOCHEM SYST ECOL, V13, P215 REPETA DJ, 1982, NATURE, V295, P51 RICKETTS TR, 1970, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V9, P1835 RICKETTS TR, 1966, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V5, P223 RICKETTS TR, 1966, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V5, P571 ROY S, 1987, J CHROMATOGR, V391, P19 STAUBER JL, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P158 STRANSKY H, 1970, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V72, P84 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISH RES BOARD CAN, V167 STROM SL, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P50 VELDHUIS MJW, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V68, P121 VERNET M, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P255 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P322 WELSCHMEYER NA, IN PRESS LIMNOL OCEA WILHELM C, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V892, P23 WITHERS NW, 1981, COMP BIOCH PHYSL B, V68, P345 WRIGHT SW, 1984, J CHROMATOGR, V294, P281 WRIGHT SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V38, P259 ZAPATA M, 1987, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V23, P26 Article GV756 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1991GV75600008 reduction in marine diatoms and flagellates 2000 J. Phycol. J. Phycol. 903-a-913i365l:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/903October 1, 2000o:4Diatoms, but not flagellates, have been shown to increase rates of nitrogen release after a shift from a low growth irradiance to a much higher experimental irradiance. We compared NO3- uptake kinetics, internal inorganic nitrogen storage, and the temperature dependence of the NO3- reduction enzymes, nitrate (NR) and nitrite reductase (NiR), in nitrogen-replete cultures of 3 diatoms (Chaetoceros sp., Skeletonema costatum, Thalassiosira weissflogii) and 3 flagellates (Dunaliella tertiolecta, Pavlova lutheri, Prorocentrum minimum) to provide insight into the differences in nitrogen release patterns observed between these species. At NO3- concentrations <40 mol-NL-1, all the diatom species and the dinoflagellate P. minimum exhibited saturating kinetics, whereas the other flagellates, D. tertiolecta and P. lutheri, did not saturate, leading to very high estimated K s values. Above[~] 60 mol-NL-1, NO3- uptake rates of all species tested continued to increase in a linear fashion. Rates of NO3- uptake at 40 mol-NL-1, normalized to cellular nitrogen, carbon, cell number, and surface area, were generally greater for diatoms than flagellates. Diatoms stored significant amounts of NO3- internally, whereas the flagellate species stored significant amounts of NH4+. Half-saturation concentrations for NR and NiR were similar between all species, but diatoms had significantly lower temperature optima for NR and NiR than did the flagellates tested in most cases. Relative to calculated biosynthetic demands, diatoms were found to have greater NO3- uptake and NO3- reduction rates than flagellates. This enhanced capacity for NO3- uptake and reduction along with the lower optimum temperature for enzyme activity could explain differences in nitrogen release patterns between diatoms and flagellates after an increase in irradiance.l <?k B 31-43G.(Macedo, M. F. Ferreira, J. G. Duarte, P.zDynamic behaviour of photosynthesis-irradiance curves determined from oxygen production during variable incubation periods$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.o 1998 165 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:000073828700003N 12-17S0*MacIntyre, H. L. Kana, T. M. Geider, R. J.^XThe effect of water motion on short-term rates of photosynthesis by marine phytoplanktonTrends in Plant ScienceTrends Plant Sci.a 20005k1.JAN TRENDS PLANT SCIISI:000084723800030N265-283"://1996WB52100022>8Mackey, M. D. Mackey, D. J. Higgins, H. W. Wright, S. W.|CHEMTAX - A program for estimating class abundances from chemical markers: Application to HPLC measurements of phytoplankton$Marine Ecology-Progress Seriesbiomarkers; taxonomy; HPLC; pigments; phytoplankton INDUCED XANTHOPHYLL CYCLE; PIGMENT COMPOSITION; CAROTENOID PATTERN; EUPHOTIC ZONE; COMMUNITY STRUCTURE; EQUATORIAL PACIFIC; CHLOROPHYLL-B; SPRING BLOOM; ALGAE; NORTHWe describe a new program for calculating algal class abundances from measurements of chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments determined by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The program uses factor analysis and a steepest descent algorithm to find the best fit to the data based on an initial guess of the pigment ratios for the classes to be determined. The program was tested with a range of synthetic data-sets that were constructed from known pigment ratios selected to be representative of samples of phytoplankton collected from the Southern Ocean and the Equatorial Pacific. Random errors were added both to the pigment ratios and to the calculated data- sets to simulate both uncertainties in the initial guess as to the pigment concentrations of each class and respectively experimental errors in the analysis of the pigments by HPLC. Provided that the analytical data is of good quality, the program can successfully determine the class abundances, even when the initial estimates of the pigment ratios contain large errors. Of particular interest is the observation that the program can provide good estimates of prochlorophytes, even in the absence of experimental data on the concentrations of divinyl-chlorophylls a and b. The program is not restricted to the estimation of phytoplankton and can be used whenever specific biomarkers exist that can be used as indicators of biological or chemical processes.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1996 Dec 144 1-3Times Cited: 35 Cited Reference Count: 45 Cited References: ANDERSEN RA, 1996, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V43, P517 ANDERSEN RA, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P701 BENAMOTZ A, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P529 BERGER R, 1977, BIOCH SYST, V5, P71 BJORNLAND T, 1979, J PHYCOL, V15, P457 BURCZYK J, 1981, PLANTA, V151, P247 BURGERWIERSMA T, 1986, NATURE, V320, P262 BUSTILLOSGUZMAN J, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V124, P247 CAMPBELL L, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P954 CARPENTER EJ, 1993, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V95, P295 CHAVEZ FP, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P1733 CHISHOLM SW, 1988, NATURE, V334, P340 DEMERS S, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V76, P185 EVERITT DA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P975 FAWLEY MW, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P26 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1983, MAR BIOL, V75, P179 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 HAGER A, 1970, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V73, P77 HAGER A, 1970, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V72, P68 HALLEGRAEFF GM, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V20, P59 HOOKS CE, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P571 ITURRIAGA R, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V28, P291 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P11 JEFFREY SW, 1987, DEEP-SEA RES, V34, P649 JEFFREY SW, IN PRESS PHYTOPLANKT JEFFREY SW, 1975, J PHYCOL, V11, P374 JEFFREY SW, 1980, MARINE ECOLOGY PROGR, V3, P285 JEFFREY SW, 1994, SYSTEMATICS ASS SPEC, V51, P111 KLEIN B, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V37, P265 LAWSON CL, 1974, SOLVING LEAST SQUARE LETELIER RM, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 LI WKW, 1983, SCIENCE, V219, P292 MENKE W, 1984, GEOPHYSICAL DATA ANA PLATT T, 1983, NATURE, V301, P702 RICKETTS TR, 1970, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V9, P1835 RICKETTS TR, 1967, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V6, P1375 RIDOUT PS, 1985, MAR BIOL, V87, P7 SIMON N, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P922 STAUBER JL, 1988, J PHYCOL, V24, P158 STRANSKY H, 1970, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V72, P84 TESTER PA, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V124, P237 WILHELM C, 1987, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V13, P101 WRIGHT SW, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P285 ZELEN M, 1970, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS, P925 Article WB521 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1996WB52100022 1441-1468,@9Mackey, D. J. Higgins, H. W. Mackey, M. D. Holdsworth, D.NAlgal class abundances in the western equatorial Pacific: Estimation from HPLC measurements of chloroplast pigments using CHEMTAX,<6Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research PapersSamples for the analysis of phytoplankton photosynthetic pigments were collected from the equatorial Pacific (5 degrees N to 15 degrees S along 155 degrees E) in October 1990 as part of the Australian contribution to the JGOFS program. Chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments were measured by HPLC using a diode-array detector. A PC-based computer program was used to optimise the pigment ratios and to estimate the contributions of 10 algal classes to the total chlorophyll a concentration at each location and in 7 separate depth bands. For the pigments that occur in more than one algal class, the pigment: chlorophyll a ratios for 19'-butanoyloxyfucoxanthin and 19'- hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin (chrysophytes and haptophytes), neoxanthin (prasinophytes, euglenophytes and chlorophytes) and chlorophyll b (prasinophytes, euglenophytes, prochlorophytes and chlorophytes) increase with depth, while those of violaxanthin (prasinophytes and chlorophytes), diadinoxanthin (dinoflagellates, chrysophytes, haptophytes, euglenophytes and diatoms), lutein (prasinophytes and chlorophytes) and, zeaxanthin (prasinophytes, cyanobacteria, prochlorophytes and chlorophytes) decrease with depth. Peridinin: chlorophyll a increases with depth in dinoflagellates, while alloxanthin: chlorophyll a decreases with depth in cryptomonads. The only pigment ratio that does not change consistently with depth is that of fucoxanthin, which increases with depth in chrysophytes and haptophytes but decreases in diatoms. Based on their contribution to the total chlorophyll a, cyanobacteria (Synechococcus) were dominant in the nutrient depleted surface waters, haptophytes were dominant at mid depth (70 m), and prochlorophytes were dominant at depths of 100-125 m. These three algal classes were by far the most important, and each contributed up to 30-40% of the total chlorophyll a at some depth within the water column. Chlorophytes and chrysophytes contributed up to a maximum of about 12% of the total chlorophyll a, while cryptophytes, diatoms, dinoflagellates, prasinophytes and (possibly) euglenophytes generally contributed up to 4-8% of the chlorophyll a. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.t.(Deep-Sea Res. Part I-Oceanogr. Res. Pap. 1998459n0)Article SEP DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG REScISI:000076581800003t rA"kblfmqBp6oVn&B 91-106PJStuart, V. Sathyendranath, S. Head, E. J. H. Platt, T. Irwin, B. Maass, H.^XBio-optical characteristics of diatom and prymnesiophyte populations in the Labrador Sea$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.U 2000 201:MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:0000890134000070 50-50$://A1987M0616000160.(Sukenik, A. Bennett, J. Falkowski, P. G.^WThe Molecular-Basis of Photoadaptation in the Marine Chlorophyte Dunaliella-TertiolectaIsrael Journal of Botany 1987361dM0616 ISR J BOTISI:A1987M061600016-970-977$://A1987L082400007.(Sukenik, A. Falkowski, P. G. Bennett, J.VOPotential Enhancement of Photosynthetic Energy-Conversion in Algal Mass-Cultureo& Biotechnology and BioengineeringBiotechnol. Bioeng. 1987 Dec 53086L0824 BIOTECHNOL BIOENGISI:A1987L0824000071704-707$://A1987H882700056e<5Sukenik, A. Wyman, K. D. Bennett, J. Falkowski, P. G.-XRA Novel Mechanism for Regulating the Excitation of Photosystem- Ii in a Green-Alga Nature Nature 1987 Jun 25 3279 6124 H8827 NATUREISI:A1987H882700056B205-215$://A1987H416500001,%Sukenik, A. Bennett, J. Falkowski, P..\ULight-Saturated Photosynthesis - Limitation by Electron- Transport or Carbon Fixationt$Biochimica Et Biophysica Actae 1987 May 65 891931 H4165 BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTAISI:A1987H416500001206-215$://A1988M180800004,%Sukenik, A. Bennett, J. Falkowski, P..Changes in the Abundance of Individual Apoproteins of Light- Harvesting Chlorophyll-a/B-Protein Complexes of Photosystem-I and Photosystem-Ii with Growth Irradiance in the Marine Chlorophyte Dunaliella-Tertiolecta$Biochimica Et Biophysica Acta 1988 Feb 11 9322 M1808 BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTAISI:A1988M180800004 37-44$://A1989AK41600004t.(Sukenik, A. Falkowski, P. G. Bennett, J.zsEnergy-Transfer in the Light-Harvesting Complex-Ii of Dunaliella-Tertiolecta Is Unusually Sensitive to Triton-X-100cPhotosynthesis ResearchPhotosynth. Res. 1989 Jul211AK416 PHOTOSYNTH RESISI:A1989AK416000041891-898$://A1990CZ85600005B://000078152500015D>Terzic, S. Ahel, M. Malej, A. Barlow, R. G. Mantoura, R. F. C.lfPhytoplankton pigment signatures in the Gulf of Trieste related to major freshwater inputs during 1992Periodicum Biologorum phytoplankton; photosynthetic pigments; freshwater inputs; northern Adriatic PERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; NORTHERN ADRIATIC SEA; ORGANIC-MATTER; SPRING BLOOM; CAROTENOID-PIGMENTS; ALGAL CHLOROPHYLL; EUPHOTIC ZONE; COMMUNITY; STRATIFICATION; EUTROPHICATIONBackground and purpose: Photosynthetic pigments are useful biomarkers of abundance, composition and physiological status of the phytoplankton biomass in the marine environment. The scope of our study was to investigate phytoplankton dynamics reflected by seasonal variability of pigment biomarkers in a temperate region characterised by significant and seasonally variable freshwater inputs. Materials and methods: Chlorophyll and carotenoid pigments, as well as breakdown products of chlorophyll a were determined by using reversed phase high- performance liquid chromatography (RP HPLC) equipped with serially coupled spectrophotometric and spectrofluorimetric detectors. Results: Chlorophyll a concentrations varied mostly between 100 and 2000 ng/l with maxima clearly related to major freshwater inputs. The most prominent accessory pigments were fucoxanthin, 19'-hexanoyloxyfucoxanthin and chlorophyll b, varying in ranges 20-1200 ng/l, 5-360 ng/l and 1-780 ng/l, respectively This indica ted dia tome, prymnesiophytes and green algae as the most abundant phytoplankton groups. Other minor taxonomic marker pigments in eluded 19'-butanoyloxy- fucoxanthin, peridinin and zeaxanthin/lutein. The major nutrient input by rivers and rain in March/April was followed by a large increase of diatoms (fucoxanthin). Depletion of orthosilicate and nitrate in late spring caused a decline of the diatom bloom and : resulted in a shift in dominant phytoplankton from diatoms to small flagellates. This was reflected by a significant decrease in the fucoxanthin/19'- hexano-yloxyfucoxanthin ratio from 5-29 to 0.2-1. Prymnesiophytes and diatoms dominated the phytoplankton throughout the whole summer while intense rain during the autumn overturn induced a concomitant increase oidia toms (fucoxanthin) and green algae (chlorophyll b). 4Conclusion: Photosynthetic pigment composition reflected clearly the impact of major freshets on the seasonal dynamics of phytoplankton in the Gulf of Trieste. Compared with the conventional light- microscopy chemotaxonomic approach provided a more detailed insight into the corn position of nanoplankton and indica ted prymnesiophytes and green algae as the major constituents of phytoplankton biomass. Period. Biol. 1998 Apr 1001Times Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 30 Cited References: AHEL M, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V143, P289 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P459 BARLOW RG, IN PRESS DEEP SEE RE BIANCHI TS, 1993, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V36, P359 BIDIGARE RR, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V60, P113 CHISHOLM SW, 1992, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P213 COURTIES C, 1994, NATURE, V370, P255 DENANT V, 1991, MAR CHEM, V32, P285 EGGE JK, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V83, P281 EVERITT DA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P975 FURNAS MJ, 1990, J PLANKTON RES, V12, P1117 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V92, P45 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GILMARTIN M, 1990, INT REV GES HYDROBIO, V75, P425 HEAD EJH, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P176 JEFFREY SW, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V35, P293 LATASA M, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V88, P61 MALEJ A, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V120, P111 MALONE TC, 1980, PHYSL ECOLOGY PHYTOP, P433 MANTOURA RFC, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V151, P297 MILLIE DF, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P2513 MOZETIC P, 1993, THESIS U ZEGREB, P94 OLIVOTTI R, 1986, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V18, P303 ONDRUSEK ME, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P243 PRECALI R, 1995, THESIS U ZAGREB, P146 REVELANTE N, 1992, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V35, P191 SMODLAKA N, 1986, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V56, P211 SVAGELJ B, 1996, ANNALES, V9, P157 TERZIC S, 1996, THESIS U ZAGREB, P177 Article 159BT PERIOD BIOLISI:0000781525000156/Therriault, J.C. D. Booth L. Legendre S. Demersn 1990haPhytoplankton photoadaptation to vertical excursion as estimated by an in vivo fluorescence ratio$Marine Ecology-Progress Series60 97-111 February 8 .{z3IH+Ez 2363-2400O$://000089149300004("Wright, S. W. van den Enden, R. L.Phytoplankton community structure and stocks in the East Antarctic marginal ice zone (BROKE survey, January-March 1996) determined by CHEMTAX analysis of HPLC pigment signatures@9Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in OceanographyPARTICULATE ORGANIC-MATTER; WESTERN EQUATORIAL PACIFIC; WEDDELL-SCOTIA SEA; SOUTHERN-OCEAN; ROSS SEA; VERTICAL- DISTRIBUTION; PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY; PENINSULA REGION; CLASS ABUNDANCES; NITROGEN UPTAKE t nThe distribution and abundance of phytoplankton communities off east Antarctica were surveyed using CHEMTAX analysis of HPLC pigment profiles, supplemented by microscopy. Eight north-south transects were surveyed between 80 degrees E and 150 degrees E, from approximately 63 degrees S to the sea-ice, during Jan.- Mar. 1996. Spatial resolution of 1-16 km along the shelf break allowed fine-scale resolution of features associated with the ice edge and the Antarctic Slope Front. The maximum concentration of chlorophyll a (Chl a) was 3.4 mu g 1(-1), although most transects had maxima less than or equal to 1.0 mu g 1(-1). Five 'low chlorophyll' transects had average integrated abundances of chi a < 38 mg m(-2), while three 'high chlorophyll' transects had average abundances > 52 mg m(-2). CHEMTAX software was used to estimate the contribution of the different algal classes to total chi a. Eight algal categories were operationally defined by their pigment content: Diatoms, Dinoflagellates, Cryptophytes, Prasinophytes, Chlorophytes, Cyanobacteria, and two categories of haptophytes: Hapto3s (typified by coccolithophorids) and Hapto4s (including Phaeocystis antarctica plus Parmales and other chrysophytes). Regions with melting pack ice typically had an algal bloom that was variable in composition and usually fairly uniform above a deep pycnocline. Significant quantities of detrital matter sank from beneath the melting ice. At each ice edge, there was a local minimum in surface Chi a concentration associated with krill and, in one case, salps. Most algal categories had concentration minima there, but Cryptophytes and often Dinoflagellates and Cyanobacteria had local maxima, perhaps due to selective grazing. North of the ice edge, strong subsurface Chi a maxima were the norm, with concentrations on average 170% of surface values (495% max.) Chlorophyll concentrations were lower in the eastern half of the survey area than the west, although the composition of communities was similar. The composition, concentration and vertical distribution of algal stocks appeared related to the degree of thermal stratification of the mixed layer. Stratified waters had the highest concentrations of Chi a and were associated with high concentrations of Diatoms, whereas well-mixed regions were associated with Hapto4s. Maximum concentrations of most algal groups were principally found on the seasonal pycnocline. However, in stations with well-mixed surface waters, a community dominated by Prasinophytes and Hapto4s was consistently found in the T-min layer whereas other algal groups were found on the pycnocline. Subduction of communities from the T-min layer was apparent at the Antarctic Slope Front. Significant local grazing effects were noted, and it is likely that regional differences in dominant zooplankton may be related to differences in algal stocks. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.0*Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. 200047 12-13ztTimes Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 75 Cited References: ARRIGO KR, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P365 BANSE K, 1996, PROG OCEANOGR, V37, P241 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P459 BARLOW RG, 1998, J MARINE SYST, V17, P97 BATHMANN UV, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V44, P51 BIDIGARE RR, 1989, COASTAL ESTUARINE ST, V35, P57 BINDOFF NL, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2299 BODUNGEN BV, 1986, DEEP-SEA RES, V33, P177 BUMA AGJ, 1991, NETH J SEA RES, V27, P173 BUMA AGJ, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V12, P43 BUMA AGJ, 1990, POLAR BIOL, V11, P55 CATALANO G, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V44, P97 CHIBA S, 1998, P NAT I POL RES S PO, V11, P33 CHISHOLM SW, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P1507 CLAUSTRE H, 1994, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V39, P1206 COMISO JC, 1993, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V98, P2419 COTA GF, 1992, J MAR RES, V50, P155 CROCKER KM, 1995, MAR BIOL, V124, P335 ELSAYED SZ, 1983, DEEP-SEA RES, V30, P871 ELSAYED SZ, 1981, DEEP-SEA RES, V28, P1017 EVERITT DA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P975 FRYXELL GA, 1988, DEEP-SEA RES, V35, P1 GIESKES WW, 1986, MAR BIOL, V91, P567 GIESKES WWC, 1988, NETH J SEA RES, V22, P123 GIESKES WWC, 1986, NETH J SEA RES, V20, P291 HIBBERD DJ, 1977, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V57, P45 HIGGINS HW, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V47, P1461 HOSIE GW, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2437 JEFFREY SW, 1994, HAPTOPHYTE ALGAE, P111 JEFFREY SW, 1999, MAR FRESHWATER RES, V50, P879 JEFFREY SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN KOPCZYNSKA E, 1992, J PLANKTON RES, V14, P1031 LANCELOT C, 1992, CARBON NITROGEN CYCL, P106 LANCELOT C, 1993, POLAR BIOL, V13, P377 LETELIER RM, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P1420 MACKEY DJ, 1998, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V45, P1441 MACKEY MD, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P265 MANN KH, 1991, DYNAMICS MARINE ECOS MARRA J, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V19, P197 MENGESHA S, 1998, POLAR BIOL, V20, P259 MURA MP, 1995, POLAR BIOL, V15, P15 NELSON DM, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V92, P7181 NICOL S, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2489 NICOL S, IN PRESS NATURE ONDRUSEK ME, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P243 PALMISANO AC, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P891 PAULY T, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2465 PEEKEN I, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V44, P261 PERISSINOTTO R, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V60, P205 PORRA RJ, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P429 PREZELIN BB, 1992, ANTARCT J US, V27, P245 ROSENBERG M, 1997, 12 ANT CRC HOB SAVIDGE G, 1995, DEEP SEA RES 2, V42, P1201 SIEGEL V, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V123, P45 SMETACEK V, 1997, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V44, P1 SMITH WO, 1985, SCIENCE, V227, P163 SOOHOO JB, 1982, DEEP-SEA RES, V29, P1539 SOOHOO JB, 1982, DEEP-SEA RES, V29, P1553 STROM SL, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P57 STRUTTON PG, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2327 SUZUKI T, 1997, CHLOROPHYLL CONCENTR TREGUER P, 1992, POLAR BIOL, V12, P149 TYNAN CT, 1998, NATURE, V392, P708 VANLEEUWE MA, 1998, J PHYCOL, V34, P496 VANLEEUWE MA, 1998, POLAR BIOL, V19, P348 VAULOT D, 1994, J PHYCOL, V30, P1022 VENOGRADOV ME, 1981, ANAL MARINE ECOSYSTE, P69 VETH C, 1992, DEEP SEA RES 2, V44, P23 WATERS RL, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P2401 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V30, P1 WILLIAMS R, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P347 WRIGHT SW, 2000, 103 ANARE AUSTR ANT WRIGHT SW, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V144, P285 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P327 WRIGHT SW, 1997, PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMEN, P429 Article 351GK DEEP-SEA RES PT II-TOP ST OCEISI:000089149300004 Yamamoto, T. 1993hbLatitudinal differences in temperature adaptation pattern of phytoplankton photosynthetic activity82Proceedings of the NIPR Symposium on Polar Biology6Z 171 1993 0914-563XZ.(Yamazaki, Hidekatsu Kamykowski, Daniel 1991TNThe vertical trajectories of motile phytoplankton in a wind-mixed water columnDeep-Sea Research382t219-241l"Yentsch, C. S. Menzel, D. W. 1963b[A method for the determination of phytoplankton chlorophyll and phaeophytin by fluorescenceeDeep Sea Researchu10221-231f Deep Sea Res.N Yoder, J. A. Bishop, S. S. 1985xrEfects of mixing-induced irradiance fluctuations on photosynthesis of natural assemblages of coastal phytoplankton Mar. Biol.90 87-93Zar, Jerrold H. 1999Biostatistical AnalysisA  Teresa Ryu $Upper Saddle River, New Jersey Prentice-Hall, Inc.p 1-928s Fourth 0-13-081542-XsZelt, Ronald B.t 1991F@GIS technology used to manage and analyse hydrologic information GIS World August 70-73Zlotnik, I. Dubinsky, Z. 1989LEThe effect of light and temperature on DOC excretion by phytoplanktonu Limnology and oceanography345t 831  1989& 0024-3590 Copyright 2001 ingenta 55-701 Zonneveld, C.PIA cell-based model for the chlorophyll a to carbon ratio in phytoplanktonEcological Modelling Ecol. Model. 1998 113 1-3cNOV 2 ECOL MODELISI:000077929300006115-123 Zonneveld, C.pXRPhotoinhibition as affected by photoacclimation in phytoplankton: a model approach$Journal of Theoretical BiologyJ. Theor. Biol. 1998 193a1JUL 7 J THEOR BIOLISI:000074909400010NZucchi, M. R. Necchi, O. 2001~xEffects of temperature, irradiance and photoperiod on growth and pigment content in some freshwater red algae in culturePhycological Research492 103-114(12)Z June 2001Z$(!Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK2 1322-0829V(Is R*#van Leeuwe, M. A. De Baar, H. J. W.  2000kPhotoacclimation by the Antarctic flagellate Pyramimonas sp (Prasinophyceae) in response to iron limitation-;$European Journal of Phycology"353"295-303Eur. J. Phycol.#ISI:000165117300009 In this study we tested the hypothesis that iron limitation suppresses photoacclimation in cultures of the Antarctic flagellate Pyramimonas sp. The cultures were exposed to two different irradiances under iron-rich and iron-poor conditions. Light-harvesting capacity was determined by assessing the pigment composition and measuring in vivo absorption spectra. Light utilization efficiency (alpha) was determined from photosynthesis versus irradiance curves. The quantum yield of photosynthesis (phi (m)) was calculated using alpha and the absorption spectra. Iron limitation led to commonly observed changes in cells of Pyramimonas, that is, a decrease in cellular pigment content and a reduction in cellular carbon and nitrogen quota. A reduction in alpha (cell) followed a decrease in phi (m) and light-harvesting capacity. interpretation of the effects of iron limitation was different when considered on a carbon basis. Because iron limitation resulted in a decrease in cellular carbon content, the carbon-specific absorption coefficient was not affected. Consequently, the observed decrease in alpha (C) was mainly due to the decrease in phi (m), showing that iron limitation did not control light utilization via pigment synthesis but exerted control on energy transfer. This is supported by the findings that at high irradiance a shift in pigment ratios within the total pool of violaxanthin, antheraxanthin and zeaxanthin towards zeaxanthin, which is indicative of photoacclimation to high irradiance, was observed for iron-replete cells as well as for iron-depleted cells. In contrast to what is generally hypothesized, the effects of iron limitation were not enhanced at low irradiance. Low irradiance led to an increase in the cellular light- harvesting pigment content. This increase was less pronounced in iron-depleted cells than in iron-replete cells. However, looking at the light-harvesting capacity of the cells on a carbon basis, it was found that iron-depleted cells responded similarly to iron-replete cells. We therefore conclude that the light-harvesting capacity was governed by light conditions and not by iron limitation. In addition to the increase in absorption capacity at low irradiance, an increase in light utilization efficiency was measured, again under both iron-rich and iron-poor conditions. Notably, the relative increase in alpha (C) was strongest in iron-depleted cells. Photoacclimation was clearly demonstrated by normalizing alpha to chl alpha. For iron-replete cells, alpha (chl) was highest at high irradiance. In contrast, for iron-depleted cells alpha (chl) was highest at low irradiance. We argue that iron- depleted cells can photoacclimate to low irradiance by a reduction in the 'package effect' and reducing growth rates.Article AUG EUR J PHYCOL233-237"://1997XP36700006,%vanderHeever, J. A. Grobbelaar, J. U.ngThe use of oxygen evolution to assess the short-term effects of toxicants on algal photosynthetic ratesWater Sa0)PHYTOPLANKTON; INHIBITION; SYSTEMS; FIELDtmO-2-production using either Selenastrum capricornutum or Chlorella vulgaris as indicator organisms to assess the presence or not of toxic compounds, was measured in a small volume oxygen chamber. These measurements were done at predetermined I-k irradiancies. At EC50 and EC90 levels, the response of S. capricornutum and C. vulgaris to atrazine toxicity was opposite to the response as determined at the EC10 level. Chlorella vulgaris is more sensitive than S. Capricornutum to high atrazine concentrations, but S. capricornutum is more sensitive than C. vulgaris at the EC10 level. It was shown that the heavy metals Hg, Cd and Cu and the herbicide, atrazine, influenced the photosynthetic rates but the organophosphate, gusathion, had no effect. The oxygen evolution assay may be useful as a rapid prelimiary screening method for the presence or absence of toxic substances.,Water SA 1997 Jul 233C'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,POB 339,ZA-9300 BLOEMFONTEIN,SOUTH AFRICA vanderHeever JA UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,POB 339,ZA-9300 BLOEMFONTEIN,SOUTH AFRICAT"Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 15 Cited References: DUBINSKY Z, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P607 GELBECK JH, 1977, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V178, P140 HANCHEYBAUER P, 1978, PLANT PHYSIOL, P399 HOSTETTER HP, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P10 KATOH S, 1964, J BIOCHEM-TOKYO, V55, P378 KOJIMA Y, 1987, PROGR PHOTOSYNTHESIS, P57 MILLER WE, 1978, 660978018 EPA NYHOLM N, 1989, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V8, P689 PASSOW H, 1961, PHARMACOL REV, V13, P185 RAI LC, 1991, J PLANT PHYSIOL, V137, P419 SARTORY DP, 1984, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V114, P177 SHIOI Y, 1978, PLANT CELL PHYSL, V19, P203 SINGH RK, 1983, Z ALLG MIKROBIOL, V23, P435 TURBAK SC, 1986, WATER RES, V20, P91 VANDERHEEVER JA, 1996, WATER SA, V22, P183 English Article XP367 WATER SAISI:A1997XP367000061525-531.>8Vandevelde, T. Legendre, L. Demers, S. Therriault, J. C.jdCircadian Variations in Photosynthetic Assimilation and Estimation of Daily Phytoplankton ProductionMarine Biology Mar. Biol. 1989 100h4MArticle MAR BIOLISI:A1989T6884000128+a*\G201-206$://000089987100003Grobbelaar, J. U.XQPhysiological and technological considerations for optimising mass algal cultures"Journal of Applied Phycologyphotobioreactors; high yields; photosynthesis; single stage reactors; multistage reactors; strain selection GREEN-ALGAE; LIGHT; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PRODUCTIVITY; FLUCTUATIONS; RESPIRATION; CULTIVATION"The successful coupling between physiology and technology is central to the success of algal biotechnology. Imperative is a proper understanding of the variables and their impacts on biomass and/or biocompound production. The crux lies in photosynthesis and the capturing of light energy at the optimal rate for eventual maximal photochemistry (biosynthesis). It is in the hands of algal biotechnologists to understand the dynamics and regulatory mechanisms of especially PSII (photosystem II) activity in order to advance this technology further. Biophysical and technological optimisation and design aimed at maximising photon flux capture are some of the avenues that needs be pursued. This needs to be augmented by molecular, biochemical and physiological inputs. Unfortunately detailed systematic analyses of the variables, their interaction and possible synergism have rarely been done. The debate regarding the merits and productivity in closed, either plate or tubular, vertical or horizontal, and open pond reactors need to be resolved. Exciting developments regarding online measurements and feedback control for optimal productivities are part of the solutions and approaches that need to be followed. Multistage systems that not only utilise autotrophic growth and stress components, but also combined autotrophic/heterotrophic systems could provide solutions to specific production requirements. These and other important issues are addressed in the overview. The challenges facing algal biotechnologists and future research needs are also discussed.J. Appl. Phycol. 2000 Oct12 3-5'Univ Orange Free State, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa Univ Orange Free State, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa Grobbelaar JU Univ Orange Free State, ZA-9300 Bloemfontein, South Africa4.Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 26 Cited References: BEHRENFELD MJ, 1998, PHOTOSYNTH RES, V58, P259 BOUSSIBA S, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P443 FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 GROBBELAAR JU, 1990, BIOMASS, V21, P297 GROBBELAAR JU, 1991, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V38, P189 GROBBELAAR JU, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P335 GROBBELAAR JU, 1995, J APPL PHYCOL, V7, P243 GROBBELAAR JU, 1994, J APPL PHYCOL, V6, P331 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 GROBBELAAR JU, 1981, U OFS PUBL C, V3, P24 HU Q, 1996, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V51, P51 KROON BMA, 1989, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P79 KROON BMA, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P313 LEE DC, 1995, PHARMACOL REV, V47, P51 MELIS A, 1999, J APPL PHYCOL, V10, P515 NEDBAL L, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P325 OGBONNA JC, 2000, J APPL PHYCOL, V12, P207 PULZ O, 1995, P 2 EUR WORKSH BIOT, P38 RICHMOND A, 1986, HDB MICROALGAL MASS, P245 RICHMOND A, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P381 TAKENAKA H, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P459 TREDICI MR, 1998, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V57, P187 VERMAAS W, 1996, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P263 VONSHAK A, 1982, BIOMASS, V2, P175 VONSHAK A, 1997, SPIRULINA PLATENSIS English Article 366CK J APPL PHYCOLISI:000089987100003VOGuerrini, Franca Cangini, Monica Boni, Laurita Trost, Paolo Pistocchi, Rossellai 2000`Metabolic responses of the diatom Achnanthes brevipes (Bacillariophyceae) to nutrient limitation"5 J. Phycol.365" 882-a-890#October 1, 2000 J. Phycol.The diatom Achnanthes brevipes C.A. Ag. was cultured in the presence of limiting concentrations of nitrogen (N) or inorganic phosphate (Pi). Growth, in terms of final yield, was more affected by N limitation than Pi limitation; N limitation had a greater effect also on protein and chlorophyll content. Carbohydrate concentrations increased under both nutrient starvation treatments, but N or Pi limitation had different effects. Total (intracellular plus extracellular) sugar content increased when cells were exposed to both types of nutrient limitation, but the extracellular polysaccharide fraction increased only in the presence of Pi starvation. Analyses were performed to identify the metabolic changes occurring in cells exposed to low phosphate because this was the main condition that affected carbohydrate extrusion. Activities of several enzymes involved in carbohydrate metabolism showed that under Pi limitation there was no activation of alternative reactions that were found to result in Pi liberation, instead of its consumption, in some higher plants and in the green alga Selenastrum minutum Naeg. Collins. Results showed that activities of pyruvate kinase, phosphorylating NAD-dependent 3-phosphate-glyceraldehyde dehydrogenase, and 3-phospho-glycerate kinase were inhibited under Pi-limited conditions compared with control cells, indicating limited glucose catabolism. Activity of uridine diphosphate glucose pyrophosphorylase, a key enzyme for the biosynthesis of the storage compound crysolaminarin, was also partly inhibited in Pi-stressed cells. Our findings suggest that carbohydrate catabolism in A. brevipes is limited under Pi deficiency, whereas extracellular extrusion of carbohydrate is favored.:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/882HAGuildford, S.J. Bootsma, H.A. Fee, E.J. Hecky, R.E. Patterson, G. 2000b[Phytoplankton nutrient status and mean water column irradiance in Lakes Malawi and Superiora,%Aquatic Ecosystem Health & Management@3@1@ 35-45.'Haffner, G. D. G. P. Harris M. K. Jarai 1980ngPhysical variability and phytoplankton communites: III. Vertical structure in phytoplankton populationsArch. Hydrobiol.893;363-381/KT  561-&"://1996UY07900007>8Heaney, S. I. Parker, J. E. Butterwick, C. Clarke, K. J.ZSInterannual variability of algal populations and their influence on lake metabolismFreshwater BiologyDINOFLAGELLATE CERATIUM-HIRUNDINELLA; CHEMICAL-COMPOSITION; SEASONAL-CHANGES; SEDIMENT TRAPS; SOUTH BASIN; LONG-TERM; PHYTOPLANKTON; DYNAMICS; WINDERMERE; DISTRICT * $1. An input-output phosphorus budget is given for Windermere and its two basins based on data available for the late 1980s. The annual areal total phosphorus loading for the whole lake was 1.04 g P m(-2) yr(-1) and for the North and South Basins were 1.08 and 1.70 g P m(-2) yr(-1), respectively. For the whole lake and its South Basin the values were similar to the upper range of critical loads calculated according to the equation of Vollenweider (1976) for the transition between oligotrophy and eutrophy while that for the North Basin (1.08 g P m(-2) yr(-1)) was within this range of critical loadings but towards its lower end. 2. Changes in the quality of summer phytoplankton are described for Windermere, particularly its South Basin, between 1978 and 1989 in relation to the utilization of nitrate-nitrogen (NO3-N) in the epilimnion, deoxygenation of the hypolimnion and the ratio of epilimnetic volume to hypolimnetic volume, E(v)/H-v. The two basins of Windermere with values of E(v)/H-v of 0.79 (South Basin) and 0.50 (North Basin) have contrasting conditions of summer deoxygenation. The shallower South Basin shows marked interannual variability in the development of hypolimnetic anoxia. Years with large hypolimnetic anoxia during autumn are correlated with the production during summer of large populations of the poorly grazed blue-green alga Oscillatoria bourrellyi and exhaustion of NO3-N in the upper layers. During years when anoxia does not develop the summer phytoplankton consists of small easily grazed algae or larger ones subject to parasitic epidemics. The deeper North Basin never becomes anoxic even though it can contain similar sized populations of O. bourrellyi to the South Basin. 3. A possible explanation of the between basin and, for the South Basin, between year variation of utilization of NO3-N and level of hypolimnetic deoxygenation is that algal quality can determine lake metabolism dependent upon lake or basin morphology. Poorly grazed large forms such as O. bourrellyi act as sinks for NO3- N. On sedimentation such populations act as a 'short circuit' mechanism descending into deeper layers in sufficient quantities to cause anoxia. Other species subject to crustacean or microbial grazing are mineralized in the epilimnion with little sedimentation to the deeper waters. Subsequent recycling of nitrogen as NH4-N takes place in the upper layers or thermocline which is more readily taken up by subsequent production. The influence of such 'short circuit' mechanisms is reduced in deep lakes and exacerbated in shallow ones. 4. The success of species such as O. bourrellyi is dependent upon a sufficient inoculum, an adequate supply of nutrients and the depth of intermittent mixing. The importance of these factors in regulating presence and timing of summer populations is illustrated and discussed. Freshw. Biol. 1996 Jun353Times Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 41 Cited References: ALEXANDER GC, 1976, WATER RES, V10, P757 ALLEN SE, 1968, J ECOL, V56, P497 ANAGNOSTIDIS K, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V80, P327 CANTER HM, 1984, NEW PHYTOL, V97, P601 CHAPMAN DV, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P121 DAFT MJ, 1970, NEW PHYTOL, V69, P1029 DAVISON W, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P987 DAVISON W, 1985, WATER RES, V19, P265 EISENREICH SJ, 1975, ENVIRON LETT, V9, P45 GANF GG, 1991, J PLANKTON RES, V13, P1101 GEORGE DG, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P55 HAMILTONTAYLOR J, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P695 HEANEY SI, 1983, BRIT PHYCOL J, V18, P47 HEANEY SI, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P133 HILTON J, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V141, P269 KELL GS, 1967, J CHEM ENG DATA, V12, P66 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1955, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V7, P219 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P57 LUND JWG, 1972, P R SOC LOND B, V180, P371 MABERLY SC, 1994, FRESHWATER BIOL, V31, P19 MACKERETH FJH, 1964, J SCI INSTRUM, V41, P38 MACKERETH FJH, 1978, SCI PUBLICATIONS FRE, V36 MACKERETH FJH, 1963, SCI PUBLICATIONS FRE, V21 MILLS CA, 1990, J FISH BIOL, V37, P167 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P751 OLSON FCW, 1950, T AM MICROSC SOC, V59, P272 PENNINGTON W, 1978, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V20, P636 RAMSBOTTOM AE, 1976, FRESHWATER BIOL ASS, V33 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P REYNOLDS CS, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P1162 SAFFERMAN RS, 1964, J BACTERIOL, V88, P771 SAFFERMAN RS, 1963, SCIENCE, V140, P679 SUTCLIFFE DW, 1983, FRESHWATER BIOL, V13, P323 SUTCLIFFE DW, 1982, FRESHWATER BIOL, V12, P451 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V268, P65 TALLING JF, 1974, IBP HDB, V12, P22 TETT P, 1985, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V65, P487 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1976, MEM I ITAL IDROBIOL, V33, P53 Article UY079 FRESHWATER BIOLISI:A1996UY07900007 561-&"://1996UY07900007>8Heaney, S. I. Parker, J. E. Butterwick, C. Clarke, K. J.ZSInterannual variability of algal populations and their influence on lake metabolismFreshwater Biology'>8FRESHWATER BIOL ASSOC,AMBLESIDE LA22 0LP,CUMBRIA,ENGLANDDINOFLAGELLATE CERATIUM-HIRUNDINELLA; CHEMICAL-COMPOSITION; SEASONAL-CHANGES; SEDIMENT TRAPS; SOUTH BASIN; LONG-TERM; PHYTOPLANKTON; DYNAMICS; WINDERMERE; DISTRICT * $1. An input-output phosphorus budget is given for Windermere and its two basins based on data available for the late 1980s. The annual areal total phosphorus loading for the whole lake was 1.04 g P m(-2) yr(-1) and for the North and South Basins were 1.08 and 1.70 g P m(-2) yr(-1), respectively. For the whole lake and its South Basin the values were similar to the upper range of critical loads calculated according to the equation of Vollenweider (1976) for the transition between oligotrophy and eutrophy while that for the North Basin (1.08 g P m(-2) yr(-1)) was within this range of critical loadings but towards its lower end. 2. Changes in the quality of summer phytoplankton are described for Windermere, particularly its South Basin, between 1978 and 1989 in relation to the utilization of nitrate-nitrogen (NO3-N) in the epilimnion, deoxygenation of the hypolimnion and the ratio of epilimnetic volume to hypolimnetic volume, E(v)/H-v. The two basins of Windermere with values of E(v)/H-v of 0.79 (South Basin) and 0.50 (North Basin) have contrasting conditions of summer deoxygenation. The shallower South Basin shows marked interannual variability in the development of hypolimnetic anoxia. Years with large hypolimnetic anoxia during autumn are correlated with the production during summer of large populations of the poorly grazed blue-green alga Oscillatoria bourrellyi and exhaustion of NO3-N in the upper layers. During years when anoxia does not develop the summer phytoplankton consists of small easily grazed algae or larger ones subject to parasitic epidemics. The deeper North Basin never becomes anoxic even though it can contain similar sized populations of O. bourrellyi to the South Basin. 3. A possible explanation of the between basin and, for the South Basin, between year variation of utilization of NO3-N and level of hypolimnetic deoxygenation is that algal quality can determine lake metabolism dependent upon lake or basin morphology. Poorly grazed large forms such as O. bourrellyi act as sinks for NO3- N. On sedimentation such populations act as a 'short circuit' mechanism descending into deeper layers in sufficient quantities to cause anoxia. Other species subject to crustacean or microbial grazing are mineralized in the epilimnion with little sedimentation to the deeper waters. Subsequent recycling of nitrogen as NH4-N takes place in the upper layers or thermocline which is more readily taken up by subsequent production. The influence of such 'short circuit' mechanisms is reduced in deep lakes and exacerbated in shallow ones. 4. The success of species such as O. bourrellyi is dependent upon a sufficient inoculum, an adequate supply of nutrients and the depth of intermittent mixing. The importance of these factors in regulating presence and timing of summer populations is illustrated and discussed. Freshw. Biol. 1996 Jun353 Times Cited: 6 Cited Reference Count: 41 Cited References: ALEXANDER GC, 1976, WATER RES, V10, P757 ALLEN SE, 1968, J ECOL, V56, P497 ANAGNOSTIDIS K, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V80, P327 CANTER HM, 1984, NEW PHYTOL, V97, P601 CHAPMAN DV, 1982, J PHYCOL, V18, P121 DAFT MJ, 1970, NEW PHYTOL, V69, P1029 DAVISON W, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P987 DAVISON W, 1985, WATER RES, V19, P265 EISENREICH SJ, 1975, ENVIRON LETT, V9, P45 GANF GG, 1991, J PLANKTON RES, V13, P1101 GEORGE DG, 1990, FRESHWATER BIOL, V23, P55 HAMILTONTAYLOR J, 1984, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V29, P695 HEANEY SI, 1983, BRIT PHYCOL J, V18, P47 HEANEY SI, 1988, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V161, P133 HILTON J, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V141, P269 KELL GS, 1967, J CHEM ENG DATA, V12, P66 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 LUND JWG, 1955, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V7, P219 LUND JWG, 1949, J ECOL, V37, P389 LUND JWG, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P57 LUND JWG, 1972, P R SOC LOND B, V180, P371 MABERLY SC, 1994, FRESHWATER BIOL, V31, P19 MACKERETH FJH, 1964, J SCI INSTRUM, V41, P38 MACKERETH FJH, 1978, SCI PUBLICATIONS FRE, V36 MACKERETH FJH, 1963, SCI PUBLICATIONS FRE, V21 MILLS CA, 1990, J FISH BIOL, V37, P167 NEALE PJ, 1991, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V36, P751 OLSON FCW, 1950, T AM MICROSC SOC, V59, P272 PENNINGTON W, 1978, VERHANDLUNGEN INT VE, V20, P636 RAMSBOTTOM AE, 1976, FRESHWATER BIOL ASS, V33 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, ECOLOGY FRESHWATER P REYNOLDS CS, 1982, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V27, P1162 SAFFERMAN RS, 1964, J BACTERIOL, V88, P771 SAFFERMAN RS, 1963, SCIENCE, V140, P679 SUTCLIFFE DW, 1983, FRESHWATER BIOL, V13, P323 SUTCLIFFE DW, 1982, FRESHWATER BIOL, V12, P451 TALLING JF, 1988, ALGAE AQUATIC ENV, P1 TALLING JF, 1993, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V268, P65 TALLING JF, 1974, IBP HDB, V12, P22 TETT P, 1985, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V65, P487 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1976, MEM I ITAL IDROBIOL, V33, P53 English Article UY079 FRESHWATER BIOLISI:A1996UY07900007("Hess, Richard W. Mark A. Herkommer 1993JDGeneral principles, efficient approaches to computer contour mapping Earth Observation Magazine Aprilo 46-49t@:Ulf heyman Gunnar Ekbohm Peter Blomqvist Reidar Grundstrom 1982NGThe precision of abundance estimates of plankton from composite samples,Water Res. Vol.i16 1367-1370'LM xO  53-62"://1992JN34700005D>Grobbelaar, J. U. Kroon, B. M. A. Burgerwiersma, T. Mur, L. R.Influence of Medium Frequency Light Dark Cycles of Equal Duration on the Photosynthesis and Respiration of Chlorella- Pyrenoidosa HydrobiologiaLIGHT DARK CYCLES; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; CHLORELLA; DIURNAL VARIATIONS; RESPIRATION PHYTOPLANKTON; PRODUCTIVITY; FLUCTUATIONS; SYSTEMcChlorella pyrenoidosa was grown in three continuous cultures each receiving a different light regime during the light period of a diurnal cycle. Hourly samples taken during the light period were subjected to medium frequency light/dark oscillations of equal duration, ranging from 3 to 240 seconds. The oxygen consumption and production of each sample were measured with an oxygen electrode in a small oxygen chamber. Although the light/dark cycles had little overall influence on photosynthetic activity, the microalgae appeared to adapt to the light regime to which they were subjected. Large differences were found between the maximum chlorophyll-specific production rates (P(max)B), the chlorophyll-specific production rates (P(B)) and the respiration rates between the cultures and treated subsamples. Respiration rates increased during the light period, whilst P(B) either increased, or had a mid light period minimum or maximum. The culture which received an hourly light oscillation during the light period had the highest P(max)B and lowest respiration rates. and it is suggested that these algae react as in nature, whereas either a sinusoidal or a block light pattern is 'unnatural'. The latter light regime is commonly used in laboratory studies. Hydrobiologia 1992 Aug 14 238'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICA UNIV AMSTERDAM,MICROBIOL LAB,1018 WS AMSTERDAM,NETHERLANDS GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICA Times Cited: 12 Cited Reference Count: 19 Cited References: CULLEN JJ, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1039 DERA J, 1970, ACTA GEOPHYS POL, V18, P287 DUBINSKY Z, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P607 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, MAR BIOL, V65, P69 GROBBELAAR JU, 1991, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V38, P189 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P497 GROBBELAAR JU, 1985, J PLANKTON RES, V7, P653 JEWSON DH, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P1037 KOK B, 1953, ALGAL CULTURE LAB PI, P63 KROON BMA, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P63 KROON BMA, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P71 LAWS EA, 1983, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V25, P2319 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 MANN KH, 1972, PRODUCTIVITY PROBLEM, P579 MARRA J, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTION S, P121 RICHMOND A, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V11, P274 TERRY KL, 1986, BIOTECH BIOENGINEERI, V18, P988 WALSH P, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P688 English Article JN347 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1992JN34700005331-335"://1994NU10200012Grobbelaar, J. U.PITurbulence in Mass Algal Cultures and the Role of Light-Dark Fluctuations"Journal of Applied PhycologyjdTURBULENCE; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; CHLORELLA; LIGHT DARK CYCLES; MASS TRANSFER RATES PHOTOSYNTHESIS; CYCLESIn mass algal cultures, some form of agitation is usually provided; among other effects, this moves the organisms though an optically dense profile and provides mixing. During this transport, medium frequency fluctuations in the light energy supply are perceived by the algae, which are of the order of 1 Hz and less. It has been suggested that turbulence with the resultant light/dark cycles of medium frequency enhances productivity. However, turbulence has two major influences in a well mixed system: it facilitates fluctuating light regimes and increases the transfer rates between the growth medium and the cultured organism. An estimation of productivity as oxygen liberation was measured under laminar and turbulent flow rates, and varying light/dark ratios. Increased turbulence, which increased exchange rates of nutrients and metabolites between the cells and their growth medium, together with increased light/dark frequencies, increased productivity and photosynthetic efficiency.CJ. Appl. Phycol. 1994 Jun 6L3,'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICA GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICANtnTimes Cited: 22 Cited Reference Count: 21 Cited References: ALLEN MM, 1968, J PHYCOL, V4, P1 CULLEN JJ, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1039 DERA J, 1970, ACTA GEOPHYS POL, V18, P287 DOTY MS, 1957, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V2, P37 FALKOWSKI PG, 1978, MAR BIOL, V45, P289 FISCHER HB, 1979, MIXING INLAND COASTA FRIEDRICKSON AG, 1970, PREDICTION MEASUREME, P519 GROBBELAAR JU, 1991, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V38, P189 GROBBELAAR JU, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V238, P53 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 JEWSON DH, 1975, VERH INT VER LIMNOL, V19, P1037 KOK B, 1953, ALGAL CULTURE LAB PI, P63 LAWS EA, 1983, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V25, P2319 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 MARRA J, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTION S, P121 MERCHUK JC, 1988, ADV BIOCH ENG BIOTEC, V44, P65 RICHMOND A, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V11, P274 RICHMOND A, 1986, CRC HDB MICROALGAL M, P245 SARTORY DP, 1984, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V114, P177 SOROKIN C, 1957, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V10, P659 TERRY KL, 1986, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V28, P988 English Article NU102 J APPL PHYCOLISI:A1994NU102000126175-184"://1995RN2030001181Grobbelaar, J. U. Nedbal, L. Tichy, L. Setlik, I.nvpVariation in Some Photosynthetic Characteristics of Microalgae Cultured in Outdoor Thin-Layered Sloping Reactors"Journal of Applied PhycologyMASS CULTIVATION; MICROALGAE; PHOTOSYNTHETIC CHARACTERISTICS; THIN-LAYER CULTURE SYSTEMS; GROWTH RATE; SCENEDESMUS ALGAL CULTURES; PRODUCTIVITY; PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOBIOREACTOR; SYSTEMIn outdoor thin-layer sloping reactors algae are batch cultured and harvested at biomass concentrations of about 15 g (dw) 1(- 1) whereafter a portion is used as inoculum for the next cycle. Light saturation curves of the oxygen evolution (P/I curves) of the algae were measured using diluted aliquots of suspension taken from the reactors. The maximum specific photosynthetic rates (P-max(B)) and the light intensity at the onset of saturated photosynthesis (I-k) decreased whilst the maximum specific photosynthetic efficiency (alpha(B)) increased with an increase in the biomass concentration, during the production cycle. These differences reflect transition from light- to dark-acclimated state of the algae that occurs as a result of an increase of the suspension concentration during the production cycle. During these experiments the thin-layered smooth doping cultures (TLSS, culture depth 5-7 mm) had higher photosynthetic rates per volume than the thin-layered baffled sloping cultures (TLBS, culture depth 5-15 mm). This was ascribed to the higher P-max(B) values of the algae grown in the TLSS cultures, allowing them to utilise high incident irradiancies more effectively. However, the areal productivity of the TLBS was higher than the TLSS indicating a higher photosynthetic efficiency of the TLBS reactors. The specific productivity decreased rapidly with an increase in the biomass concentration, but the yield remained linear during the batch production cycle, even at high areal densities.J. Appl. Phycol. 1995 Apr72'UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICA ACAD SCI CZECH REPUBL,INST MICROBIOL,DEPT AUTOTROPH MICROORGANISMS,TREBON 37981,CZECH REPUBLIC GROBBELAAR JU UNIV ORANGE FREE STATE,DEPT BOT & GENET,BLOEMFONTEIN 9300,SOUTH AFRICATimes Cited: 4 Cited Reference Count: 29 Cited References: ARNON DI, 1949, PLANT PHYSIOL, V24, P1 BARTOS J, 1975, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V9, P395 BURLEW JS, 1953, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V600 CASTILLO SJ, 1980, ALGAE BIOMASS, P123 COHEN LF, 1991, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V2, P83 DOUCHA J, IN PRESS ALGOLOGICAL DUBINSKY Z, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P607 DUBINSKY Z, 1986, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V27, P1335 FALKOWSKI PG, 1994, ENV PLANT B, P407 GOLDMAN JC, 1979, WATER RES, V13, P1 GROBBELAAR JU, 1990, BIOMASS, V21, P297 GROBBELAAR JU, 1991, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V38, P189 GROBBELAAR JU, 1994, J APPL PHYCOL, V6, P331 GROBBELAAR JU, 1981, U OFS BLOEMFONTEIN C, P116 GROBBELAAR JU, 1981, U OFS BLOEMFONTEIN C, P173 HARTIG P, 1988, BIOMASS, V15, P211 KAJAN M, 1994, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V73, P111 LAWS EA, 1983, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V25, P2319 LEE YK, 1992, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V40, P1119 LEE YK, 1991, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V38, P995 MCKINNEY G, 1941, J BIOL CHEM, V140, P315 RICHMOND A, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V11, P274 RICHMOND A, 1986, BIOMASS, V10, P253 RICHMOND A, 1986, CRC HDB MICROALGAL M SARTORY DP, 1984, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V114, P177 SENGER H, 1970, PLANTA, V90, P243 SOEDER CJ, 1981, U OFS BLOEMFONTEIN C, P131 STELIK I, 1970, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V11, P111 SUKENIK A, 1991, J APPL PHYCOL, V3, P191 English Article RN203 J APPL PHYCOLISI:A1995RN20300011_P^Tz4871-878P Dodds, W. K.A Modified Fiberoptic Light Microprobe to Measure Spherically Integrated Photosynthetic Photon Flux-Density - Characterization of Periphyton Photosynthesis-Irradiance Patterns7 Limnology and OceanographyHAOXYGEN MICROPROFILE; COMMUNITIES; PHYTOPLANKTON; RESOLUTION; MATS80*A fiber-optic light sensor was modified by adding a broadband filter (420-730 nm) to sense photosynthetic photon flux density. A sphere of acrylic paint added to the fiber tip allowed estimation of spherically integrated irradiance. The modified light probe and an O2 microelectrode allowed 250-mum- resolution photosynthesis-irradiance profiles to be determined. In Ulothrix-dominated periphyton, there was greater ability to utilize low light as depth increased from 0 to 750 mum, and photosynthesis was not saturated up to 1,800 Amol quanta m-2 s- 1. In a benthic diatom assemblage, light attenuation was greater than in the Ulothrix filaments in the top 250 mum, photosynthesis approached saturation at 1,000 mumol quanta m-2 s-1, and photosynthetic rates were extremely low at the 250- and 500-mum depths.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1992374Note JUN LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1992JR68300014 42-535.(Dodds, W. K. Biggs, B. J. F. Lowe, R. L.Photosynthesis-irradiance patterns in benthic microalgae: Variations as a function of assemblage thickness anc community structureJournal of Phycology J. Phycol. 19993510 FEB J PHYCOLISI:0000789264000070415-433$://000084933000003VPDoyon, P. Klein, B. Ingram, R. G. Legendre, L. Tremblay, J. E. Therriault, J. C.rlInfluence of wind mixing and upper-layer stratification on phytoplankton biomass in the Gulf of St. Lawrence@9Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in OceanographySIZE-FRACTIONATED PHYTOPLANKTON; BIOGENIC CARBON; NORTHWEST ATLANTIC; SCOTIAN SHELF; UPPER OCEAN; VARIABILITY; ENVIRONMENT; SUMMER; NITRATE; EXPORTVngAnalyses of CTD profiles collected during 9 cruises in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (1992-1994, Canada) indicate that hydrographic conditions were in close agreement with the physical oceanographic climatology of the Gulf, and that winds during the sampling period were relatively weaker than their corresponding monthly means. Using temperature and salinity profiles with meteorological conditions averaged over 4 days prior to each sampling date, several physical parameters were computed to characterize the hydrodynamic conditions in the euphotic zone. Phytoplankton chlorophyll a biomass (Ch1a) averaged over the euphotic zone was examined, both total and size-fractionated( > 5 and < 5 mu m), in combination with nitrate data. The seasonal pattern in total phytoplankton reflected changes in the large size fraction, the concentration of phytoplankton < 5 Irm being low throughout the year. A modified buoyancy length scale (BL*) was derived from wind- induced turbulence and upper-layer stratification; BL* co- varied with the depth of the surface mixed layer. When considering the proportion of the small size fraction ([Ch1a](small)/[Ch1a](total)), maximum Chla biomass corresponded to intermediate values of BL* (similar to 0.1 m), with phytoplankton concentrations decreasing in the two ends of the buoyancy length spectrum. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.0*Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. 200047 3-4'McGill Univ, Dept Atmospher & Ocean Sci, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, Canada McGill Univ, Dept Atmospher & Ocean Sci, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, Canada Univ Laval, Dept Biol, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Maurice Lamontagne Inst, Mt Joli, PQ G5H 3Z4, Canada Ctr Rech Informat Montreal, Montreal, PQ H3A 1B9, Canada Univ British Columbia, St Johns Coll, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z4, Canada Doyon P McGill Univ, Dept Atmospher & Ocean Sci, Montreal, PQ H3A 2K6, CanadaTimes Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 39 Cited References: BESNER M, 1994, UNPUB METHODE ESTIME DAUCHEZ S, 1996, J PLANKTON RES, V18, P577 DELAFONTAINE Y, 1991, CAN SPEC PUBL FISH A, V113, P99 DENMAN KL, 1973, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V3, P173 DENMAN KL, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P801 DOYON P, 2000, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V47, P385 DOYON P, 1996, THESIS MCGILL U MONT DRAPER N, 1981, APPL REGRESSION ANAL EFRON B, 1986, STAT SCI, V1, P54 FORTIER L, 1994, J PLANKTON RES, V16, P809 KLEIN P, 1984, DEEP-SEA RES, V31, P21 KOUTITONSKY VG, 1991, GULT ST LAWRENCE SMA, P57 LALLI CM, 1997, BIOL OCEANOGRAPHY IN, P314 LAMB PJ, 1984, TELLUS A, V37, P292 LEGENDRE L, 1981, ECOHYDRODYNAMICS, P191 LEGENDRE L, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V145, P179 MARGALEF R, 1978, OCEANOL ACTA, V1, P493 MOUSSEAU L, 1996, AQUAT MICROB ECOL, V10, P149 OAKEY NS, 1985, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V15, P1662 PINGREE RD, 1978, DEEP-SEA RES, V25, P1011 POND S, 1991, INTRO DYNAMICAL OCEA, P329 RAY AA, 1982, SAS USERS GUIDE STAT, P584 RIEGMAN R, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V173, P85 RIEGMAN R, 1998, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V173, P95 RIEGMAN R, 1993, NETH J SEA RES, V31, P255 RIVKIN RB, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1163 SONDERGAARD M, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V79, P139 SVERDRUP HU, 1953, J CONS CONS PERM INT, V18, P287 TAKAHASHI M, 1977, DEEP-SEA RES, V40, P775 TAMIGNEAUX E, 1999, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V48, P253 TAMIGNEAUX E, 1997, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V146, P231 THERRIAULT JC, 1991, FISHERIES AQUATIC SC, V113 THERRIAULT JC, 1978, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V23, P900 THERRIAULT JC, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V60, P97 THERRIAULT JC, 1990, OCEANOGRAPHY LARGE S, P269 THINGSTAD TF, 1990, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V63, P261 TREMBLAY JE, 1997, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V42, P595 WOODS JD, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P735 YAMAZAKI H, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P219 English Article 277KP DEEP-SEA RES PT II-TOP ST OCEISI:000084933000003151-160L Duarte, P.`YA Mechanistic Model of the Effects of Light and Temperature on Algal Primary Productivity{Ecological ModellingvpALGAE; LIGHT; PRODUCTION; PRIMARY; TEMPERATURE PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON; INTENSITY; PHOTOINHIBITION; GROWTH& In this work a model of algal primary productivity combining a mechanistic light function with a temperature Arrhenius function is presented. Data on primary productivity obtained with algae acclimated to different environmental conditions was used to test the model. A simple method for model parameter estimation based on regression analysis is described. The parameter estimates can be improved by a non-linear least- squares method (e.g. the Gauss-Newton method) resulting in a significant fit to the observed data as tested by regression analysis. According to the present model, the initial slope of the productivity/light curves is temperature dependent whilst the optimal light intensity is temperature independent. These model predictions were validated by the obtained experimental results. Ecol. Model. 1995822Article OCT ECOL MODELISI:A1995RV45400004.(Dubinsky, Zvy Falkowski, P. G. Wyman, K. 198681Light harvesting and utilization by phytoplanktonPlant Cell Physiology27 1335-13491431-435 Dusenberry, J. A.pjFrequency distributions of phytoplankton single-cell fluorescence and vertical mixing in the surface ocean Limnology and OceanographyLimnol. Oceanogr.i 1999442MAR LIMNOL OCEANOGRnISI:000079309300018.201-220Dusenberry, J. A.CSteady-state single cell model simulations of photoacclimation in a vertically mixed layer: implications for biological tracer studies and primary productivity Journal of Marine Systems J. Mar. Syst. 200024 3-4MAR J MARINE SYSTISI:000086284000002jU< 1643-1658a$://000082691600004 2+Legendre, L. Rassoulzadegan, F. Michaud, J.MIdentifying the dominant processes (physical versus biological) in pelagic marine ecosystems from held estimates of chlorophyll a and phytoplankton production"Journal of Plankton ResearchTIME-SERIES STATION; NORTHEAST ATLANTIC; PACIFIC-OCEAN; SARGASSO SEA; BIOMASS; DYNAMICS; ASSEMBLAGES; PIGMENTS; PLANKTON; CARBON>7A new approach is described to identify the dominant process (physical versus biological) in a pelagic marine ecosystem, from simple biological oceanographic field variables. The approach is based on quantification of the matching (M) between phytoplankton production (P) and losses, from held estimates of chlorophyll a (Chl) and P. Coefficient Ail is estimated for a wide range of oceanic and coastal environments and of trophic characteristics, using data from the literature. Results show that M characterizes the dominance of physical versus biological processes in pelagic systems. The coefficient may be especially useful as a means for extracting process information on pelagic marine ecosystems from large data sets of Chi and P, e.g. recorded by moored instruments or provided by satellite images of ocean colour.J. Plankton Res. 1999 Sep219'Univ Laval, Dept Biol, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada Univ Laval, Dept Biol, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada Stn Zool, F-06230 Villefranche Sur Mer, France Legendre L Univ Laval, Dept Biol, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada  Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 51 Cited References: *MAR EC LAB, 1980, CAN TECH REP FISH AQ, V934 BALCH WM, 1989, DEEP-SEA RES, V36, P1201 BOOTH BC, 1988, MAR BIOL, V98, P287 BROWN PC, 1986, J PLANKTON RES, V8, P55 BULLEID ER, 1972, MEASUREMENTS PRIMARY, V1 CLIFFORD PJ, 1992, PLANKTON PRODUCTION, V1 CLIFFORD PJ, 1991, PLANKTON PRODUCTION, V58 CLIFFORD PJ, 1991, PLANKTON PRODUCTION, V54 CLIFFORD PJ, 1990, PLANKTON PRODUCTION, V53 COALE KH, 1996, NATURE, V383, P495 CUSHING DH, 1989, J PLANKTON RES, V11, P1 DITULLIO GR, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P1305 DUGDALE RC, 1967, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V12, P196 FALKOWSKI PG, 1997, AQUATIC PHOTOSYNTHES FALKOWSKI PG, 1995, AUST J PLANT PHYSIOL, V22, P341 FALKOWSKI PG, 1993, ICES MAR SCI S, V197, P92 HARRISON PJ, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V70, P291 HORNE AJ, 1969, J MAR BIOL ASSOC UK, V49, P393 LAWS EA, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P715 LEGENDRE L, 1999, IN PRESS MICROBIAL B LEGENDRE L, 1996, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V145, P179 LEWIS MR, 1983, J GEOPHYS RES, V88, P2565 LOCHTE K, 1993, DEEP SEA RES 2, V40, P91 LONGHURST A, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1245 LORENZEN CJ, 1966, DEEP-SEA RES, V13, P223 MALONE TC, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P903 MARRA J, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V97, P7399 MITCHELLINNES BA, 1991, PROG OCEANOGR, V28, P65 MORALES CE, 1993, J PLANKTON RES, V15, P185 MOREL A, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1545 PLATT T, 1973, FISH RES BOARD CAN T, V423, P1 PLATT T, 1968, FISH RES BOARD CAN T, V77, P1 PLATT T, 1993, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V98, P14561 PRICE NM, 1991, DEEP-SEA RES, V38, P1361 RICHARDSON K, 1991, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V72, P189 ROMAN MR, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P883 SATHYENDRANATH S, 1993, ICES MARINE SCI S, V197, P236 SAUTOUR B, 1996, J PLANKTON RES, V18, P835 SAVIDGE G, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V42, P599 SHERR EB, 1996, AQUAT MICROB ECOL, V11, P91 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY STEVEN DM, 1973, MEASUREMENTS PRIMARY, V4 STEVEN DM, 1973, MEASUREMENTS PRIMARY, V3 STEVEN DM, 1973, MEASUREMENTS PRIMARY, V2 TAMIGNEAUX E, 1995, J PLANKTON RES, V17, P1421 THINGSTAD TF, 1996, J PLANKTON RES, V18, P97 WALLACE DWR, 1995, USCGC POL SEA CRUIS WALSH JJ, 1977, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V22, P264 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1985, MAR BIOL, V90, P75 WELSCHMEYER NA, 1993, PROG OCEANOGR, V32, P101 WINTER DF, 1975, MAR BIOL, V29, P139 English Article 238BT J PLANKTON RESISI:000082691600004Leitao, M. Leglize, L. 2000jdLong-term variations of epilimnetic phytoplankton in an artificial reservoir during a 10-year survey Hydrobiologiat 424 39-49: Apr 15 HydrobiologiaISI:000088483000005gzsreservoir; phytoplankton; population dynamics; long-term variation; biomass; species succession SEASONAL SUCCESSIONoVieux-Pre' is an artificial reservoir in the north-east part of France (61 Mm(3)), created in 1986 for hydraulic management. The phytoplankton and several environmental parameters in the upper part of the lake were monitored at a mid-lake station, from 1988 to 1997. The specific composition of the community changed during this period, from a predominantly pennate-diatom phytoplankton (Asterionella formosa, Fragilaria crotonensis), the lake passed to dominance by a sparse, motile nanoplankton (Mallomonas akrokomos, M. caudata, Cryptomonas erosa, Chroomonas/Rhodomonas, a.o.) and then by large colonies of small-celled species (Uroglena americana, Dinobryon spp., Radiocystis geminata, Aphanothece clathrata, Coelosphaerium kuetzingianum a.o.). This paper describes the algal successions involved and shows the decisive effects of the decrease of trophic level from an eutrophic stage to an oligo-mesotrophic condition. In the beginning, externally imposed disturbances (flooding and dewatering) were frequent, while now the lake has stabilised as a deep, stratified pelagic system. Under these conditions, autogenic phytoplankton appear to dominate.Times Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 47 Cited References: *AFNOR, 1997, QUAL EAU, V2 *OECD, 1982, EUTR WAT MON ASS CON AMBLARD C, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1189 ANAGNOSTIDIS K, 1988, ARCH HYDROBIOL S80, V50, P327 BELCHER JH, 1979, BR PHYCOL J, V14, P225 BERTHON JL, 1996, HYDROECOL APPL, V8, P99 BOURRELLY P, 1957, REV ALGOL MEM HORS S, V1, P1 CANTERLUND H, 1995, FRESHWATER ALGAE THE CAPBLANCQ J, 1994, HYDROECOL APPL, V6, P153 CAPDEVIELLE P, 1978, THESIS U BORDEAUX COMPERE P, 1992, FLORE PRATIQUE ALGUE COX EJ, 1996, IDENTIFICATION FRESH ETTL H, 1978, SUBWASSERFLORA MITTE, V3 GEITLER L, 1930, L RABENHORSTS KRYPTO GIGLEUX M, 1992, THESIS U METZ HARPER D, 1992, EUTROPHICATION FRESH HASLE GR, 1977, PHYCOLOGIA, V16, P321 HINDAK F, 1996, ALGOLOGICAL STUDIES, V83, P367 HUBERPESTALOZZI G, 1955, PHYTOPLANKTON SUBWAS HUBERPESTALOZZI G, 1968, PYTOPLANKTON SUBWASS KIMMEL BL, 1990, RESERVOIR LIMNOLOGY, P133 KISS KT, 1990, OUVRAGE DEDIE H GERM, P111 KOMAREK J, 1989, ALGOL STUD, V56, P247 KOMAREK J, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL S73, V43, P157 KOMAREK J, 1983, PHYTOPLANKTON SUSSWA KRAMMER K, 1988, SUBWASSERFLORA MITTE LECOHU R, 1994, HYDROECOL APPL, V6, P139 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 MARKER AFH, 1980, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V14, P91 MICHARD M, 1996, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V135, P337 PADISAK J, 1993, DEV HYDROBIOLOGY, V81 POPOVSKY J, 1990, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V6 REYNOLDS CS, 1984, CAMBRIDGE STUDIES EC REYNOLDS CS, 1997, VEGETATION P0ROCESSE ROTT E, 1981, SCHWEIZ Z HYDROL, V43, P34 RUMEAU A, 1988, B FR PISCIC, V309 SKUJA H, 1948, SYMB BOT UPSAL, V9, P1 SMAYDA TJ, 1978, PHYTOPLANKTON MANUAL, P273 SOMMER U, 1986, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V106, P433 SOMMER U, 1989, PLANKTON ECOLOGY SOMMER U, 1987, PROG PHYCOL RES, V5, P123 STARMACH K, 1985, SUSSWASSERFLORA MITT, V1 STOERMER EF, 1980, EPA600380061 THORNTON KW, 1990, RESERVOIR LIMNOLOGY TILMAN D, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P338 UTERMOHL H, 1958, MITT INT VER LIMNOL, V9, P1 VAQUER A, 1997, HYDROECOLOGIE APPL, V9, P169 English Article 339NK HYDROBIOLOGIA'BI EAU, 14 Rue Volney, F-49000 Angers, France BI EAU, F-49000 Angers, France Univ Metz, CREUM, F-57040 Metz, France Leitao M BI EAU, 14 Rue Volney, F-49000 Angers, Francef ntX875-890"://1995QW95700013.'Mouget, J. L. Legendre, L. Delanoue, J.Long-Term Acclimatization of Scenedesmus-Bicellularis to High- Frequency Intermittent Lighting (100 Hz) .2. Photosynthetic Pigments, Carboxylating Enzymes and Biochemical-Composition"Journal of Plankton ResearchFATTY-ACID COMPOSITION; SEA-SURFACE WAVES; PHYSIOLOGICAL- RESPONSES; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; CHEMICAL-COMPOSITION; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; NANNOCHLOROPSIS SP; GROWTH IRRADIANCE; SHADE ADAPTATION; FLUCTUATIONS The long-term responses of the green microalga, Scenedesmus bicellularis, to a 100 Hz quasi-square wave (intermittent light, IL) were assessed after a 4 week acclimatization period. At the end of this period, the photosynthetic pigments, carboxylating enzyme activities and biochemical composition of algae grown under IL were compared to those of algae acclimatized to a light flux without fluctuations (continuous light, CL). Differences between IL and CL treatments were small. IL cells grown under limiting irradiance had characteristics close to CL cells grown at the same daily irradiance. At saturating irradiance, the characteristics of IL cells resembled those of CL cells at the same instantaneous irradiance, mostly because of the flattened response of microalgae to increased irradiance. The flickering of any artificial lighting system (100-120 Hz) can thus be neglected when such light is used to grow algae.J. Plankton Res. 1995 Apr174'UNIV LAVAL,STA,RECH RECYCLAGE BIOL & AQUACULTURE GRP,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA UNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA MOUGET JL UNIV LAVAL,STA,RECH RECYCLAGE BIOL & AQUACULTURE GRP,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA Times Cited: 1 Cited Reference Count: 72 Cited References: 1973, LIGHTING HDB AHLGREN G, 1992, J PHYCOL, V28, P37 BLIGH EG, 1959, CAN J BIOCH PHYSL, V37, P911 CONSTANTOPOULOS G, 1967, J BIOL CHEM, V242, P3538 DERA J, 1975, MERENTUTKIMUSLAITOSK, V239, P58 DESROSIERS T, 1987, J FOOD SCI, V52, P1525 DICKSON MH, 1963, NATURE, V198, P305 DRING MJ, 1988, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V39, P157 DRING MJ, 1984, PROGR PHYCOLOGICAL R, V3, P159 DROMGOOLE FI, 1988, FUNCT ECOL, V2, P211 DROMGOOLE FI, 1987, FUNCT ECOL, V1, P377 EASTMANN AA, 1952, ILLUM ENG, V47, P27 EPPLEY RW, 1967, ARCH MIKROBIOL, V56, P305 FALKOWSKI PG, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P295 FALKOWSKI PG, 1980, PLANT PHYSIOL, V66, P592 FISHER NS, 1978, J PHYCOL, V14, P143 FISHER T, 1989, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V30, P221 FRECHETTE M, 1978, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V32, P15 FRIER JP, 1973, J ILLUM ENG SOC, V3, P83 GAUDILLERE JP, 1977, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V41, P95 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 HARDING LW, 1987, BIOL OCEANOGRAPHY, V4, P403 HARI P, 1988, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V22, P236 HARRISON PJ, 1990, J APPL PHYCOL, V2, P45 INSKEEP WP, 1985, PLANT PHYSIOL, V77, P483 KAUFMAN JE, 1981, IES LIGHTING HDB REF KLUETER HH, 1978, JUN M LOG UT AM SOC KOK B, 1956, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V21, P245 KURATA K, 1984, J AGR METEOROL, V40, P269 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 LICHTENTHALER HK, 1987, METHOD ENZYMOL, V148, P350 MAKHLOUF J, 1990, SCI HORTIC-AMSTERDAM, V42, P9 MARRA J, 1978, MAR BIOL, V46, P191 MATERASSI R, 1980, ALGAE BIOMASS, P619 MCCREE KJ, 1969, ECOLOGY, V50, P422 MOUGET JL, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P99 MOUGET JL, 1992, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V55, P171 MOUGET JL, 1993, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V34, P281 MOUGET JL, 1991, THESIS LAVAL U QUEBE NICHOLS BW, 1966, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V116, P274 OLIVER RL, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V223, P511 ORCUTT DM, 1974, LIPIDS, V9, P100 OTSUKA H, 1966, PLANT CELL PHYSL, V7, P663 PANDE SV, 1963, ANAL BIOCHEM, V6, P415 PEARCY RW, 1990, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V41, P421 PHILLIPS JN, 1954, PLANT PHYSIOL, V29, P152 PIORRECK M, 1984, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V23, P207 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 POST AF, 1985, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V25, P141 QUEGUINER B, 1986, MAR BIOL, V90, P483 RAUSCH T, 1981, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V78, P237 SALISBURY FB, 1981, ENCY PLANT PHYSL A, V12, P135 SAVIDGE G, 1980, MAR BIOL LETT, V1, P295 SEEMANN JR, 1989, PLANT PHYSIOL, V91, P379 SENGE M, 1990, J PLANT PHYSIOL, V136, P675 SHIELDS R, 1960, ANAL CHEM, V32, P885 SHIFRIN NS, 1981, J PHYCOL, V17, P374 SMITH PK, 1985, ANAL BIOCHEM, V150, P76 SUKENIK A, 1988, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V932, P206 SUKENIK A, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V891, P205 SUKENIK A, 1990, J PHYCOL, V26, P463 SUKENIK A, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P686 TERRY KL, 1983, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V68, P209 THOMPSON PA, 1990, J PHYCOL, V26, P278 TRENKENSU AP, 1976, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V15, P176 WALSH P, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P313 WALSH P, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P688 WELLER S, 1941, J PHYS CHEM-US, V45, P1359 WIERZBICKI B, 1980, ACTA PHYSIOL PLANT, V1, P69 WIESNER B, 1984, ARCH ZUCHTUNGSFORSCH, V14, P359 YODER JA, 1985, MAR BIOL, V90, P87 YOKOTA A, 1985, PLANT PHYSIOL, V77, P735 English Article QW957 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1995QW95700013109-115PIMouget, J. L. Tremblin, G. Morant-Manceau, A. Morancais, M. Robert, J. M.nLong-term photoacclimation of Haslea ostrearia (Bacillariophyta): effect of irradiance on growth rates, pigment content and photosynthesis$European Journal of Phycology0Eur. J. Phycol. 1999342 MAY EUR J PHYCOLISI:000081085800002 37-42a& Munoz, M. D. R. Arroyo, M. A. M.XRPhotosynthesis-irradiance response of nanoplankton in two urban aquatic ecosystems"Revista De Biologia TropicalRev. Biol. Trop. 199947MAR 1 REV BIOL TROPlISI:000083207200004167-193W$Neale, P. J. Richerson, P. J.YPhotoinhibition and the Diurnal-Variation of Phytoplankton Photosynthesis .1. Development of a Photosynthesis-Irradiance Model from Studies of Insitu ResponsesC"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 19879 13 Article JAN J PLANKTON RESISI:A1987F666900013 $Z~:Tbp(9B333-346$://000074794300007B;Fileman, T. W. Pond, D. W. Barlow, R. G. Mantoura, R. F. C.Vertical profiles of pigments, fatty acids and amino acids: Evidence for undegraded diatomaceous material sedimenting to the deep ocean in the Bellingshausen Sea, Antarctica9<6Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers1990 SPRING BLOOM; MARGINAL ICE-ZONE; ORGANIC-MATTER; ARABIAN SEA; NORTHEASTERN ATLANTIC; MARINE-ENVIRONMENT; LIPID- COMPOSITION; WATER COLUMN; PHYTOPLANKTON; FLUXESXQThe organic carbon content and biochemical composition of suspended particulate material was investigated at five stations in the marginal ice zone of the Bellingshausen Sea during the austral spring of 1992, Stations, each consisting of profiles of between four and eight depths, were sampled along longitude 85 degrees W from fast ice conditions to open water. Samples were collected using large volume in situ filtration systems. The horizontal and vertical distribution of organic carbon, fatty acids, pigments and amino acids reflected strongly the physical environment and planktonic species composition. Concentrations of total hydrolysable amino acids, total fatty acids and photosynthetic pigments all exhibited marked reductions with depth. At an open water station, significant levels of labile fatty acids (16 :4n - 1 and 20 : 5n - 3) and the xanthophyll fucoxanthin were present at a depth of 3900 m, indicating the sedimentation of undegraded, diatom derived material into the deep ocean. Amino acid, fatty acid and pigment concentrations suggest that degradation rates of particulate material below 500-1000 m were very low. The results show that in some circumstances undegraded material of photosynthetic origin reaches the deep ocean. However, the significance and contribution of this material to the nutrition of deep water pelagic and benthic communities remains to be established. The results are discussed in terms of the transfer of biogenic material from the euphotic zone into the deep ocean and the implications for deep water ecosystems. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved..(Deep-Sea Res. Part I-Oceanogr. Res. Pap. 1998Feb-mar45 2-3cf_Times Cited: 3 Cited Reference Count: 38 Cited References: ATKINSON A, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES, V42, P1291 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V40, P2229 BARLOW RG, 1993, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V40, P459 BIDIGARE RR, 1996, ANTARCT RES SER, V70, P173 BILLETT DSM, 1983, NATURE, V302, P520 CHRISTIE WW, 1982, LIPID ANAL COWIE GL, 1992, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V37, P703 CRIPPS GC, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V42, P1123 EDWARDS ES, IN PRESS J MARINE SY ELSAYED SZ, 1981, DEEP-SEA RES, V28, P1017 FOLSCH J, 1957, J BIOL CHEM, V226, P497 FUKUCHI M, 1981, MEM NATL I POLAR R E, V34, P13 GOODAY AJ, 1990, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V331, P119 HAAKE B, 1992, MAR CHEM, V40, P291 HANDA N, 1992, MAR BIOL, V112, P469 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 LAMPITT RS, 1985, DEEP-SEA RES, V32, P885 LINDROTH P, 1979, ANAL CHEM, V5, P1667 LLEWLLYN CA, IN PRESS DEEP SEA 1 NICHOLS PD, 1989, ANTARCT SCI, V1, P133 NICHOLS PD, 1991, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V30, P3209 POLLARD RT, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES, V42, P955 POND D, 1993, U RES ANTARCTICA 198, P133 POND DW, IN PRESS UK MARINE E POND DW, 1995, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V187, P253 REEMTSMA T, 1990, MAR CHEM, V29, P183 RIELEY G, 1995, HYDROTHERMAL VENTS P, V87, P329 SALIOT A, 1991, MAR CHEM, V36, P233 SALIOT A, 1982, MAR CHEM, V11, P257 SARGENT JR, 1987, LIPID BIOMARKERS MAR, P119 SARGENT JR, 1995, PHOSPHOLIPIDS CHARAC, P248 SHIMMIELD GB, 1995, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V42, P1313 SMITH CR, 1996, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V43, P1309 TSEYTHIN VB, 1987, OCEANOLOGY, V27, P98 TURNER DR, 1995, DEEP SEA RES 2, V42, P907 VERARDO DJ, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P157 WAKEHAM SG, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2239 WAKEHAM SG, 1980, NATURE, V286, P798 Article 100BP DEEP-SEA RES PT I-OCEANOG RESiISI:000074794300007t<5Fisher, Tamar Berner, Tamar Iluz, David Dubinsky, Zvyl 1998The kinetics of the photoacclimation response of Nannochloropsis sp. (Eustigmatophyceae): A study of changes in ultrastructure and PSU density J. Phycol.34818-824$Flameling, I. A. Kromkamp, J.g 1997qPhotoacclimation of Scenedesmus protuberans (Chlorophyceae) to fluctuating irradiances simulating vertical mixingm+"Journal of Plankton Research198S 1011-1024XJ. Plankton Res.ISI:A1997XT70200005sAUG J PLANKTON RES 1827-1828"://1989CE73200021&Fookes, C. J. R. Jeffrey, S. W.LFThe Structure of Chlorophyll-C3, a Novel Marine Photosynthetic Pigment>7Journal of the Chemical Society-Chemical Communications"J. Chem. Soc.-Chem. Commun. 1989 Dec 123Times Cited: 21 Cited Reference Count: 9 Cited References: DOUGHERTY RC, 1970, J AM CHEM SOC, V92, P2826 FOOKES CJR, 1976, THESIS U NSW HALL LD, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P5703 JEFFREY SW, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V894, P180 JEFFREY SW, 1972, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V279, P15 JEFFREY SW, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V177, P456 JEFFREY SW, 1989, CHROMOPHYTE ALGAE PR, P13 JEFFREY SW, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P349 VESK M, 1987, J PHYCOL, V23, P322 Article CE732 J CHEM SOC CHEM COMMUNISI:A1989CE73200021679-68782Frenette, J. J. Demers, S. Legendre, L. Dodson, J.RKLack of Agreement among Models for Estimating the Photosynthetic Parameters Limnology and OceanographyvoPHYTOPLANKTON POPULATIONS; IRRADIANCE RELATIONSHIPS; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; LIGHT-INTENSITY; OCEAN; VARIABILITY jdComparisons were conducted between estimates of photosynthetic capacity (P(max)) and photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) calculated with different models of the photosynthesis vs. irradiance curve. Values computed on the same data sets are different according to the models used. Estimates for P(max) with the exponential and hyperbolic tangent models (without a term for photoinhibition) are in good agreement (4% difference). The same comparison for a shows poor agreement (24% difference between the two models). When a parameter for the intercept is added to the two models, the lack of agreement increases to 8% for P(max) and 46% for alpha. When the mean photosynthetic parameters calculated with the two models are introduced into various published models for calculating primary production, differences in the resulting estimates range between 20 and 133%. Comparing the exponential model with a term for photoinhibition to the hyperbolic tangent model (without a term for photoinhibition) shows a 24% difference in the estimate of alpha. Equations are given for transforming values calculated with the various models.Limnol. Oceanogr. 1993383Note MAY LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:A1993LK31400022  1095-1115S"://1994PH48500002B 5-mu-m fraction.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 199169 1-2$Article JAN MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1991ER02700013305-313$://000085578000027Riisgard, H. U. Quinn, G. Fee, E. Larsen, P. S. Shumway, S. E. Gili, J. M. Kiorboe, T. Hagerman, L. Beninger, P. Tessier, A. Duarte, C. Raven, J. Middelburg, J. J. Lesser, M. Gremare, A. Cole, J. Larsen, O. N. Beukema, J. J. Reise, K. Canfield, D. Kinne, O.6/The peer-review system: time for re-assessment?a$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesReferees are the backbone of quality control. They need more recognition for their work. In an open exchange of opinions among a number of leading editors and experienced reviewers one suggestion has wide support: It should no longer be 'free' to submit a manuscript to a scientific journal. While cash payment for reviews is not considered a good idea, a 'payback in kind' system is favored: i.e., if you want to submit papers to a journal you must be willing to review for that journal.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 2000 192'Odense Univ, Res Ctr Aquat Biol, Hindsholmvej 11, DK-5300 Kerteminde, Denmark Odense Univ, Res Ctr Aquat Biol, DK-5300 Kerteminde, Denmark Tech Univ Denmark, Lyngby, Denmark Univ Nantes, Nantes, France Observ Oceanol Banyuls, Banyuls sur Mer, France Odense Univ, Inst Biol, DK-5230 Odense, Denmark Riisgard HU Odense Univ, Res Ctr Aquat Biol, Hindsholmvej 11, DK-5300 Kerteminde, DenmarkTimes Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 3 Cited References: FEE E, 1998, ASLO B, V7, P5 KINNE O, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V180, P1 KINNE O, 1988, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V75, P275 English Editorial Material 288RX MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:000085578000027407-413,6/Rmiki, N. E. Brunet, C. Cabioch, J. Lemoine, Y.^WXanthophyll-cycle and photosynthetic adaptation to environment in macro- and microalgae HydrobiologiaMicroalgae and macrophytes adapt their pigment content to the environment because excessive light could limit their photosynthetic rate by inducing photoinhibition. Carotenoids participate in the photoadaptative response especially through the operation of xanthophyll cycles (violaxanthin-zeaxanthin or diadinoxanthin-diatoxanthin). An increasing gradient of diatoxanthin in phytoplankton chromophytes is found from the inshore to the offshore waters, less turbid in relation to the different light penetration in seawater. In addition, a nyctemeral cycle is noted, with a suppression of diatoxanthin at night and its accumulation with the increase of the light. Similarly the vertical distribution, on the French Brittany coasts, of several Gracilaria and Gracilariopsis species corresponds to increasing zeaxanthin amounts in the seaweeds living at the upper zones, which are more resistant to photoinhibition as shown by fluorescence and oxygen evolution analysis. An operating xanthophyll cycle should be regarded as a regulatory mechanism involved in stress response for the dissipation of excessive excitation energy through de- epoxidated xanthophylls such as zeaxanthin or diatoxanthin. Hydrobiologia 1996 327"Article JUL 26 HYDROBIOLOGIAISI:A1996VG10200063.'Robarts, R. D. Evans, M. S. Arts, M. T. 1992Light, nutrients, and water temperature as determinants of phytoplankton production in two saline, prairie lakes with high sulphate concentrations60Canadian journal of fisheries and aquatic scienc4911 2281 1992 0706-652X 97-106XQRodrigues, M. A. dos Santos, C. P. Yoneshigue-Valentin, Y. Strbac, D. Hall, D. O.Photosynthetic light-response curves and photoinhibition of the deep-water Laminaria abyssalis and the intertidal Laminaria digitata (Phaeophyceae) Journal of Phycology J. Phycol. 20003610 FEB J PHYCOLISI:000085917500013Rowan, Kingsley S. 1989& Photosynthetic Pigments of Algae  New York, NY 0)Press Syndicate - University of Cambridge First 0-521-30176-9qk565.R77 1989.'Sacksteder, Colette Barry, Bridgette A.d^WFourier transform infrared spectroscopy: a molecular approach to an organismal question 2001 J. Phycol. J. Phycol.197-199372http://www.jphycol.org April 1, 2001!&^ ] L813-834"://1988P218700014 Keller, A. A.f_An Empirical-Model of Primary Productivity (C-14) Using Mesocosm Data Along a Nutrient Gradient"Journal of Plankton ResearchJ. Plankton Res. 1988 JulI104O'|uUNIV RHODE ISL,GRAD SCH OCEANOG,NARRAGANSETT,RI 02882 KELLER AA UNIV RHODE ISL,GRAD SCH OCEANOG,NARRAGANSETT,RI 028822 Times Cited: 20 Cited Reference Count: 50 Cited References: BOYNTON WR, 1982, ESTUARINE COMP, P69 BRUNO SF, 1980, ESTUAR COAST MAR SCI, V10, P247 BRUNO SF, 1983, ESTUARIES, V6, P200 CADEE GC, 1974, NETH J SEA RES, V8, P240 COLE BE, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V17, P15 COLIJN F, 1983, HYDROBIOL B, V17, P29 COTE B, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P320 COTE B, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V18, P57 DURBIN AG, 1981, ESTUARIES, V4, P24 FALKOWSKI PG, 1983, J MAR RES, V41, P215 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P203 FEE EJ, 1973, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V30, P1447 FUCIK KW, 1974, THESIS TEXAS A M U FURNAS MJ, 1976, ESTUARINE PROCESSES, V1, P118 GALLEGOS CL, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P103 GARGAS E, 1976, CONTR WATER QUAL I H, V2, P1 GARGAS E, 1976, WATER RES, V10, P853 GIESKES WWC, 1977, NETH J SEA RES, V11, P146 GLOVER HE, 1980, J PLANKTON RES, V2, P69 HARRISON WG, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P864 JASSBY AD, 1976, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V21, P540 KELLER AA, 1987, MAR BIOL, V96, P101 KREMER JN, 1978, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES LIVELY JS, 1983, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V16, P51 LORENZEN CJ, 1966, DEEP-SEA RES, V13, P223 MACDONALD WB, 1983, THESIS RUTGERS STATE MALONE TC, 1977, ESTUAR COAST MAR SCI, V5, P157 MALONE TC, 1981, MAR BIOL, V61, P289 NIXON SW, 1983, ESTUARINE ECOLOGY CO NIXON SW, 1983, NITROGEN MARINE ENV, P565 OVIATT C, 1981, ESTUARIES, V4, P167 OVIATT CA, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V28, P69 PENNOCK JR, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V34, P143 PETERSON BJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P359 PLATT T, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P421 PLATT T, 1983, MONOGRAPHS OCEANOGRA, V7 PLATT T, 1977, SEA, V6, P807 PRATT DM, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P425 RADFORD PJ, 1979, STATE ART ECOLOGICAL, P301 SMAYDA TJ, 1973, NORW J BOT, V20, P219 STEEMANNNIELSEN E, 1952, J CONS CONS PERM INT, V18, P117 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, FISH RES BD CAN B, V169 TALLING JF, 1971, MITT INT VEREIN THEO, V19, P214 TALLING JF, 1957, NEW PHYTOL, V56, P133 TILZER MM, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P309 VANSTRATEN G, 1982, ECOL MODEL, V15, P287 VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1969, MANUAL METHODS MEASU VOLLENWEIDER RA, 1965, MEM I ITAL IDROBIO S, V18, P427 WATLING L, 1976, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES B YENTSCH CS, 1963, DEEP-SEA RES, V10, P221 English Article P2187 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1988P2187000147159-168"://1988N977100017 Keller, A. A.ztEstimating Phytoplankton Productivity from Light Availability and Biomass in the Merl Mesocosms and Narragansett Bay$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1988 Jun45 1-2'UNIV RHODE ISLAND,GRAD SCH OCEANOG,MARINE ECOSYST RES LAB,KINGSTON,RI 02882 KELLER AA UNIV RHODE ISLAND,GRAD SCH OCEANOG,MARINE ECOSYST RES LAB,KINGSTON,RI 02882Times Cited: 14 Cited Reference Count: 44 Cited References: ALMQUIST GT, 1983, MERL SERIES REPORT, V1, P14 BENDER M, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P1085 BOWER PM, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P299 BOYNTON WR, 1982, ESTUARINE COMP, P69 BRUNO SF, 1983, ESTUARIES, V6, P200 CADEE GC, 1978, NETH J SEA RES, V12, P368 CADEE GC, 1974, NETH J SEA RES, V8, P240 COLE BE, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V36, P299 COLE BE, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V17, P15 COTE B, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P320 COTE B, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V18, P57 DAVIES JM, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P457 DURBIN EG, 1975, MAR BIOL, V32, P271 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, J PLANKTON RES, V3, P203 FLEMER DA, 1970, CHESAPEAKE SCI, V11, P117 FURNAS MJ, 1976, ESTUARINE PROCESSES, V1, P119 HARDING LW, 1986, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V23, P773 HARRISON WG, 1985, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V42, P864 JOINT IR, 1981, ESTUAR COAST SHELF S, V13, P303 KELLER A, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P1045 KELLER AA, 1987, MAR BIOL, V96, P107 KELLER AA, 1986, THESIS U RHODE ISLAN MALONE TC, 1976, AM SOC LIMNOL OCEANO, V2, P260 MALONE TC, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V32, P149 MALONE TC, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY, P301 NIXON SW, 1984, FLOWS ENERGY MAT MAR, P105 NIXON SW, 1986, J LIMNOL SOC S AFR, V12, P43 NIXON SW, 1983, NITROGEN MARINE ENV, P565 OVIATT C, 1981, ESTUARIES, V4, P167 OVIATT CA, 1987, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V41, P187 OVIATT CA, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V28, P69 OVIATT CA, 1984, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V16, P203 OVIATT CA, 1982, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V9, P121 PENNOCK JR, 1986, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V34, P143 PETERSON BJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P359 PILSON MEQ, 1979, ADV MARINE ENV RES, P361 PLATT T, 1986, DEEP-SEA RES, V31, P1 PLATT T, 1976, J PHYCOL, V12, P421 PRATT DM, 1959, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V4, P425 RILEY GA, 1967, ESTUARIES, V83, P316 SANDERS JG, 1987, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V44, P83 SMAYDA TJ, 1983, ESTUARIES ENCLOSED S, P65 STRICKLAND JDH, 1972, B FISH RES BD CAN, V167, P311 TAKAHASHI M, 1973, MAR BIOL, V19, P102 English Article N9771 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1988N977100017.'Keller, A. A. Oviatt, C. A. Hawk, J. D. 1999Predicted impacts of elevated temperature on the magnitude of the winter-spring phytoplankton bloom in temperate coastal waters: A mesocosm studyY Limnology and oceanography442 344 1999 0024-3590_ 155-168g"Kelly, J. R. Doering, P. H. jdMonitoring and modeling primary production in coastal waters: Studies in Massachusetts Bay 1992-1994$Marine Ecology-Progress Seriesprimary production; monitoring; modeling; Massachusetts Bay; Boston Harbor ESTIMATING PHYTOPLANKTON PRODUCTIVITY; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; PHOTOSYNTHETIC PARAMETERS; LIGHT; METABOLISM; MESOCOSMS; ESTUARINE; EXCHANGE; SYSTEM; C-14 During 1992-1994, we made shipboard incubations suitable for determining rates of primary production in water from Boston Harbor, Massachusetts Bay, and Cape Cod Bay (Massachusetts, USA). These measurements were part of an extensive baseline monitoring program to characterize water quality prior to diversion of effluent from Boston Harbor directly into Massachusetts Bay via a submarine outfall diffuser; Production (P) was measured using whole-water samples exposed to irradiance (I) levels from similar to 5 to 2000 mu E m(-2) s(- 1). P-I incubations were performed on 6 surveys a year, spaced to capture principal features of the annual production cycle. The number of stations and depths examined varied between years. There were 10 stations and 2 depths sampled in 1992- 1993. In 1994, we performed in-depth studies at 2 stations (Boston Harbor's edge and western Massachusetts Bay) by sampling 4 depths. Using depth-intensive 1994 data a simple empirical regression model, using information on chlorophyll biomass, incident daily light, and the depth of the photic zone, predicted integrated primary production rates derived from P-I incubations. The regression model was virtually the same as described for other coastal waters, giving confidence in general use of the model as an extrapolation tool. Using the 1994-based empirical model, we obtained favorable comparisons with production rates modeled from 1992-1993 P-I incubations. Combining the regression model with data on chlorophyll, Light, and the photic zone collected on frequent hydrographic surveys (up to 16 yr(-1)), annual primary production was estimated for 1992-1994. Primary production in an intensively studied region of western Massachusetts Bay (21 hydrographic profile stations in an area similar to 100 km(2)) ranged from 386 to 468 g C m(- 2) yr(-1). For a station at the edge of Boston Harbor near Deer Island extrapolations suggested production rates of 263 to 546 g C m(-2) yr(-1). Based on 2 stations in central Cape Cod Bay (1992-1993 only), model extrapolations suggested an annual production of 527 to 613 g C m(-2) yr(-1). Analyses using incubation and modeling results suggested that production variability was strongly related to fluctuations in incident irradiance, especially at daily to seasonal time scales. Chlorophyll variability secondarily influenced production, especially at seasonal to annual time scales. Finally, we provide a case where equivalent production was achieved in environments with contrasting water quality (nutrient and chlorophyll concentrations) because of variations in the depth of the photic zone (controlled by both chlorophyll and non- chlorophyll turbidity). Comparative analyses showed that our study estimates of primary production were consistent with the literature on nutrient-rich shelf environments. In conclusion, our study validated an empirical modeling approach to determining primary production in coastal marine waters.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1997 148 1-3$Article MAR MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1997WW71400015 1054-1064A$://000169913700006b\Kelly, C. A. Fee, E. Ramlal, P. S. Rudd, J. W. M. Hesslein, R. H. Anema, C. Schindler, E. U.}Natural variability of carbon dioxide and net epilimnetic production in the surface waters of boreal lakes of different sizes Limnology and OceanographyPRECAMBRIAN SHIELD LAKES; DISSOLVED ORGANIC-CARBON; INORGANIC CARBON; GREENHOUSE GASES; WHOLE-LAKE; ATMOSPHERE; CO2; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; PHYTOPLANKTON; EXCHANGEThe variability of surface water carbon dioxide concentration, or partial pressure (pCO(2)) was studied in 11 lakes of greatly varying size (2.4 ha up to 8 million ha) in Northwest Ontario, Canada. Six of these lakes were chosen to be as similar as possible in all respects except surface area (the Northwest Ontario Lake Size Series [NOLSS], which range from 88 to 35,000 ha). Spatial and temporal variability of pCO(2) within a single lake was no greater in the larger lakes than in the smaller lakes. Interannual variability was significant and synchronous, which indicates that weather patterns were important and affected the different lakes within the region in a similar manner. However, annual pCO(2) averages were not related to annual differences in planktonic photosynthetic activity, measured by (CO2)-C-14 fixation. In the six NOLSS lakes, there was not a significant relationship of average pCO(2) with lake size. For all 11 lakes, however, there was a significant negative correlation of pCO(2) with lake size, which was likely due to several characteristics of the very small and very large lakes that covaried with size. The larger lakes were deeper and had longer water residence times and lower DOC, which suggests lower CO2 production from allochthonous organic carbon inputs. Also, the ratio of epilimnetic sediment area/epilimnetic volume (A(e)V(e)) was smaller in the larger lakes, which likely resulted in lower rates of recycling of fixed carbon to CO2 during summer stratification.Limnol. Oceanogr. 2001 Jul465'LEFisheries & Oceans Canada, Inst Freshwater, 501 Univ Crescent, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N6, Canada Univ Manitoba, Dept Microbiol, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Inst Freshwater, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N6, Canada Kelly CA Fisheries & Oceans Canada, Inst Freshwater, 501 Univ Crescent, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N6, Canada4.Times Cited: 0 Cited Reference Count: 36 Cited References: BERMAN T, 1974, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V19, P31 BOWER PM, 1987, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V32, P299 CARIGNAN R, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P969 COLE JJ, 1998, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V43, P647 COLE JJ, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P1568 CURTIS PJ, 1997, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V36, P125 DILLON PJ, 1997, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V36, P29 DUCHEMIN E, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V9, P529 FEE E, 1980, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V25, P1152 FEE EJ, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P2756 FEE EJ, 1992, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V49, P2434 FEE EJ, 1992, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V49, P2445 FEE EJ, 1989, CAN TECH REP FISH AQ, P1662 FEE EJ, 1990, CAN TECHNOL REP FISH, P1740 FEE EJ, 1996, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V41, P912 FEE EJ, 1979, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V24, P401 GRANELI W, 1998, BIOGEOCHEMISTRY, V43, P175 HAMILTON JD, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOSP, V99, P1495 HESSLEIN RH, 1990, AIR WATER MASS TRANS, P413 HOPE D, 1996, J ENVIRON QUAL, V49, P1442 KEELING CD, 1998, 983 SOE KELLY CA, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P1334 KLING GW, 1991, SCIENCE, V251, P298 KRATZ TK, 1997, PROC INT ASSOC THE 2, V26, P335 PARK PK, 1969, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V2, P179 PETERSON BJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P359 RAMLAL PS, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P972 RIERA JL, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P265 SALKI AG, 1995, CANADIAN DATA REPORT, P966 SAULESLEJA A, 1986, EN56701986 SCHINDLER DE, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P248 SCHINDLER DW, 1992, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V229, P1 SELLERS P, 1995, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V40, P575 THOMAS H, 1999, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V44, P1999 TRANVIK LJ, 1987, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V53, P482 WANNINKHOF R, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES, V97, P7373 English Article 453JX LIMNOL OCEANOGRISI:0001699137000067`h> &(. Lignell, R. Lindqvist, K. 1992Effect of nutrient enrichment and temperature on intracellular partitioning of (14)CO2 in a summer phytoplankton community in the northern Baltic$Marine ecology progress series863 273 1992 0171-8630 43-548("Lizon, F. Seuront, L. Lagadeuc, Y.lePhotoadaptation and primary production study in tidally mixed coastal waters using a Lagrangian modeli$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesMar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser.R 1998 169MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:0000755890000049283-287"://1997YK60700027*#Llewellyn, C. A. Mantoura, R. F. C.haA UV absorbing compound in HPLC pigment chromatograms obtained from Icelandic Basin phytoplankton$Marine Ecology-Progress SeriesUV absorbing compound; pigments; phytoplankton; HPLC; Iceland Basin ULTRAVIOLET-RADIATION; COMMUNITY STRUCTURE; SUNSCREEN ROLE; AMINO-ACIDS; SCYTONEMIN; CYANOBACTERIA; PENETRATION; ANTARCTICA; ORGANISMS; EXPOSUREHAA UV absorbing compound was observed in surface waters of the Iceland Basin during the decline of a phytoplankton bloom in June 1989. The compound elutes early during reverse-phase HPLC analyses of phytoplankton chlorophylls and carotenoids and has a broad absorption band from 300 to 470 nm with an absorption maximum at 380 nm. The compound (subsequently referred to as P380) is characterised by similar, but not identical, elution properties and absorption spectrum to scytonemin, an ultraviolet sunscreen pigment not previously found in the phytoplankton. The similarity of P380 to mycosporine-like amino acids (MAAs) is also discussed. P380 concentrations are highest in surface waters, decline sharply within the upper euphotic zone, and are linearly correlated (r(2) = 0.68) with the photoprotective carotenoid diadinoxanthin.Mar. Ecol.-Prog. Ser. 1997 158Times Cited: 3 Cited Reference Count: 29 Cited References: ARSALANE W, 1994, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V60, P237 BOOTH CR, 1997, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V65, P252 BUHLMANN B, 1987, J PLANKTON RES, V9, P935 CALKINS J, 1980, NATURE, V283, P563 CARRETO JI, 1990, J PLANKTON RES, V12, P909 CARRETO JI, 1989, RED TIDES BIOL ENV S, P333 DAVIDSON AT, 1996, AQUAT MICROB ECOL, V10, P299 DAVIDSON AT, 1994, MAR BIOL, V119, P507 DRISCOLL CMH, 1990, NRPBM256 FLEISCHMANN EM, 1989, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V34, P1623 FREDERICK JE, 1995, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V62, P476 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1993, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V59, P170 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P395 GARCIAPICHEL F, 1992, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V56, P17 HAGER A, 1980, PIGMENTS PLANTS, P57 HELBLING EW, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V80, P89 KARENTZ D, 1990, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V35, P549 KARENTZ D, 1991, MAR BIOL, V108, P157 LLEWELLYN CA, 1996, DEEP-SEA RES PT I, V43, P1165 MOREL A, 1994, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V24, P1652 NEGRI RM, 1992, J PLANKTON RES, V14, P261 PROTEAU PJ, 1993, EXPERIENTIA, V49, P825 ROY CR, 1990, NATURE, V347, P235 SCHINDLER DW, 1996, NATURE, V379, P705 SHICK JM, 1992, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V90, P139 STOLARSKI R, 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P342 VERNET M, 1989, MAR BIOL, V103, P365 VINCENT WF, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P213 WEEKS A, 1993, DEEP SEA RES 2, V40, P347 Article YK607 MAR ECOL-PROGR SERISI:A1997YK60700027Lohr, M. Wilhelm, C. 1999TMAlgae displaying the diadinoxanthin cycle also possess the violaxanthin cycle\"Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.;96 8784-8789o201-221hbLohrenz, S. E. Wiesenburg, D. A. Rein, C. R. Arnone, R. A. Taylor, C. D. Knauer, G. A. Knap, A. H.d]A Comparison of Insitu and Simulated Insitu Methods for Estimating Oceanic Primary Production9"Journal of Plankton ResearchSOLAR SPECTRAL MODEL; NATURAL-WATERS; ENVIRONMENTAL-CONDITIONS; ANTARCTIC PHYTOPLANKTON; MARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; LAKE-MICHIGAN; LIGHT; PHOTOSYNTHESIS; CHLOROPHYLL; TEMPERATURELPrimary production data measured by in situ (IS) and 'simulated' in situ (SIS) incubations were compared. To minimize differences between the two types of incubations, SIS experiments were conducted in temperature-controlled incubators in which the spectral distribution and irradiance were adjusted to approximate IS conditions. IS available irradiance (I(IS)) was computed from vertical attenuation of integrated surface irradiance. Vertical attenuation was estimated using a spectral irradiance model, validated by measured profiles of the vertical attenuation coefficient. IS incubations were carried out using two methods. The first involved deployment of bottles on a drifting array for whole-day (dawn to dusk) incubations. The second method employed an autonomous submersible incubation device that performed short term (< 1 h) incubations at multiple depths. Differences between whole-day IS and SIS incubation estimates were attributed partially to differences between I(IS) and SIS-available irradiance (I(SIS)). Photosynthesis-irradiance (P-I) properties of IS and SIS populations from the whole-day incubations were not significantly different. P-I properties of the short-term IS and SIS populations were significantly different, although estimates of P(B) (mg C mg Chl-1 h-1) from contemporaneous IS and SIS incubations did not differ by > 40%. Integrated water- column primary production (IPP) estimated using P-I models derived from SIS data were within 15% of IS estimates of IPP.J. Plankton Res. 1992142E Article FEB J PLANKTON RESISI:A1992HD366000021,&Lomas, Michael W. Glibert, Patricia M.^WComparisons of nitrate uptake, storage, and reduction in marine diatoms and flagellates 2000 J. Phycol. J. Phycol. 903-a-913i365l:4http://www.jphycol.org/cgi/content/abstract/36/5/903October 1, 2000o:4Diatoms, but not flagellates, have been shown to increase rates of nitrogen release after a shift from a low growth irradiance to a much higher experimental irradiance. We compared NO3- uptake kinetics, internal inorganic nitrogen storage, and the temperature dependence of the NO3- reduction enzymes, nitrate (NR) and nitrite reductase (NiR), in nitrogen-replete cultures of 3 diatoms (Chaetoceros sp., Skeletonema costatum, Thalassiosira weissflogii) and 3 flagellates (Dunaliella tertiolecta, Pavlova lutheri, Prorocentrum minimum) to provide insight into the differences in nitrogen release patterns observed between these species. At NO3- concentrations <40 mol-NL-1, all the diatom species and the dinoflagellate P. minimum exhibited saturating kinetics, whereas the other flagellates, D. tertiolecta and P. lutheri, did not saturate, leading to very high estimated K s values. Above[~] 60 mol-NL-1, NO3- uptake rates of all species tested continued to increase in a linear fashion. Rates of NO3- uptake at 40 mol-NL-1, normalized to cellular nitrogen, carbon, cell number, and surface area, were generally greater for diatoms than flagellates. Diatoms stored significant amounts of NO3- internally, whereas the flagellate species stored significant amounts of NH4+. Half-saturation concentrations for NR and NiR were similar between all species, but diatoms had significantly lower temperature optima for NR and NiR than did the flagellates tested in most cases. Relative to calculated biosynthetic demands, diatoms were found to have greater NO3- uptake and NO3- reduction rates than flagellates. This enhanced capacity for NO3- uptake and reduction along with the lower optimum temperature for enzyme activity could explain differences in nitrogen release patterns between diatoms and flagellates after an increase in irradiance.Nto ISI>://1997XZ09100020LFTremblay, J. E. Klein, B. Legendre, L. Rivkin, R. B. Therriault, J. C.LFEstimation of f-ratios in oceans based on phytoplankton size structure Limnology and OceanographyMARINE-PHYTOPLANKTON; NITROGEN UPTAKE; ORGANIC-MATTER; PACIFIC- OCEAN; VERTICAL FLUX; DEEP OCEAN; TEMPERATURE; ATLAN.'Stramski, D. Rosenberg, G. Legendre, L.u 1993Photosynthetic and Optical-Properties of the Marine Chlorophyte Dunaliella-Tertiolecta Grown under Fluctuating Light Caused by Surface-Wave FocusingMarine Biology 115g3g363-372 Mard Mar. Biol.ISI:A1993KV28100003jcPHYTOPLANKTON; ADAPTATION; IRRADIANCE; SCATTERING; STRATEGIES; ABSORPTION; RESPONSES; DIATOM; ALGAEfPhotosynthetic and optical properties of the marine chlorophyte Dunaliella tertiolecta Butcher were studied in response to irradiance fluctuations caused by surface-wave focusing. The experimental conditions simulated the prominent features of the light field (high average irradiance, spectral composition and statistical properties) in the uppermost few meters of the water column under sunny surface conditions. The properties of algae grown under high-frequency fluctuations were compared with control cells grown under constant light at the same average irradiance (approximately 800 mumol quanta m-2 s-1). No significant differences were found for a number of parameters, including growth rate, cellular chlorophyll a and pigment ratios, photosynthetic unit size and density of Photosystem I reaction centers, the rate of photosynthesis at the growth irradiance, dark respiration, and in vivo fluorescence of chlorophyll a per cell. Photosynthetic parameters were not affected by whether the incident light for oxygen exchange measurements was fluctuating or constant. This was the case whether the cells had been previously acclimated to either fluctuating or constant irradiance. Such a photosynthetic response indicates that cells are accomplishing a time integration of the fluctuating light. In addition, although D. tertiolecta is capable of dramatically changing its optical properties in response to low or high growth irradiance levels, the refractive index of the cells, the efficiency factors for light absorption and scattering by individual cells, and chlorophyll-specific absorption and scattering coefficients of cell suspensions, were all very similar under high irradiance, whether or not wave focusing was present.Times Cited: 14 Cited Reference Count: 44 Cited References: ACKLESON SG, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P1270 BERNER T, 1989, J PHYCOL, V25, P70 BOHREN CF, 1983, ABSORPTION SCATTERIN BRICAUD A, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P571 BRICAUD A, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P816 DAVIES BH, 1976, CHEMISTRY BIOCHEMIST, V2, P38 DAVIESCOLLEY RJ, 1986, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V133, P165 DERA J, 1975, MERENTUTKIMUSLAITOKS, V239, P351 DROMGOOLE FI, 1988, FUNCT ECOL, V2, P211 DROMGOOLE FI, 1987, FUNCT ECOL, V1, P377 DUYSENS LNM, 1956, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V19, P1 FALKOWSKI PG, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P295 FALKOWSKI PG, 1984, PHOTOSYNTHETICA, V18, P62 FALKOWSKI PG, 1980, PLANT PHYSIOL, V66, P592 FRECHETTE M, 1978, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V32, P15 GALLEGOS CL, 1982, DEEP-SEA RES, V29, P65 GAUDILLERE JP, 1977, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V41, P95 GEIDER RJ, 1987, MAR BIOL, V96, P299 GREENE RM, 1990, MAR BIOL, V105, P337 GROSS LJ, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P84 GUILLARD RRL, 1962, CAN J MICROBIOL, V8, P229 HASLE GR, 1978, PHYTOPLANKTON MANUAL, P88 JEFFREY SW, 1975, BIOCH PHYSL PFLANZEN, V167, P191 KIRK JTO, 1965, BIOCH BIOPHYSICAL RE, V21, P523 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 LUND JWG, 1958, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V11, P143 MARRA J, 1980, PRIMARY PRODUCTION S, P121 MCCREE KJ, 1969, ECOLOGY, V50, P422 MOREL A, 1986, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V214, P521 MOREL A, 1987, DEEP-SEA RES, V34, P1093 MOREL A, 1981, DEEP-SEA RES, V28, P1375 PERRY MJ, 1981, MAR BIOL, V62, P91 PHILLIPS JN, 1954, PLANT PHYSIOL, V29, P152 QUEGUINER B, 1986, MAR BIOL, V90, P483 RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 STRAMSKI D, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V727, P3954 STRAMSKI D, 1990, DEEP-SEA RES, V37, P245 STRAMSKI D, 1992, MAR BIOL, V114, P341 SUKENIK A, 1987, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V891, P205 THORNLEY JH, 1974, ANN BOT, V38, P363 VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA WALSH P, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1077 WALSH P, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P313 WALSH P, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P688 English Article KV281 MAR BIOL 'B7Deep Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papersg462 335-351(17)f February 1999f$Elsevier Science 0967-0637*#Strickland, J. D. H. Parsons, T. R. 19720)A practical handbook of seawater analysis "Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can.r 167  201e 2327-2362DRKStrutton, P. G. Griffiths, F. B. Waters, R. L. Wright, S. W. Bindoff, N. L. f_Primary productivity off the coast of East Antarctica (80-150 degrees E): January to March 1996I@9Deep-Sea Research Part Ii-Topical Studies in Oceanography0*Deep-Sea Res. Part II-Top. Stud. Oceanogr. 200047 12-13$DEEP-SEA RES PT II-TOP ST OCEISI:000089149300003W"859-874"://1995QW95700012D=Mouget, J. L. Delanoue, J. Legendre, L. Jean, Y. Viarouge, P.Long-Term Acclimatization of Scenedesmus-Bicellularis to High- Frequency Intermittent Lighting (10859-874"://1995QW95700012D=Mouget, J. L. Delanoue, J. Legendre, L. Jean, Y. Viarouge, P.Long-Term Acclimatization of Scenedesmus-Bicellularis to High- Frequency Intermittent Lighting (100 Hz) .1. Growth, Photosynthesis and Photosystem-Ii Activity"Journal of Plankton ResearchSEA-SURFACE WAVES; PHAEODACTYLUM-TRICORNUTUM; MARINE- PHYTOPLANKTON; NATURAL ASSEMBLAGES; FLUCTUATIONS; IRRADIANCE; ADAPTATION; PHOTOINHIBITION; ENHANCEMENT; STRATEGIESyResponses of the green microalga, Scenedesmus bicellularis to high-frequency intermittent lighting (IL, 100 Hz) were assessed after a 4 week acclimatization. Effects of IL on growth, photosynthesis and photosystem II (PSII) activity were studied at limiting and saturating irradiances, and compared to those of continuous light (CL) of the same instantaneous and daily irradiances. Even after a 4 week acclimatization period, the photosynthetic capacity (P-max), the photosynthetic efficiency (alpha) and the photosynthetic activity at growth irradiance, either expressed on a per cell or a chlorophyll a basis, showed little difference, neither did the index of light adaptation (I-k) or PSII activity. In contrast, growth was lower under IL at saturating irradiance. Results are discussed considering the non-linearity of the relationship between growth or photosynthesis and irradiance.J. Plankton Res. 1995 Apr174' UNIV LAVAL,STA,RECH RECYCLAGE BIOL & AQUACULTURE GRP,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA UNIV LAVAL,DEPT BIOL,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA UNIV LAVAL,DEPT GENIE ELECT,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA MOUGET JL UNIV LAVAL,STA,RECH RECYCLAGE BIOL & AQUACULTURE GRP,LAVAL,PQ G1K 7P4,CANADA Z TTimes Cited: 2 Cited Reference Count: 65 Cited References: ARO EM, 1993, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1143, P113 CAMPBELL EE, 1988, BOT MAR, V31, P411 COCHRAN WG, 1957, EXPT DESIGNS DERA J, 1968, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V13, P697 DERA J, 1975, MERENTUTKIMUSLAITOSK, V239, P58 DERA J, 1986, OCEANOLOGIA, V23, P15 DESJARDINS RL, 1973, AGRON J, V64, P904 DRING MJ, 1982, P R SOC LOND B, V214, P351 DROMGOOLE FI, 1988, FUNCT ECOL, V2, P211 DUBINSKY Z, 1986, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V27, P1335 FALKOWSKI PG, 1991, J PHYCOL, V27, P8 FALKOWSKI PG, 1981, PLANT PHYSIOL, V68, P969 FASHAM MJR, 1983, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V219, P355 FISHER T, 1989, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V30, P221 FRENETTE JJ, 1993, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V38, P679 GAUDILLERE JP, 1977, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V41, P95 GREEN RM, 1990, THESIS STATE U NEW Y GREENE RM, 1990, MAR BIOL, V105, P337 GROBBELAAR JU, 1989, J APPL PHYCOL, V1, P333 GROSS LJ, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P84 HARRIS GP, 1978, ARCH HYDROBIOL S, V10, P1 HOEPFFNER N, 1984, J PLANKTON RES, V6, P881 JOIRIS C, 1985, B MAR SCI, V32, P620 KIRK JTO, 1983, LIGHT PHOTOSYNTHESIS KLUETER HH, 1978, JUN M LOG AM SOC AGR KURATA K, 1984, J AGR METEOROL, V40, P269 LASKO AN, 1978, HORTSCIENCE, V13, P473 LAWS EA, 1986, ALGAL BIOMASS TECHNO, P230 LEGENDRE L, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V97, P321 LEWIS MR, 1983, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V13, P99 MARRA J, 1978, MAR BIOL, V46, P191 MARRA J, 1978, MAR BIOL, V46, P203 MONTGOMERY DC, 1976, DESIGN ANAL EXPT MOUGET JL, 1993, EUR J PHYCOL, V28, P99 MOUGET JL, 1992, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V55, P171 MOUGET JL, 1991, THESIS LAVAL U QUEBE MYERS J, 1975, PLANT PHYSIOL, V55, P686 MYERS J, 1971, PLANT PHYSIOL, V48, P282 NORMAN JM, 1969, AGRON J, V61, P847 PEARCY RW, 1990, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V41, P421 PLATT T, 1980, J MAR RES, V38, P687 POLLARD DFW, 1970, CAN J BOT, V48, P823 POST AF, 1985, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V25, P141 PREZELIN BB, 1981, CAN B FISH AQUAT SCI, V210, P1 QUEGUINER B, 1986, MAR BIOL, V90, P483 RABINOWITCH EI, 1956, PHOTOSYNTHESIS, V2, P1433 RICHARDSON K, 1983, NEW PHYTOL, V93, P157 SAGER JC, 1980, AGR METEOROL, V22, P289 SAVIDGE G, 1986, J EXP MAR BIOL ECOL, V100, P147 SCHOLTZ M, 1983, ARCH ZUCHTUNGSFORSCH, V13, P173 SENGER H, 1975, C INT CENT NATL RECH, V240, P101 SENGER H, 1977, METHOD CELL BIOL, V15, P201 SENGER H, 1970, PLANTA, V90, P243 SNYDER RL, 1970, J OPT SOC AM, V60, P1072 STAINTON MP, 1977, FISH MAR SERV MISC S, V25 STEEMANNNIELSEN E, 1968, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V21, P401 STRAMSKI D, 1993, MAR BIOL, V115, P363 SUKENIK A, 1987, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V30, P970 TERRY KL, 1986, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V28, P988 WALSH P, 1988, J PLANKTON RES, V10, P1077 WALSH P, 1982, J PLANKTON RES, V4, P313 WALSH P, 1983, LIMNOL OCEANOGR, V28, P688 WEISNER B, 1984, ARCH ZUCHTUNGSFORSCH, V14, P359 WING SR, 1993, MAR BIOL, V116, P519 YODER JA, 1985, MAR BIOL, V90, P87 English Article QW957 J PLANKTON RESISI:A1995QW95700012